HTC Submission of Maintenance Plan

THE PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE OF HO CHI MINH CITY
MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY FOR URBAN RAILWAYS
The List of Reply to NJPT’s Comment

(UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-B-R1, dated 13/02/2015)
HTC’s comment
No. NJPT’s Comment Type
Reference Section
AFC system
1 No.45 of List of Reply; Noted, HTC had amended the description about
HTC added description about Initializing system initialization system in Section 7.2.2 and Table
to 7.2.1 only. However, other sections such as B T2.5.8.
7.2.2 and Table T2.5.8 did not include Initializing
system. Please revise.
2 No.46 of List of Reply; Noted. HTC will provide special testing
HTC replied that basically no tools and test equipment, tools and maintenance tools.
equipment is required for OMC (O&M It will be equipped in AFC mending room in
Company) cleaning, inspection and maintenance. Main Workshop Building.
However, HTC is reminded that provision of
special testing equipment, tools and maintenance
tools is not just for OMC but also all other
maintenance works as described in 3.7 (2) c) and
d) of PS.
Besides, please clarify the purpose of pricing
description of “Delivery to Site of Special Tools,
Testing Equipment and Measuring Tools for AFC
System” in 13.5.2 of “Pricing Documents and
Invoicing Forms”. As a conclusion, all special
testing equipment, tools and maintenance tools
shall be supplied by HTC. Please revise.
3 No. 49 of List of Reply; B
1) In Table T2.5.8, please add “Trouble 1) HTC had added the “Trouble shooting and
shooting and Unit repair” under “Interval” as unit repair” in Table T2.5.8.
maintenance works.
2) Table 36.2 of GS describes that “The 2) HTC had revised the party in T2.5.8.
Contractor shall carry out all maintenance
.
works using maintenance staff provided by
the Employer and/or the O&M Company”.
However, maintenance works such as
Inspection, Adjustment and replacement are
to be implemented by out-source as shown in
Table T2.5.8. Please revise.
3) HTC had revised the name of party “Out-
3) Please clarify the meaning of Out-source
source (Sub-contractor)”.
(Manufacturer) in Table T2.5.8. Is this means
Work by subcontractor?
4 No. 50 of List of Reply; B Noted, HTC had revised the “periodic cleaning
In Appendix 13 No.9 of GS, periodic cleaning and adjustment works” as Type-A works, and the
and adjustment works of AFC are classified as “Daily checking and cleaning works” as Type-B
Type-A. Daily checking and cleaning works are works
classified as Type-B. However, HTC classifies Please refer to section 7.2.1.
weekly and monthly maintenance works such as
clearing of sensor/roller/belt/etc., visual
inspection as Type-B. This does not meet the
Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Maintenance Plan
1 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
requirements in GS. Please revise.
5 No.53 of List of Reply; B Noted, HTC revised description of “overhaul” to

HTC’s response to comment is that “Level 3 “Replacement of equipment hardware” in section
Maintenance covers inspection and replacement 7.2.3 and title of Chart C7.2.3.
of all overall equipment and system updates”. And HTC had amended the test and
HTC also describes the Work Flow of AFC commissioning explanation in chapter 7.2.3
Overhaul Work in Chart C7.2.3. However,
replacement of equipment is not overhaul but
“Replacement of Equipment Hardware” as
described in 23.1.1 of Inception Design. Please
revise.
Besides, explanation of Testing (not only
functional test) and Commissioning and others
described in 23.1 of Inception Design are missing
from 7.2.3. Please revise.
6 No. 58 of List of reply; B It was mistake for previous replay. Reference
HTC’s response to comment refers new Section Section 7.4 was incorrect, and Chapter 6.8.2 and
7.4. However, no explanation about organization Figure 6.8 are correct.
in 7.4 can be found. Please revise.
HTC’s response to comment is that “periodic HTC had revised scope of Type-A and Type-B
maintenance will be done by subcontractor”. according to Appendix 13 of GS in Chapter 6.8.2
However, in No. 9 of Appendix 13 of GS, and Figure 6.8.
periodic cleaning and adjustment are classified as
type-A of Maintenance work. In addition, Table
36.2 of GS, general scope of works of the
Contractor for type-A is specified as follows;
“The Contractor shall carry out all maintenance
works using maintenance staff provided by the
Employer and/or the O&M Company”. Please
revise periodic maintenance will be done as type-
A maintenance work.
7 No. 59 of List of Reply; B Noted, HTC had amended the “management
HTC added explanation about operation support supports” in Table T3.1.2.
in section 3.1. However, no explanation about
“management support” by the Contractor as
described in Appendix 13 of No. 9. Type-B, 2,
(1) to (9) in GS. Please revise.
8 No. 60 of List of Reply; B The maintenance work include inspection, repair
HTC described maintenance works include and replacement for AFC will be done by
inspection, repair and replacement for AFC will personnel of O&M company in Figure F3.4.3.
be done by personnel of O&M Company in HTC had revised the implementation party of
Figure F3.3.3. However, HTC described inspection, adjustment and replacement both of
inspection, adjustment and Replacement are done Self-work by O&M Company and Out-source in
by Out-source in TableT2.5.8. There is Table T2.5.8.
discrepancy. Please revise TableT2.5.8.
9 No. 62 of List of Reply; C HTC had revised the department name to
Missing of description about Station Equipment “Station Equipment Department” in Table T3.3.2.
Department at commencement of revenue HTC had amended the explanation in Table
operation (2018) in Table T3.3.2. Please revise. T3.3.2.
Maintenance Plan
2 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
Please add explanation about “OJT” and “3
months” in column of “Remarks”.
10 In 4.4.1 and 7.6, HTC described that Facility B Noted, and deleted the “AFC” from the sentence
SCADA will collect fault messages from AFC. in Section 4.4.1 and 7.6, because no collect fault
However, no description in Technical Design of message by Facility SCADA.
AFC about interface with Facility SCADA.
Please clarify.
DWE & PSD system
11 Table T2.5.1 – Please provide full description for B HTC had added full description for the
the abbreviations adapted in this table and other abbreviations adapted in the table under Section
Tables under Section 2.5. 2.5.
12 Table T.2.5.1 – Please include the inspections as B HTC had added the inspection items as described
described in Section 4.3.3 into this Table, e.g. in Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4 and 4.2.5 and into
brake shoes, pantograph carbon strip, cleaning of the Table 2.5.1.
A/C filter, etc.
13 Table T2.5.1, item 5 – Please clarify what is B HTC had revised the ward “Break” to “Brake” in
“Break Device” and “Break Shoe: Table 2.5.1.
14 Table T2.5.1 and Section 4.2.5 refers. Please B HTC had deleted the word “door operation
clarify the duration for detailed Inspection of equipment” from 3rd paragraph of 4.2.5 General
Door Device. Presumably, it will be done every 4 inspection, because it will be done every 4 years
years at the Major Equipment Inspection. at the Major Equipment Inspection.
15 Table T2.5.1 item 3.3 – Please include VPI in this B HTC had revised the word “Varnish
section. Impregnation Work” to “VPI (Vacuum Pressure
Impregnation)” in table T2.5.1 item 3.3.
16 Section 3.2.1 Bogie Shop – Transferring of B HTC had added description of transferring of
bogies dismounted from track M3 (plinthed bogies in Section 3.2.1.
track) to track M5 will be done manually. Please This workshop basic layout plan is organized by
review from ergonomic point of view this is the lifting jack system for carbody lifting, but not
acceptable. In particular, when transferring overhead cranes. This means transferring bogies
bogies with geared traction motor. dismounted from track M3 to track M5 will be
done by manually.
17 Section 3.2.1 Heavy Mechanical workshop – B HTC had added repairing of Gangway, Coupler
Please include repairing of Gangway, Coupler and Underframe Equipment in Section 3.2.1.
and Underframe Equipment into this section.``
18 Section 4.2.2 – “Weekly Inspection” is defined as B HTC had specified the “weekly Inspection”
“every 7 days”. However, this is not tally with schedule as “experience is gained it may be
schedule presented in Matrix 1-1 (17 trains) and possible to extend this period with initial target
1-2 (32 trains) where 10 days is adopted. Please of moving to 10 days” in Section 4.2.2.
clarify.
19 Section 4.2.3 – “Monthly Inspection” is defined B HTC had revised “every month” to ”three
as “every month”. However, this is not tally with months” in Section 4.2.3.
schedule presented in Matrix 1-2 (32 trains)
where 87 days is adopted. Please clarify.
20 Charts 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 – ‘Check of underfloor B HTC had revised the work to “check exterior” in
equipment” is mentioned. Please advise how this Section 4.2.1, 4.3.1, Chart C4.3.1 and C4.3.2.
can be conducted safely for trains parked at HTC would like to discuss the station stabling
Station and Stabling track where proper access is plan, because stabling method for No. 7 and No.
Maintenance Plan
3 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
not available. 11 RS in APP14 appendix2 in GS is not practical.
21 Section 4.3.7 – The proposed work duration for B HTC had reviewed and amended 1 hour for
re-profiling of 1 car (4 axles) is approximately 2 poisoning and set up in Section 4.3.7
hours which appears to be insufficient. Please
clarify if this includes time for setting up and
shunting. Please review.
22 Chart 4.3.5 – Please note that the carbody will be B HTC had revised to “supported accommodation
supported accommodation bogies after taking out bogie” in Chart C4.3.5.
permanent bogies. Please include placing and
releasing of accommodation bogies into this
Chart.
23 Chart 4.3.5 – “Car Body Jacking” should be B HTC had revised to “separate of accommodation
replaced by “Car Body Lowering” before the bogie” and “carbody lowering” in Chart C4.3.5.
activity of “Coupler, Bogie, car body
connection”.
24 Section 4.4.3 – The time window for Weekly and B HTC had reviewed and revised the time window
Monthly Inspections as proposed is “AM9:00 to to “AM8:00 to PM5:00” in Section 4.4.3.
PM6:00”. Please review and confirm that there is
sufficient time allowed for dispatching and
receiving of trains to and from Mainline between
peak operating hours.
25 Section 4.4.3 – For clarify please indicates hours B HTC had indicated hours for start and finish to
for start and finish to the bar charts. Please also the bar chart in Section 4.4.3.
review number of hours as shown is correct.
26 Matrix 1-1 and 1-2 – Minimum number of stand- B HTC referred the train diagram (year 2015) of
by trains is endeavoured to be 2. Appendix 2 in GS App14, and prepared the daily
work diagram in Chart C4.4.3. Based on the
diagram, the number of trains for operation is 15,
and considering 1 train for heavy maintenance,
stand by train for during 17 trains - 3 cars will be
1 train. (Matrix 1-1)
When 32 trains operation start, stand-by trains
will be 2 trains as specified in Matrix 1-2.
27 Matrix 1-2 – Number of Operating trains as B HTC amended the detail calculation table in
shown is 29. Please provide calculation to Section 4.4.3.
explain why it is 1 train more than that defined in
Clause 3.3 of App14 to GS.
28 Section 4.5.3 and 4.6.3 – Please clarify the B HTC had deleted the ward of “Max. / Min.”
meaning of “Max. / Min.”
29 Section 4.6.1 – For clarify please indicate hours B HTC had indicated hours to the bar charts in
to the bar charts. Please also review number of Section 4.6.1..
hours as shown is correct.
30 Please provide a timetable for dispatching and B HTC had amended the timetable for dispatching
receiving trains to and from mainline in order to and receiving trains in Section 4.3.4.1,
verify that the proposed maintenance schedule Section4.3.9.1 and Chart C4.4.3.
will meet with the mainline operations as defined
in Clause 3.1.1 of App14 to GS.

Maintenance Plan
4 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
31 Work flow chart 4.7.3 refers. Please B HTC had checked and corrected of the cross-
countercheck correctness of the cross-reference, reference number in Section 4.7.3.
e.g. Air conditioner maintenance should refer to
4.5.7.11 instead of 4.5.7.12 as shown.
32 Section 6.2.3 – Level 3 Maintenance for B HTC had transferred the level 3 maintenance for
ATO/ATO On-board Device should be ATO/ ATO on-board device to Table T2.5.1.
transferred to the Section for Rolling Stock
33 Section 8 – Please include P-SCADA to this B HTC had amended P-SCADA in Section 8.1.2
Section and Section 8.2.
34 Depot Equipment Maintenance – Please confirm C HTC noted and it will be defined in the
that detailed maintenance requirements shall Maintenance Manual to be provided by
follow the Maintenance Manual to be provided individual Depot Equipment Suppliers.
by individual Depot Equipment Suppliers.
35 Section 8.1.2 refers. As transformer has been C HTC noted and had deleted the “transformer” in
changed to mineral oil type, the proposed Section 8.1.2.
checking of SF6 gas leakage should be reviewed.
36 Chart 8.4 and Chart 8.5 used different B HTC had revised the terminology in Chart C8.4
terminology. E.g. Preventative maintenance and and consisted to Cart C8.5.
Corrective Maintenance in Chart 8.4 and non-
schedule maintenance and scheduled
maintenance in Chart 8.5. Please use consistent
terminologies.
37 Section 8 refers. The proposed maintenance C Noted and HTC will consider any maintenance
method is based on traditional approach. In technic, which extend maintenance frequency.
order to optimize the maintenance effort, would
Reliability Centre Maintenance be considered?
38 Qualifications of Engineering staff in B HTC had amended the required “Human
Maintenance Plan are not specified. For example: Resources” in Section 3.4.1, and amended the
welder, mechanics, turner, and electrician. This is “Qualification Required” in Section 4.8.3, 6.8.3,
important for human resource scheduling, 8.8.4, and 9.7.3.
training as well as to know whether Vietnamese
are competent person in charge of these tasks or
not. Please clarify.
Titles of Engineering staff in Maintenance Plan
are not specified. For example: welder,
mechanics, turner, electrician… Is that true that
all staff can do all the above tasks? This is
important to human resource scheduling, training
as well as to know whether Vietnamese can take
charge of these tasks or not. Please clarify.
39 In Table T2.5, Scope of Rolling stock B HTC had amended the gangway maintenance in
maintenance, gangway maintenance is not Table T2.5.1.
mentioned. Please add.
40 Section 3.2 – Depot layout. Number of works B HTC had amended the works and functions in
HTC listed in the description is insufficient. HTC Section 3.2.
is requested to list all works and specify
functions of the works in depot.
41 Section - 3.2.1 Main workshop – “Also each B HTC had received the NONOC for Value
Maintenance Plan
5 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
inspection track required a dedicated 2.0 t engineering Report for MRSS and OCS in Main
overhead crane in this area to replace roof- Workshop Building (UMRT L1-CP3-OC-TDD-
mounted components, but after review of this DGN-00009-A-R1, dated on 19/Jan./2015).
area, Hitachi proposed the removal of dedicated It is include the proposal for the removal of
overhead crane for this area because there will dedicated overhead crane for M1 and M2
be no need to replace heavy roof-equipment”. inspection track area.
The omission of 2.0 t crane is not yet obtained
acceptance from the Employer. Please take note.
42 Section 3.2.1 – Main workshop. HTC is required B HTC had amended the in Section 3.2.1.
to provide additional information to verify the
provision of workshops, rooms in main
workshop as well as functions of these rooms,
workshops is sufficient.
43 Section 3.2.1 – Main workshop. HTC shall make B HTC had amended the depot equipment in
full list of depot equipment in each workshop, Section 3.2.1.
room.
44 Section 3.2.1 – Main workshop - Train inspection B HTC had amended the proposed scissor lift type
& Maintenance Line M3, M4. HTC did not movable platform in Section 3.2.1
specify how staff can get onto the train (roof,
enter inside) and how to work because there is no
platform there. Please clarify.
45 Section 3.2.1 – Main workshop - Train inspection B HTC had amended that no train roof access work
& Maintenance Line M5. HTC did not specify at train maintenance line M5 in Section 3.2.1.
how staff can get on the train roof and how to
work there because there is no high level
maintenance platform. Please clarify.
46 Section 3.2.1 – Main workshop - Bogie shop. B HTC had revised bogie temporary store line after
Maintenance Work flow for bogie through tracks maintenance work from M5’ to M5 in Section
proposed by HTC as follows: 3.2.1.
M3 (demount bogie from the train) => M5’
(bogie store) => M3 (demount bogie equipment)
=> M4 (assemble) => M5’ (bogie store) => M3
(install bogie into the train). Therefore, M5’
contain both bogies before and after
maintenance. M3 train repair track will be
transferred manually to M5’ bogie storage track
via bogie turn tables, which spend much time and
manpower. HTC shall reconsider the process.
47 Section 3.2.2 - Infrastructure Workshop line. B HTC had amended the rooms and functions in
HTC is required to provide additional Section 3.2.2.
information to verify the provision of workshops,
rooms in main workshop as well as functions of
these rooms, workshops is sufficient.
48 Section 3.2.2 –Infrastructure Workshop line. B HTC had amended the equipment for each room
HTC shall make full list of depot equipment in in Section 3.2.2.
each workshop, room.
49 Table 3.3.2. This table remains at ‘Draft” status. C HTC had deleted the ward of “draft” in Table
This is not acceptable, please clarify. T3.3.2.

Maintenance Plan
6 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
50 Table T3.3.2 – Please define clearly Type A and C HTC had amended the definition of Type-A and
Type B staff. Type –B work in Table T3.3.2
51 Table T3.3.2 – 2018 year – Workshop & C HTC had reviewed and revised the number of
Maintenance Dept Total staff is 23 and Table staff for 2018 year in Table T3.3.2 and T3.3.3.
T3.3.3 - 1.3 - Maintenance Department – 2018 –
Q4 – Total staff is 17. HTC is requested to
explain the difference.
52 Table T3.3.3 – Item 1.5 Train cleaning C HTC had amended the train cleaning department
department is mentioned but not included in in Table T3.3.2.
Table T3.3.2. Please revise accordingly.
53 Section 3.4 – Management and planning division. B HTC had amended the function and
HTC shall advise function and responsibility of responsibility in Section 3.5, and amended the
the departments in O & M department in Chart C3.6.2.
54 Section 3.4 – Management and planning division. C HTC had amended the function and
No training department in O&M is mentioned. responsibility in Section 3.5, and amended the
Please supplement. department in Chart C3.6.2.
55 Section 4.2.2 Weekly inspection – “However as B Same as comment No.19
experience in gained … 10 days ….on
reliability” and Section 4.2.3 Monthly Inspection
– “However as experience in gained … 10 days
….on reliability”. Please review if 10 days is
applicable to Monthly Inspection.
56 Section 4.2.8 Unscheduled Maintenance. C HTC had amended unscheduled maintenance

Unscheduled Maintenance is written as the Title; work in Section 4.2.8.
however, Corrective Maintenance is mentioned
in the content. For clarity purpose, please
elaborate the relationship between Unscheduled
Maintenance and Corrective Maintenance.
57 Table –T 4.2.9 Estimate Volume of waste B HTC had reviewed and amended the descriptions
Materials. HTC shall demonstrate what is the in Table T4.2.9.
ground of Estimate Volume of waste Materials
(reference?), how long it takes to reach that
figure?
58 Section 4.3.1 Daily inspection (Train Inspection B Same as comment No.20
before starting operation) & Chart C4.3.1 and
Section 4.3.2 Daily inspection (Train Inspection
after finishing operation) & Chart C4.3.2. At the
stations with platform, how to inspect train
underframe.
59 Chart 4.3.4 – Work flow of monthly inspection B HTC had reviewed and revised the descriptions
and Section 4.7.2 - Monthly inspection. HTC is of Chart C4.3.4 to consistent to Section 4.7.2.
requested to re-view as the work they are
inconsistent with each other.
60 Section 4.4.3 – Schedules for weekly/monthly B HTC had reviewed and revised the descriptions
inspection. The description does not specify in Section 4.4.3. Only back-up train will be
whether weekly/monthly inspection staff do daily inspected by maintenance staff, and not driver.
inspection or not. HTC is requested to clarify.
Maintenance Plan
7 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
61 Section 4.4.3 – Schedules for weekly/monthly B HTC had amend the description of the Monthly
inspection. Why does HTC select maintenance Inspection Period in Section 4.1.2. The period of
period of 3 months instead of 1 month for monthly inspection is specified in PS of Rolling
calculation? If one month is assumed, will the Stock as one month (period may be extended up
depot has sufficient capacity for repairing? to 3 months if experience conforms that
reliability will not be affected.)
62 Section 4.4.3 – Schedules for weekly/monthly B HTC had revised the ward of “weekday” in
inspection. HTC uses “weekday”, HTC is Section 4.4.3.
required to define clearly number of working
days per week.
63 Section 4.4.3 – Schedules for weekly/monthly C HTC had amended the “including 1 Dept.
inspection – “21 workers of car cleaning staff… manager” in Section 4.4.3.
Of which 8 car cleaning staff … and of which 12
staff…”. What about the remaining one? Please
clarify
64 Section 4.7 - Flow of rolling stock maintenance. C HTC believe that A3 original size is enough for
Please prepare the work flow in large size normal reading.
drawing for easy reading.
Rolling Stock system
65 No.13, 20 of List of Reply, Section 4.5.3, 4.6.4; B HTC had reviewed and reviewed the
30 calendar days is based on 26 working days schedule of General and major Equipment
and 43 calendar days is based on 37 working Inspection as 23 working days process (31
days. The number of expected holidays looks so calendar days) for 3 cars train, and 33
small. HTC is requested to re-study the working days process (45 calendar days)
Vietnamese labor Condition. for 6 car train set, based on 40 hours per
week working hours, for Section4.3.5,
Section4.3.6, Matrix1-1, Matrix1-2,
Matrix2, Section 4.5.4 and Section 4.6.4.
66 No.15 of List of Reply, Matrix 2; B HTC had revised the table in Matrix2.
The comment requested to consider the leveling
of the work volume for 8 years and more but not
for 4 years, because Major Equipment Inspection
for 4 years and General Inspection for 4 years are
basically alternated one after the other.
67 No.16 of List of Reply, Matrix 2; B HTC had revised the Table T3.3.3 and Matrix2.
The comment requested to consider the first
major Equipment Inspection be started earlier
than 1.5 years after Revenue service started,
because the duration should be longer than
scheduled 30days when the staff’s proficiency is
not enough yet.
68 Section 2.3 List of Abbreviations; C HTC had amended the abbreviation in “List of
Please define all the words used in this document reply from NJPT’s Comment (NJPT meeting on
but left not defined such as TSS, VVVF, OM, 3rd December 2014)”
A/N, etc.
69 Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock C HTC had revised English spelling to
maintenance; “Performance”.
What does “performance inspection” mean? The “performance Inspection” means functional
Maintenance Plan
8 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
“Parformance” may be ”Performance”. check.
70 Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock C HTC had revised the “Buffer” to “Draft Gear” in
maintenance, No.10; Table T2.5.1 (Item No. 10)
Buffer may be draft gear. Please clarify.
71 Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock B HTC had amended the wheel re-profiling in
maintenance; Table T2.5.1 (Item No. 1.4)
There is no wheel re-profiling defined.
72 Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock B HTC had amended the description in Table
maintenance, No.2; T2.5.1, and added the Table T4.2.2 and T4.2.4
How and when will be the checking for oil of
gear box? Please clarify.
73 Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock C Same as Item no. 72
maintenance, No.3.3;
Is Vanish impregnation work only for traction
motor? How about other equipment such as Filter
reactor? Please clarify.
74 Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock B Same as Item no. 72
maintenance;
Many rolling stock equipment are not mentioned
here. HTC is once again requested to describe the
scope of maintenance to cover full list of
equipment.
75 Clause 4.4.3 Schedules for Weekly/ Monthly C HTC had amended the “Labour Condition” in
Inspection; new Section 3.3.1, and revised 40 hours per week
Please study Vietnamese Labor Law for working base, and daytime working hour is AM8:00-
time. The daytime of AM 8:00 – PM 5:00 maybe PM5:00
suitable for Vietnamese worker than AM 9:00 –
PM 6:00.
OCS System
76 Table 2.5.10 No39, the definition of OCS C HTC had amended the description in Section
Maintenance Workshop is not clear. Please 3.2.2.
describe it more clearly.
77 Table T5.1.2 No19, if the driving power of C The Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car has no
Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car is the engine, and it will be pulled by the Infrastructure
engine, the engine check shall be included in the Maintenance Vehicle according to Appendix 1,
maintenance items. And the break check is also Part 9 of PS.
needed.
78 Item 8.1.2, it is expressed that it needs to obtain C HTC had amended the proposed procedure in
the permit for the work. Normally, the de- Section 8.1.1 and 8.1.2.
energized work or the access to the track must
comply with instructions of OCC. However there
is no description about OCC. Please add the
association with OCC.
79 Item 8.2.1, the performance of current collection C HTC had amended the proposed procedure in
as the inspection item is described in the Table of Section 8.2.1.
OCS. However, it is difficult to confirm it by the
Maintenance Plan
9 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
visual check. Therefore, it seems that the item is
not the performance of current collection but the
pantograph condition such as occurring abnormal
sparks or the deformation of pantograph or etc.
Please consider it.
80 Item 8.2.1, the inspection method (2) is not clear C HTC had amended the inspection method in
because of only "Visual check". Please add the Section 8.2.1.
method (walking or train or etc.).
81 Item 8.2.2, Multi-Function vehicle is described in C HTC had revised the name of “Rail Re-profiling
the Table of OCS. However there is no its Equipment” to “Multi-Function Vehicle” in Table
vehicle in Table T5.1.2. If the maintenance work T5.1.2.
of it is carried out in Depot, please add it in Table
T5.1.2.
82 Item 8.4, although Multi-Function vehicle is C HTC had amended the description of the
described in item 8.2.2, there is no description Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car and the
about it in the list of maintenance vehicle of this Multi-Function Vehicle in Section 8.4.
item. Please confirm it. And please describe the
outline of Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car
and Multi-Function vehicle.
Trackwork system
83 Clause 9 Maintenance Plan of Track sub clause C Noted and HTC had amended the description in
9.1.1 General Principle Section 6.1.1, 7.1.1, 8.1.1 and 9.1.1.
HTC shall change the explanation. It shall be
referred to “non-service operation hours”, track
possessions and this has to be separated in
preventive, corrective and temporary
maintenance, during the service hours, under
permission of the operation control center.
Renewal maintenance has to be stated as well,
according ER Vol. 4. PS clause 8, sub clause
8.4.3
84 Clause 9 Maintenance Plan of Track sub clause C HTC had amended the definition, abbreviation
9.1.2 Maintenance Regime and reference document in Section 6.1.1, 7.1.1,
HTC shall add the person in charge of possession 8.1.2 and 9.1.2.
(PICOP), provided by the operation department.
Definition, Abbreviation and Reference
Documents shall be included as well.
85 Clause 9 Maintenance Plan of Track, sub clause B Noted and HTC had deleted, revised, and
9.2.1, level 1 maintenance amended in Table T9.2.1 (Level-1 maintenance),
HTC shall delete the word “either”. Both T9.2.2 (Level-2 maintenance), and T 9.2.3
activities, Track inspection on foot and Track (Lelel-3 maintenance) accordingly.
inspection in driver’s cabin, has to be carried out
continuously, according the maintenance
inspection schedule.
Table: Tables and figures has to be serially
numbered
1st table: (1) Visual Check by taking train (Track
inspection in driver’s cabin) on daily basis. HTC
Maintenance Plan
10 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
shall clarify the frequency.
1st table: (2) HTC shall add crossing and rail
expansion joints (REJ).
1st table: (3) Sharp instead of Shape.
HTC shall add ballast and additional track
components which are not certain up to now, due
to the technical design has not been finalized.
The interval “monthly” is defined as to inspect
every location of the entire line in a monthly
interval.
HTC shall differentiate in non-ballasted and
ballasted jointed track.
2nd table:
HTC shall add the inspection and measuring of
the rail surface and rail profile.
HTC shall add the inspection of fishplate joints
and insulated rail joints.
HTC shall add the inspection of buffer stops and
wheel stops.
HTC shall add the inspection of the rail welds as
well. Separated in Alumni Thermit (AT) and
Flash Butt (FB) Welds.
HTC shall add the inspection of the sleeper.
HTC shall add the inspection of special tracks
(pit-washing plant- embedded tracks).
HTC shall add the inspection of the supporting
structure for non-ballasted tracks.
HTC shall add the inspection of level crossings at
depot if applicable.
HTC shall add the inspection of switch rollers at
turnouts if applicable.
HTC shall add the inspection of FFU sleeper.
HTC shall add the inspection of cable ducts in
the track bed and the track related drainage
system.
HTC shall add the inspection of the fouling
points and survey reference marks.
HTC shall add vegetation work if applicable.
Special inspection required for the AVT track?
3rd table:
Item (2) The interval of tamping ballast with 2
years should be added by “after 1 year operation”
according ER Vol. 4 PS Clause 8, sub clause 8.7.
86 Item (3) The frequencies of the activity B HTC had revised Table T 9.2.3, Section 9.3, 9.4,
“replacement of rails” shall be divided regarding Chart C9.4, Table T9.5 accordingly.
the location (e.g. tangent, curved track, depot
or/and mainline)
Item (5) HTC shall sub-divide the track facilities,
Maintenance Plan
11 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
at latest in the next stage, when the supplier are
approved and the equipment is certain.
Additional:
HTC shall add sleeper replacement.  The Rail fractures, Rail failures and defects,
HTC shall add rail fractures. Investigation after incident and accidents,
HTC shall add rail failures and defects. emergency response time and procedure will
be defined in maintenance manual.
HTC shall add Investigation after incident and
accidents.
HTC shall explain the emergency response time
and procedure.
HTC shall refer to the standard on which this
maintenance activities and frequencies are based.  HTC had amended in Section 2.6.
Furthermore the intervals are depending on the
operation speed and suppliers instructions, too.
Sub Clause 9.3 Maintenance Management
System
1st paragraph: HTC shall add “computerized”
maintenance management system.
Sub Clause 9.4 Maintenance Working Process of
Track, Paragraph 3, sentence no. 3, page 151 of
176
HTC shall replace the word “length” by duration.
HTC shall specify the characteristics of the track.
Mainline (tunnel, viaduct, ballasted, un ballasted
and fish plated) and depot access respectively
depot tracks.
2nd bullet: “Ballasted jointed track”
Maintenance Vehicles:
HTC shall revise this paragraph according to ER
Vol. 4 PS Appendix 1 among others, regarding
vehicles, tool, machinery and equipment.
Chart C 9.4 Work Flow of Track Inspection
Temporary Maintenance such as e.g. “emergency
fish plate of broken rails” under operation is not
listed. HTC shall revise.
Table T 9.5 Working schedule of Track System
Maintenance Division
HTC shall revise the shift schedule regarding the
comments mentioned in this document.
The working time has to be complying with the
Vietnam labor law.
An overlapping from 1 hour in the morning from
 Noted, and detail procedure will be
the night to day shift would be an advantage.
discussed and finalized with O&M
The shift plan shall be completed by an “on call” Company.
(24 hour emergency response plan) and an
 It had described in Section 13.3.
organization chart.
87 Sub Clause 9.7.2 Manpower Requirements, B Noted and HTC revised the sentence in Section
Track Maintenance Department 9.1.1 and 9.7.2.
Maintenance Plan
12 of 13
HTC’s comment
Reference Section
1st paragraph, last sentence, page 156 of 175
HTC shall consider preventive maintenance work
can be performed at depot track on daytime.
88 HTC shall include safety rules. C HTC described basic assumption for safety in
Table T 3.3.2 and Section 8.1.2. The detail safety
rules will be specified in maintenance manual.
89 After components have been selected inspection C Noted. It will be defined by maintenance manual.
sheets and instructions shall be added.
90 The maintenance team shall be able to perform C As described in staffing establish requirement in
the required maintenance work by Table T 3.3.3, HTC is planning to hire necessary
commencement of the trial run. staff and start the training work of maintenance
work by commencement of the trial run.
91 Based on the maintenance plan, work procedures C Noted, and it will be described in the
shall be created for every maintenance activity. maintenance manual.
92 HTC has to fully comply with ER Volume 3 GS C HTC duly noted.
Clause 27, sub clause 27.3 and ER PS Volume 4
clause 8
93 HTC shall mention the procedure in the case of a C Noted, and it will be defined in maintenance
broken rail or other incidents and accidents under manual.
operation.
E.g. emergency fish plating, to maintain the
operation with reduced speed, until repair work
has been carried out.
94 HTC shall include the spare parts, handling and C HTC will define in maintenance manual and
storage. Refer to ER Vol. 4 PS clause 9. other document.
95 The maintenance plan is a living document and C HTC noted.
shall be updated continuously if the supplier of
the components are approved and selected. NJPT
understands that some procedures cannot be
submitted in this stage.
96 Interfacing with Signaling, OCS, Civil Works C HTC noted, and reflect interface result in
and RST shall be stated and the scope of work Detailed Interface Document (DID), etc.
defined.
E.g. the adjustment of the point machine in the
case of “no end position reached” which is an
important interface between track work and
signaling.

Maintenance Plan
13 of 13
Compliance Matrix for Maintenance Plan
Required Contents in Employer’s Requirements Chapter/Clause/Section

Clause No. of descriptions in Remarks
Description in General Specifications this document
No. (GS)
26.4 MAINTENANCE PLANNING
The Maintenance Plan shall describe the
Contractor’s proposed maintenance regime for
26.4.3 scheduled and unscheduled maintenance, repair
and service overhaul of the system, including, but
not be limited to the followings;
(1) Maintenance philosophy and approach, 2
(2) All necessary tasks for first line, second line,
third line and corrective maintenance, and 2
(3) Frequency of scheduled maintenance task. 2.5, 4.4, 5.4, 6.6,
7.5, 8.6 & 9.5
The Contractor shall include the following
26.4.4 information on each maintenance task described
in the Maintenance Plan;
(1) The equipment, sub-systems covered in the
task 3,4,5,6,7,8& 9
(2) Step by step procedure to carry out the task 3,4,5,6,7,8& 9

(3) Tools and test equipment list of each task 5.1, 6.5 & Appendix-1
(4) Diagrams and flowcharts by illustration, if 4.4~4.7, 6.6, 7.5,
applicable 8.6 & 9.5
(5) Recovery procedures, if applicable 2, 3 & 4 Corrective Maintenance
(6) Precautions the maintenance personnel shall

follow 11
(7) Estimated duration and manpower required 3.3~3.6, 4.8, 5.6, 6.8,
7.7, 8.8 & 9.7

Maintenance Plan
Page 1 of 226
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION TITLE PAGE

1. Introduction ········································································································· 9
1.1 Purpose of Maintenance Work ·················································································· 9
2. Maintenance Philosophy ······················································································ 10
2.1 Consideration of a safe rolling stock operation and maintenance work environment ·········· 11
2.2 Consideration of higher system reliability ································································· 12
2.3 Consideration of higher system availability································································ 12
2.4 Consideration of cost effectiveness ··········································································· 13
2.5 Categorization of Maintenance work by responsible bodies··········································· 13
2.6 Maintenance Interval and Expiration date for using Sub-system ···································· 25
3. Maintenance Plan of E&M Subsystems ·································································· 25
3.1 Inspection Activity for Summary ············································································· 26
3.2 Depot Layout ······································································································ 28
3.2.1 Main workshop ·································································································· 29
3.2.2 Infrastructure Workshop Line················································································ 33
3.2.3 Stabling Yard (Stabling Line) ················································································ 36
3.2.4 Train Washing Line ···························································································· 36
3.2.5 Wheel Re-profiling Line ······················································································ 36
3.2.6 Test Track ········································································································ 36
3.3 Calculation of Maintenance Capacity for E&M subsystems ······································ 38
3.3.1 Labor condition ································································································· 38
3.4 Maintenance Team Organization, Structure ···························································· 43
3.4.1 Human resources with the necessary qualification ······················································ 44
3.5 Management and Planning Division ······································································· 48
3.6 Administrative Division ······················································································· 49
3.6.1 Role & Responsibilities ······················································································· 49
3.6.2 Manpower Requirements ····················································································· 49
4 Maintenance plan of Rolling Stock ········································································ 51
4.1.1 General Principle ······························································································· 51
4.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements ···································································· 51
4.2 Inspection Activity for Rolling Stock ······································································ 54
4.2.1 Daily Inspection ································································································ 54
4.2.2 Weekly Inspection ····························································································· 54
4.2.3 Monthly Inspection ···························································································· 54
4.2.4 Major Equipment Inspection ················································································· 55
4.2.5 General Inspection ····························································································· 55
4.2.6 Cleaning and washing ························································································· 71
4.2.7 Wheel Re-profiling ···························································································· 71
4.2.8 Unscheduled Maintenance ··················································································· 72
Maintenance Plan
Page 2 of 226
4.2.9 Waste Management ···························································································· 73

4.3 Maintenance Working Process of Rolling Stock ······················································· 73
4.3.1 Daily Inspection (Train Inspection before starting operation)········································· 74
4.3.2 Daily Inspection (Train Inspection after finishing operation) ········································· 74
4.3.3 Weekly Inspection (Train Inspection for checking main parts and wearing parts) ················ 74
4.3.5 Major Equipment Inspection ················································································· 78
4.3.6 General Inspection (Overhaul) ·············································································· 79
4.3.7 Wheel Re-profiling ···························································································· 79
4.3.8 Unscheduled Maintenance ··················································································· 80
4.3.9 Time table movements ························································································ 80
4.4 Preventive Maintenance Scheduling ······································································· 85
4.4.1 Fault Reporting Flow ·························································································· 86
4.4.2 Recommended Staffing and Scheduling of Rolling Stock ············································· 86
4.4.3 Schedules for Weekly/Monthly Inspection ································································ 86
4.4.4 Schedules for Major Equipment Inspection/General Inspection ······································ 89
4.4.5 Schedule for Wheel Re-profiling Work ···································································· 90
4.5 Maintenance Capacity Calculation and Maintenance Procedure for Rolling Stock ······· 95
4.5.1 Train Composition ····························································································· 95
4.5.2 Organization & Kinds of Inspections ······································································ 95
4.5.3 Working Schedule ······························································································ 96
4.5.4 Necessary Working Duration ················································································ 96
4.6 Comparison and Conclusion ················································································· 97
4.6.1 Train Inspection ································································································ 97
4.6.4 General and Major Equipment Inspection ································································ 98
4.7 Flow of Rolling Stock Maintenance ········································································ 99
4.7.2 Monthly Inspection ·························································································· 100
4.7.3 General inspection & Major Equipment Inspection Flow (Dismantling & Maintenance) ····· 101
4.7.4 General Maintenance Flow (Assembling & Train-set Test) ········································· 102
4.7.5 Work Progress Details of Each Component····························································· 103
4.8 Organization for Rolling Stock Maintenance Division ············································· 110
4.8.1 Role & Responsibilities ······················································································110
4.8.2 Manpower Requirements ····················································································110
4.8.3 Qualification Requirements ·················································································111
5 Maintenance plan of Depot Equipment ································································· 114
5.1.1 General Principle ······························································································114
5.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements ···································································119
5.2 Maintenance Management System········································································ 123
5.3 Maintenance Working Process of Depot Equipment ················································ 123
Maintenance Plan
Page 3 of 226
5.4 Preventive Maintenance Scheduling ······································································ 126

5.5 Fault Reporting Flow·························································································· 127
5.6 Organization for Depot Equipment Maintenance···················································· 127
6. Maintenance plan of Signalling, Telecommunication and F-SCADA System ··············· 128
6.1.1 General Principle ····························································································· 128
6.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements ·································································· 129
6.2 Inspection Activity for Signalling, A part of Telecommunication and F-SCADA System 130
6.2.1 Level 1 Maintenance ························································································ 130
6.2.4 Unscheduled Maintenance ················································································· 136
6.4 Maintenance Working Process of Signalling, Telecommunication and F-SCADA System138
6.5 Special tools and Test equipment ·········································································· 140
6.8 Organization for Signalling and Telecommunication System Maintenance Division ····· 143
6.8.1 Role & Responsibilities ····················································································· 143
6.8.2 Manpower Requirements ··················································································· 143
6.8.3 Qualification Requirements ················································································ 145
7. Maintenance plan of Station Equipment ································································ 147
7.2 Inspection Activity for Station Equipment ····························································· 149
7.2.4 Software Maintenance ······················································································ 155
7.4 Maintenance Working Process of Station Equipment ·············································· 156
7.7 Organization for Station Equipment Maintenance ·················································· 161
8. Maintenance plan of Power Supply and Overhead Contact System ··························· 162
8.2 Inspection Activity for Power Supply and Overhead Contact System ························· 164
Maintenance Plan
Page 4 of 226

8.4 Maintenance Working Process of OCS ·································································· 179
8.4.1 Multi-Function Vehicle [Code 20.107] ································································· 180
8.4.2 Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car [Code 20.102] ··············································· 185
8.5 Maintenance Working Process of Power Supply System ·········································· 187
8.8 Organization for Power Supply Maintenance Division ············································· 193
9. Maintenance plan of Track ·················································································· 196
9.2 Inspection Activity for Trackwork ········································································ 197
9.4 Maintenance Working Process of Track································································· 200
9.7 Organization of Track System Maintenance Division ·············································· 205
10. Spare Parts and Consumables ·············································································· 209
10.1 Spare Parts and Consumables ·············································································· 209
10.2 Continuing Support for Spare Parts and Consumables ············································ 209
11. Safety Guideline································································································· 211
11.1 Safety Policy ······································································································ 211
11.2 Safety System ···································································································· 211
11.3 Concept of Maintenance Work on or Near Track ···················································· 211
12. Training & Knowledge/Skill Transfer ··································································· 213
12.1 Knowledge/Skill Transfer Process ········································································· 213
13. After Service Support ························································································· 214
13.1 Introduction ······································································································ 214
13.2 Proposed Scope of Service ··················································································· 214
13.3 After-Sales Support ···························································································· 215
13.3.1 Twenty-four (24) hour Technical Support and Assistance ··········································· 215
13.3.2 Stable Provision of Spare Parts and Consumable ······················································ 215
13.3.3 Periodical Dispatch of Engineers and/or Supervisors ················································· 216
Maintenance Plan
Page 5 of 226
13.3.4 Technical and Engineering Support for Specifying and Rectifying the Defect ·················· 216
13.3.5 Technical Service for Overhaul Maintenance and Failure Diagnosis of Major Components · 217
13.3.6 Technical Investigation Support for Failed Parts and Components ································ 218
13.3.7 Introduction of the updated Technology and Consultancy Service ································· 219
13.4 Conclusion ········································································································ 219
Appendix-1: List of Equipment and Specifications of Depot and Workshop ······························· 221

Maintenance Plan
Page 6 of 226
LIST OF ABBREVIATION
Abbreviation Description
AFC Automatic Fare Collection
AP Access Point
APS Auxiliary Power Supply System
ATS Automatic Traffic Supervision
ATO Automatic Train Operation
ATP Automatic Train Protection
BCU Brake Control Unit
BAS Building Automation System
CCTV Closed Circuit Television System
CBTC Communication Basis Train Control System
CM Corrective Maintenance
DTS Data Transmission System
ECP Emergency Control Panel
EWD Emergency Walkway Door
EED Exit/Entrance Door for Driver
FMS Feeder Messenger System
FRP Fibre Reinforced Plastics
GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear
HVAC Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
I/O Input & Output
IL Interlock
LRU Line-side Replaceable Unit
LCPD Local Control Panel for Driver
MMS Maintenance Management System
MTTR Mean Time To Recovery
NMS Network Management System
OPT Operation Terminal
OCC Operations Control Center
OCS Overhead Contact System
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PG Passenger Gate
PIDS Passenger Information Display System
PSD Platform Screen Door
PM Preventative Maintenance
PLC Program Logic Controller
PA Public Address System
QHSE Quality, Healthy & Safety, Environmental
RCM Reliability Centred Maintenance
RSS Rigid Suspension System
RS Rolling Stock
SCS Simple Catenary System
SER Station Equipment Room
SFID Station Interface Device
SLE Station Layer Equipment
SST Station Staff Terminal
SCADA Supervisory Control and data Acquisition
Maintenance Plan
Page 7 of 226
Abbreviation Description
TVM Ticket Vending Machine
TIS Train Information System

Maintenance Plan
Page 8 of 226
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of Maintenance Work
This “Maintenance Plan” is an essential framework that shall be employed to facilitate the
provision of a safe and reliable railway operation. The Maintenance Plan will be developed to
ensure that the railway system of Ho Chi Minh City Urban Railway shall be operated as safely as
possible in accordance with the requirement defined in clause 26.4 of Employer’s Requirements –
General Specifications.
Initially the train system is deploying a fleet of 3-car passenger trains for its commercial service,
with a fleet of 17 train sets; it will then be forming into 6-car passenger trains at the final stage.
A single depot with full maintenance function will be provided at Long Binh Depot, with capacity
for stabling 30 train sets. All maintenance activities will be deployed from here.
High safety is the most important mission of the railway transportation which has high publicity
and social responsibility because of transporting a large amount of passengers.
The successful and world-renowned operations of the railways in Japan are based upon a highly
developed system coupled with proven and reliable technology. This extends from operations
across the whole railway system, control systems and stations, through to effective depot
operations and maintenance.
Along with the continued technical innovation, urban railway transportation systems are becoming
more and more complex involving various sub-systems, which are individually functioning as
well as are interfacing each other so closely.
Therefore, in order to ensure the railway system can be operated safely and comfortably exactly
the same as when it was first delivered; the appropriate maintenance during the design life cycle of
the vehicles together with the other E&M System is essential and must be performed to a high
standard and quality.
To provide the most efficient maintenance service, the maintenance service provider shall have in-
depth knowledge of the core technologies such as rolling stock, signalling system and power
supply system.
Preferably, the maintenance service provider shall be the original manufacturer of such sub-
systems wherever possible. This will secure the Employer’s knowledge of the systems and
maximise understanding, which may avoid conflict of interest between the original manufacturer
and a different maintenance service provider.
As this will be the first urban MRT system project in Vietnam, there will be no cumulated
experience or knowledge in Vietnam in the operation and maintenance of the railway system.
Therefore training is a very important element to ensure sufficient technical assistance for
capability building of personnel of the Operation and Maintenance Company (O&M Company)
through the services performed by the original manufacture. This would also be the way to ensure
the quality of maintenance.

Maintenance Plan
Page 9 of 226
2. MAINTENANCE PHILOSOPHY
Maintenance of the railway system is crucial if the O&M Company is to deliver a safe, robust
and efficient service to the paying public. The overall philosophy of Hitachi is to undertake
sufficient maintenance to avoid service failures that impact on this delivery.
This, by definition is built around ‘planned / preventative maintenance’ principles where work
is undertaken at a time to avoid unwanted failures of operationally critical equipment sub-
systems and systems. However, it is recognized that faults will occur during operation –
random failures cannot be predicted – and therefore the maintenance plan also addresses
‘corrective maintenance’ or ‘fault recovery’ as this work will be undertaken by the Maintenance
Department.
The overall maintenance philosophy is based on a number of defined maintenance activities as

follows and is detailed in the O&M manual during the implementation of the Contract:
 Preventative Maintenance (PM)

This is the primary maintenance activity that is planned, routine and repeatable throughout the
duration of the life of the railway. Its purpose is to ensure that all assets deliver their expected
performance during their design life, are kept in a safe operational condition and, so far as is
possible, protected from environmental and other damage and degradation. The criteria for
initiating preventative maintenance can be by time-based, distance-based or condition based.
 Corrective Maintenance (CM)

This is an activity performed to repair a defect, damage or condition that is outside the limits
specified by standards or the component / system specification; usually identified from
inspection, testing or occurred by incidents; where work is necessary to bring the asset up to
standard and keep it safe and operational.
As indicated above, maintenance activities are varied and range from inspection, monitoring,
servicing and replacement. It is important to get the correct balance of these activities in order
to minimize both maintenance and operational life costs. Overly frequent maintenance leads to
high labour costs whereas replacement too early leads to increased parts costs. It is therefore
fundamental to undertake inspections and monitoring to optimize maintenance activities.
In all cases Hitachi will adopt the recommendations based on their experience and that of sub-
suppliers relating to the activities of inspection, monitoring, service and replacement related to
their scope of supply. These activities will be planned and resourced to determine the nominal
size of the Maintenance Department.
During the operational phase, equipment subsystem and system performance data along with
defects and failure analysis will be collected and analysed to determine whether any of the
maintenance frequencies need to be adjusted or modifications undertaken to account for local
environmental and operational conditions. Analysis and implementation of these data could lead
to the adoption of ‘reliability centred maintenance’ regimes to optimize performance.
Maintenance Plan
Page 10 of 226
From the experience gained in the operation, the philosophy of the Deming Cycle will be
applied to re-develop the maintenance regime and plan to provide the most cost effective regime.
Any proposed changes to the maintenance regime will be designed to not compromise the
operational and physical integrity of the equipment concerned, they will be agreed with the
O&M Company and the Employer before implementation and will comply with all relevant
legislation and standards in Vietnam.
In principle, three lines of maintenance will be adopted:
 First Line – means corrective and preventive maintenance that generally will be
performed by visual checking the current operating system, if any suspected problematic
parts were identified, replacement of the parts or LRU will be immediately performed
disregarding its expected service life, doing so the system can be restored back to
service in the shortest interval.
 Second Line – means corrective and preventive maintenance that generally will be by
performing inspection and measurement of the system when it is shutdown. A
problematic component or LRU will be replaced disregarding its expected service life
such that the system will be ready for normal service in the next operation shift.
 Third Line Level – means the scheduled maintenance such as replacement with new
component, detail inspection or the overhaul of the main items of the systems.
2.1 Consideration of a safe rolling stock operation and maintenance work environment
 Vietnamese regulations specify that all maintenance activities must keep 2 meter clearance
from any live part of high voltage. (That is also the normal safety practise of Japanese Railway
Companies). 1 meter clearance must also be kept when working near power distribution cables.
 Within the mainline areas which are constrained by the construction gauge, only visual
inspection will be permitted.
 Safety of rolling stock operation will be underpinned by regular preventive maintenance

activities. Suspected problematic components would be immediately replaced such that risk of
system failure could be minimised.
 In the case of working at height, fall prevention measures must be implemented based on
Vietnam safety regulations.
 A Safety and Quality Engineer will be introduced to implement and ensure compliance with
the Safety Health and Environmental Policies and Procedures of the O&M Company in order to
lessen or eliminate personal injuries, occupational illness and equipment damage and update the
management system following significant change. The major tasks of the engineer are to:
 Supervise the regular safety inspection and quality audits including the areas in office
buildings, stations, trains, facilities, work areas, and equipment of the RS Maintenance.

Maintenance Plan
Page 11 of 226
 Initiate investigation and analysis of circumstances behind any losses/damage of company

properties, injuries and accidents. Where an incident raises concerns over fleet
maintenance and causes a problem which imparts a risk to personnel or infrastructure the
engineer will trigger a review of the maintenance policy and plan. Any proposed
amendments will of course be agreed with all relevant parties.
 Prepare and review safety messages / bulletin and carry out necessary actions in
disseminating information to all Employees.
 Implement General House Rules and Regulations. Conduct inspections of security

measures inside the Depot.
 Supervise good housekeeping inside RS Maintenance Company premises.
 Ensure that third parties carrying out work on the system are evaluated and controlled so
that they do not import risk into the operation.
 Supervise the inspection of O&M Company premises for fire hazards and determine
adequacy of the fire protection and firefighting equipment.
 Carry out an annual review of the quality system within the maintenance plan to ensure
that it continues to meet the needs of the contract.
2.2 Consideration of higher system reliability
 All maintenance work having potential risk of affecting normal train operation or those
activities requiring power interruption will be centrally controlled by the OCC.
 Making use of defect and failure analysis will provide insights that will enable the
maintenance team to refine and modify the systems. Lessons will be learnt over time and these
will be used to combat age related degradation, which in turn will contribute to higher system
reliability.
2.3 Consideration of higher system availability
 The maintainer’s examination of the trains before they are offered to drivers for service will
serve to identify potential problems that can be corrected or result in a spare train being offered to
ensure that the service requirement is met.
 By means of the 3 lines of maintenance levels for the major parts i.e. corrective, preventive
and overhaul maintenance, high system availability will be achieved.
 By stocking the optimised quantity of spare parts that we recommended for the initial 5 years
operation, less system idle time and higher system availability will be achieved.

Maintenance Plan
Page 12 of 226
2.4 Consideration of cost effectiveness
 Components: Equipment for use in the trains has been selected to minimise whole life cost
throughout the life of the trains. Maintenance of the equipment will be by means of effective daily
inspection and the well scheduled weekly/monthly routine preventive maintenance to be
performed. This will ensure that most major components and equipment can be effectively used
throughout their expected service life.
 A comprehensive computerised maintenance management system will record

documentation of all systems sub-systems and components and maintenance history
making it possible to forecast consumption.
 The computer based Stores management system will be configured to ensure a timely
availability of spares, tools, and consumable materials through the use of pre-set re-order
levels based on the above mentioned usage information to eliminate stock-outs, and
ensure procurement using optimal minimum order quantities to minimise cost.
 The above will allow the quantity of spares to be stocked to be controlled, this will
minimise inventory as well as minimising the risk of unexpected component/equipment
replacement.
 Rigorous enforcing of warranty obligations from suppliers will further reduce the cost
profile of the project.
 Manpower: The well planned training and knowledge/skill transfer scheme to be proposed
can help the O&M Company to minimise number of technicians and staff in the maintenance
team. Labour cost will then be controlled.
 Initially this training requirement will mean that the project will be over-manned with a
substantial presence of Japanese skilled workers (who are not included in the labour
requirement numbers) but as the Vietnamese staff gain competence and confidence the
Japanese element of the workforce will reduce. In time it may be possible reduce
Vietnamese staff numbers as individuals become more proficient. Natural wastage may
not need to be replaced and so the cost base will reduce.
 A Kaizen philosophy will also be engendered in the workforce involving them in the
control of their work place activities and empowering them to suggest improvements to
the maintenance activities to further eliminate wasted effort and increase efficiency which
in turn will reduce costs.
2.5 Categorization of Maintenance work by responsible bodies
Hitachi proposed the categorization of maintenance work in accordance with “Vol-3 General
Specification (Appendix 11, 12 and 13)” to define the type of maintenance, frequency and

Maintenance Plan
Page 13 of 226
outsourcing. Nevertheless, the train operation and the local operation for Receiving Sub-station
are not considered in this Maintenance Plan.
Regarding the implemention responsible body, all regular maintenance should be performed by
organization of O&M Company, we propose that O&M Company outsource maintenance work
shall be managed by O&M Company staff under the following conditions:
 High expertise is required.
 Maintenance work requiring special tool or special machine shall not occur regularly.
 Many workers may be required temporally for specific maintenance work such as
replacement of huge equipment. (ability to provide an important task force for a
dedicated work for a short time)
 Special maintenance and repaire work after accident
A Maintenance interval and an implementation responsible body of maintenance work are
shown in the following table.
In case of system failure or accident, a trained and qualified O&M company staff shall perform
the first trouble shooting to ensure the safety of passengers, to prevent a second accident, to
identify the accident, etc. notwithstanding the implementation divisions in the following table.
Regarding maintenance interval, it shall be in accordance with maintenance plan of each sub-
system and as per the period defined in Table T2.5.

Maintenance Plan
Page 14 of 226
Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock Maintenance

Interval Implementation
(Manufacturer)
Replacement
Visual check
Performance
in workshop
Out-source
Out-source
inspection
inspection
(Vietnam)
Self-work
Description Remarks
Detail
1.1 Bogie Maintenance 1W - 4Y - ✔
Bogie frame - - - A/N(*) ✔
Repair of crack - - - A/N ✔ ✔ ✔
Car body support - - 4Y A/N ✔ ✔
Primary suspension - - 4Y A/N ✔ ✔
1.2 Axle Maintenance 1W - 4Y A/N ✔
1.3 Axle box Maintenance 1W - 4Y A/N ✔
Prior to the
1.4 Wheelset Maintenance 1W - 4Y 10Y ✔
wear limit
Wheel re-profiling - - 1Y - ✔
1.5 Levelling Valve Maintenance 1W - 4Y A/N ✔
1.6 Flange Lubricator Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y A/N ✔
1.7 Oil Damper Maintenance 1W - 4Y A/N ✔
2 Gear Box Maintenance 1W - 4Y - ✔
Supplemental/Replacement oil 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
Replacement of bearing - - - A/N ✔ 2 million km
3.1 Pantograph Maintenance 1W 1M 8Y A/N ✔
Prior to the
Replacement of carbon strip - - - A/N ✔
wear limit
3.2 Arrester 1W 4Y A/N ✔
3.3 Traction Motor Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
1.2 million
Replacement of bearing - - - A/N ✔
km
Vacuum Pressure Impregnation - - - 16Y ✔
4.1 Traction inverter Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
4.2 Circuit breaker Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y A/N ✔
5 Brake Device maintenance 1W 1M 4Y A/N ✔
Prior to the
Replacement of Brake shoe - - - A/N ✔
wear limit
6.1 APS Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y A/N- ✔ ✔
6.2 Battery Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
7.1 Compressor Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
7.2 Air hose, Cock Maintenance 1W - 4Y - ✔
8.1 Car body Maintenance 1W - 4Y - ✔
Repair by accident - - - A/N ✔ ✔
8.2 Door Device Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
8.3 Light Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
8.4 Gangway Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y A/N ✔
9.1 TIS Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y A/N ✔ ✔
9.2 Announcement Maintenance 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
Maintenance Plan
Page 15 of 226
(Manufacturer)
Replacement
Visual check
Performance
in workshop
Out-source
Out-source
inspection
inspection
(Vietnam)
Description Remarks
Self-work
Detail
Coupler and Draft gear
10 1W 1M 4Y - ✔
Maintenance
Fin cleaning
11 Air conditioner Maintenance 1W 1M 8Y A/N ✔ ✔ of heat
exchanger:1Y
Cleaning;
A/C filter - 1M - A/N ✔ Pre-filter:1M,
Roll-filter:6M
Exchange of gas - - - A/N ✔
12 ATP/ATO On-Board Device
Replace the relay of flat Type (for
✔ 4 yearly
DC110V)
Replace the relay of No.236 Type
✔ 4 yearly
(for DC110V)
Replace the relay of No.236 Type
✔ 4 yearly
(for DC24V)
Replace the cooling FAN(For AC
✔ 4 yearly
type)
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 16 of 226
Table T2.5.2 Scope of Trackwork Maintenance

O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Measurement
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Adjustment
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
inspection
(Vietnam)
1 Rail 1M 6M - - ✔
Continuous welded rail inspection - 6M - - ✔
Rail flaw detection - - 1Y - ✔
(*) 50 million
Rail re-profiling - - - A/N ✔
gross tones
800 million
Replacement rail - - - A/N ✔ ✔
gross tones
2 Turnout 1W 6M A/N - ✔
Checking for fixing of switch - 3M - - ✔
Component inspection - 1Y - - ✔
Replacement Tong/Crossing Rail - - - A/N ✔ ✔
Replacement Turnout - - - A/N ✔ ✔
3 Expansion joint 1M 6M A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
4 Anti-derailment guard 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
5 Rail joint 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
Replacement of Glued Insulated
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
Rail joint
6 Fastening 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
7 Sleepers 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
8 Concrete bed 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
9 Ballasted Bed 1M 1Y - - ✔
Tamping at ballasted tracks - - 2Y - ✔
Ballast regulating and compacting - - - A/N ✔ ✔
10 Anti-vibration system 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
11 Buffer stop, Wheel stop 1M 4Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 17 of 226
Table T2.5.3 Scope of Overhead Catenary System Maintenance

O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Measurement
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Adjustment
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
inspection
(Vietnam)
1 Contact wire 1M 6M A/N - ✔
(*) Prior to the
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
wear limit
Messenger wire (include Feeder
2 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
messenger wire)
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
3 Dropper, connecter 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
4 Pull-off arm, Steady arm 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
5 Crossing equipment 1W 1Y A/N A/N ✔
6 Air-section, Air-joint 1W 1Y A/N A/N ✔
7 Termination device 1W 1Y A/N A/N ✔
8 Automatic tensioning device 1W 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
9 Section insulator 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
10 Feeder line 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
11 Feeder branch 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
12 Disconnecting switch 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
13 Arrestor 1M 2Y A/N A/N ✔
14 Protective wire 1M 2Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
15 Earthing 1M 2Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
16 Pole, Beam, supporting structure 1M 2Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
17 Supporting insulator 1M 2Y A/N A/N ✔
Rail leakage current suppressing
18 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
device
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
19 Return circuit 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 18 of 226
Table T2.5.4 Scope of Power Supply System Maintenance

O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Measurement
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
inspection
inspection
(Vietnam)
Detail
110kV Receiving system
1.1 110kV-Gas Insulated Switchgear 1M 1Y - - ✔ ✔
1.2 110kV-Circuit Breaker 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔ ✔ Test by
Testing
1.3 Transformer (110kV/22kV) 1M 1Y A/N - ✔ ✔ company
1.4 Replacement of systems - - - A/N(*)
✔ ✔
22kV system and DC Traction system
2.1 22kV-Switchgear 1M 1Y - - ✔
2.2 22kV-Circuit Breaker 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔
2.3 Disconnecting Switch 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔
3.1 Transformer (22kV/1.2kV) 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
3.2 Rectifier 1M 1Y 10Y - ✔
3.3 Inverter 1M 1Y 10Y - ✔
4.1 High Speed Circuit Breaker 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔
4.2 Disconnecting switch 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
4.3 Lightning arrester 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
Replacement of equipments
5 - - - A/N ✔ ✔
(Intended for 2.1~4.3)
6kV system
6.1 Transformer (22kV/6kV) 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
6.2 Capacitor 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔
6.4 Load Break Switch 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
7.2 Disconnecting Switch 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
1M:Noload
operating,
7.3 Generator (6kV) 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔ ✔ Engine part
maintain by
out-source
Replacement of equipment
8 - - - A/N ✔ ✔
Low voltage system
9.1 Transformer (6kV/380-210V) 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
9.2 380V-Circuit Breaker 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔
10.1 Transformer (22kV/380-210V) 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
1M:Noload
operating,
10.2 Generator (380V) 1M 1Y 6Y - ✔ ✔ Engine part
maintain by
out-source
11 Replacement of equipment - - - A/N ✔ ✔
Maintenance Plan
Page 19 of 226
O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Measurement
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
inspection
inspection
(Vietnam)
Detail
Others
12.1 Potential Transformer 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
12.2 Operation Transformer 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
12.3 Protection relay 1M 3Y A/N A/N ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
12.4 Earthing 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
12.5 Battery unit 1M 1Y 3Y A/N ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
13 P-SCADA 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
Replacement of unit or parts - - - A/N ✔
Software update, Adjustment and
- - - A/N ✔
System replacement
Power Distribution System
21 22kV-Distribution Cable 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
22 6kV-Distribution Cable 1M 1Y A/N - ✔
23 Replacement of cable (6kV,22kV) - - - A/N ✔
24 Tunnel lighting, Exterior lighting 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
Lamp exchange - - - A/N ✔
25 Outlet Box 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 20 of 226
Table T2.5.5 Scope of Signalling System Maintenance

O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Measurement
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
inspection
inspection
(Vietnam)
Detail
ATS system
1.1 CPU 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
1.2 Server for ATS system 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
1.3 Terminal 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
1.4 Data Transmission System 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
1.5 Power supply, Battery 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
- - - 10Y ✔ ✔
1.6 Replacement of ATS system - - - A/N(*) ✔
ATP/ATO Interlocking system
2.1 Terminal 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
2.2 ATP/ATO/IL Logic controller 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
2.3 Relay 2W 1Y 4Y A/N ✔
2.4 Power supply 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
- - - 10Y ✔ ✔
2.5 Replacement of ATP/ATO system - - - A/N ✔
Wayside, other
3.1 Track circuit 2W 2Y 4Y A/N ✔
3.2 Impedance bond 2W 2Y 4Y A/N ✔
3.3 Train Detection unit 2W 2Y 4Y - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
4.1 Wireless controller (AP) 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
4.2 AP Antenna 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
4.3 AP Control unit 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
4.4 Power supply 2W 1Y 4Y - ✔
- - - 10Y ✔ ✔
4.5 Replacement of AP system - - - A/N ✔
5 Point machine 2W 6M - - ✔
Electrical inspection - - 1Y - ✔
Replacement of point machine - - - 20Y ✔ ✔
6 Signal light & Route Indicator 2W 6M - A/N ✔
7 Transponder 2W 1Y 4Y A/N ✔
8 Passenger Information Display 2W 1Y - - ✔
- - - A/N ✔ ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 21 of 226
Table T2.5.6 Scope of Telecommunication System Maintenance

O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Measurement
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
Inspection
inspection
(Vietnam)
Detail
Wayside equipment
1.1 Data transmission System 1M 1Y 5Y - ✔
- - - A/N(*) ✔ ✔
1.2 Radio system 1M 1Y 5Y - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
1.3 Anemometer 1M 6M 5Y A/N ✔
1.4 Wayside phone 1M 6M A/N A/N ✔
Station equipment
2.1 Closed Circuit Television system 1M 6M 5Y A/N ✔
2.2 Public Address system 1M 6M 5Y A/N ✔
2.3 Clock system 1M 6M A/N A/N ✔
2.4 Telephone system 1M 6M 5Y - ✔
- - - A/N ✔
A/N(*) : as needed
Table T2.5.7 Scope of Platform Screen Door System Maintenance
O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Self-work by
Replacement
Inspection &
Visual check
Performance
Adjustment
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
(Vietnam)
Check
1 Platform Screen/Station Door 2W 3M - ✔

- - 1Y - A/N(*) ✔
2 Emergency Egress Door 2W 3M - - ✔
- - 1Y A/N ✔
3 Emergency Walkway Door 2W 3M - - ✔
- - 1Y A/N ✔
4 Central Interface Panel 2W 3M - - ✔
- - 1Y A/N ✔
5 Local control panel 2W 3M - - ✔
- - 1Y A/N ✔
6 Emergency control panel 2W 3M - - ✔
- - 1Y A/N ✔
7 Power supply 2W - - - ✔
- - 1Y A/N ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 22 of 226
Table T2.5.8 Scope of Automatic Fare Collection System Maintenance

Trable shooing
(Sub-contractor)
O&M company
& Unit repair
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Adjustment
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
Inspection
(Vietnam)
1 Passenger Gate 1M - A/N - ✔
- 3M - A/N(*) ✔ ✔ ✔
2 Station Staff Terminal 1M - A/N - ✔
- 3M - A/N ✔ ✔ ✔
3 Ticket Vending Machine 1M - A/N - ✔
- 3M - A/N ✔ ✔ ✔
4 Central Server 1M - A/N - ✔
- 3M - A/N ✔ ✔ ✔
5 Station Server 1M - A/N - ✔
- 3M - A/N ✔ ✔ ✔
6 Initializing system 1M - A/N - ✔
- 3M - A/N ✔ ✔
Software updating for revision of
7 - - - A/N ✔ ✔
fare
A/N(*) : as needed
Table T2.5.9 Scope of Facility SCADA System Maintenance
O&M company
(Manufacturer)
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Performance
Backup data
Out-source
Out-source
Description Remarks
(Vietnam)
Check
1 SCADA server 1M 6M 6M A/N (*) ✔

2 Main PC unit 1M 6M - A/N ✔
3 Client PC unit 1M 6M - A/N ✔
4 Display monitor 1M 6M - A/N ✔
5 Network Switch 1M 6M - A/N ✔
6 Fibre Optic Backbone System 1M 6M - A/N ✔
7 Replacement of SCADA system - - - A/N ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 23 of 226
Table T2.5.10 Scope of Depot equipment Maintenance (Major equipment)

Rolling Stock Team
(Manufacturer)
Remar
Self-work by
Self-work by
Self-work by
Replacement
Visual check
Performance
Description
Calibration
Out-source
Track Team
ks
Inspection
OCS Team
Repair or
Rolling Stock Maintenance equipment
1 Train Washing Plant 1M 1Y - A/N (*) ✔ ✔
2 Wheel Re-profiling Plant 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
3 Train-set Lifting Plant 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks for single
4 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
car
Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks for ✔ ✔
5 1M 1Y - A/N
maintenance vehicle
6 Pantograph Monitoring Unit 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
7 Wheel Load Measuring System 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
8 Wheel Press 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
9 Wheel Boring Machine 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
10 Axle Lathe 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
11 Damper Test Stand 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
12 Spring Test Stand 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
13 Bogie Preload Stand 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
14 AC Traction Motor Test Facility 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
15 Brake Maintenance Equipment 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
16 Compressor Maintenance Equipment 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
17 Re-railing Equipment 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
18 Rescue Equipment 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
19 Train Shunter, General 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
20 Train Shunter, Workshop 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
Multi-Purpose Metal Working ✔ ✔
21 1M 1Y - A/N
Equipment
Infrastructure Maintenance equipment
31 Infrastructure Maintenance Vehicle 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
32 Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
33 Catenary Inspection Unit 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
34 Track Inspection Equipment 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
35 Rail Re-profiling Equipment 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
36 Rail Inspection Equipment 1M 1Y A/N A/N ✔ ✔
37 Electric Tamping Set 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
38 Trackwork Maintenance Workshop 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
39 OCS Maintenance Workshop 1M 1Y - A/N ✔ ✔
A/N(*) : as needed

Maintenance Plan
Page 24 of 226
2.6 Maintenance Interval and Expiration date for using Sub-system
A maintenance interval is counted from the previous maintenance completion date or from the
date delivered to O&M Company by reference to App.2 of Part1 “Vol-4 Particular Specification”.
For safety reason, Facilities and Rolling Stock equipments shall not operate more than the
specified Level-2 inspection period mentioned in this plan, but, in case of unavoidable
events/reasons , facilities equipments have “Tolerable Deviation Period” for specified inspection
period based on Article 90 of Technical Regulatory Standards on Japanese Railways”. When the
maintenance is performed using “Tolerable Deviation Period”, the next maintenance shall be
performed under the nominal Maintenance Period. The “Tolerable Deviation Period” is shown
following table.
Level-1 maintenance period represents the maintenance frequency except Rolling Stock inspection.
For example, “Weekly” means that maintenance work is performed one time a week. For Rolling
Stock, “Weekly Inspection” is performed within 7 days from the day of previous maintenance.
Level-3 maintenance period is a typical period for replacement or major maintenance. O&M
Company has to consider the actual schedule refer to the result of regular inspection and operating
condition.
Sub-System Condition of maintenance period Tolerable Deviation Period

Rolling Stock － No
Not less than 1 year The end of next month
Facilities Not less than 6 months and below 1 year Additional 1 month
Below 6 months Additional 2 weeks
3. MAINTENANCE PLAN OF E&M SUBSYSTEMS
The maintenance of the complex multi-disciplines system such as an urban railway system
involved many other areas such as spare parts provision, equipment fault logging and tracking,
safety program, quality assurance program, software error correction, corrective repair, recovery
work, effective manpower deployment and manning, scheduling of effective training, and so
forth.
During the first 5 years of commercial operation, most of the maintenance activities will be
managed by Hitachi and undertaken jointly by staff from Hitachi and the O&M Company as
defined in the Employer’s requirements.
The aim of this method of delivery of maintenance is also to train local staff of the O&M
Company so that after the fifth year of operation the O&M Company’s maintenance team
becomes competent and able to operate without ongoing expatriate support.
To provide the most efficient and effective maintenance service through the entire operation
period, a comprehensive plan of maintenance activities which draws upon the in-depth

Maintenance Plan
Page 25 of 226
knowledge in the core technologies that Hitachi together with a structured maintenance
organization are capable of providing will be prepared.
3.1 Inspection Activity for Summary
The Maintenance Plan at this stage is developed to a level to indicate those maintenance
activities that will be undertaken on the railway from daily inspection to longer term service and
replacement activities expected to occur during the first 5 years of operation. It will also identify
other ‘fault recovery’ events for which procedures will need to be in place and trained on such
that recovery of the system is achieved with as little loss of operational time as possible.
As Hitachi will provide 5 years maintenance service, the maintenance activities will be carried
out together with Hitachi’s staff and the O&M Company staff. The following table recognizes
the activities identified in Appendix 11 of the General Specification and will form the basic
minimum maintenance requirements. The table lists the items which will be performed by
Hitachi and O&M Company and by O&M Company under supervision of Hitachi respectively.
And then, Table T3.1.1 is included in the maintenance work by outsourcing under the
management of O&M Company.
Table T3.1.1 Maintenance Works (Type-A) to be performed by Hitachi and O&M

Company
Sub-system Description
Railway Rolling Stock Weekly inspection
E&M Monthly inspection
System Major equipment inspection
General inspection
Repair work and parts replacement
Wheel re-profiling
Re-supply and replace consumable items
Signalling Patrol and visual check
Regular inspection (6monthly,yearly)
Track Patrol and visual check
Check for fixing of switch of turnout
Regular inspection
(3monthly,6monthly,yearly)
Tamping at ballasted tracks
Rail re-profiling
Adjustment rail
OCS and distribution Patrol and visual check
Regular inspection (6monthly,yearly,2yearly)
Power supply including Power Patrol and visual check
SCADA Regular inspection
(6monthly,yearly,3yearly,Mid-term)
Maintenance Plan
Page 26 of 226
Telecommunication Patrol and visual check
PSD (control system) Visual check
AFC Regular inspection (3monthly,6monthly)
Repair work and unit replacement
Facility SCADA Visual check
Depot & Special maintenance machines Visual check
workshop such as wheel lathe, wheel Regular inspection
Equipment grinding machine, test machine Repair work and parts replacement
and train washing plant
Infrastructure Rail grinding machine, tower Performance check
maintenance car for OCS, motor car, battery Regular inspection
vehicle loco, etc. Repair work and parts replacement
Table T3.1.2 Maintenance Works (Type-B) to be performed by the O&M Company under
supervision of Hitachi
Railway E&M Rolling stock Daily inspection by driver
System Daily train interior pick up trash
Daily train interior cleaning sweep with broom
Washing by washing plant
Manual washing of train interior and exterior
Signalling Patrol and visual check (during trainee)
Track Patrol and visual check (during trainee)
Cleaning track structure (if necessary)
OCS Patrol and visual check (during trainee)
Power supply and Patrol and visual check (during trainee)
distribution Replacement of lighting bulbs (during trainee)
Telecommunication Daily cleaning of equipment such as telephone
by station staff
Patrol and visual check (during trainee)
PSD (mechanical) Daily starting up and shutdown by station staff
AFC Daily starting up and shutdown by station staff
Visual Check and cleaning
Supporting operation
Management support (Card, Cash, etc.)
Facility SCADA Patrol and visual check (during trainee)
Depot and Workshop Common maintenance Management daily maintenance of equipment
Equipment equipment Arrangement of regular maintenance
Daily cleaning and checking by user
Witness of regular inspection by user
Infrastructure maintenance vehicle, equipment Daily cleaning and checking by user
and plant Witness of regular inspection by user
Maintenance Plan
Page 27 of 226
3.2 Depot Layout
The location and the number of each inspection line is described in “Figure F3.2: Depot Layout”.
The depot for the Ho Chi Minh City Line 1 is located at Long Binh in District 9, at the end of
the line, near Suoi Tien Terminal station. Access from the main line to the depot is via double-
track ramp with maximum gradient of 41‰ down to the lower laying depot. The entire site is
approximately 276,955 m2 of which approximately 209,127 m2 are utilized for the line 1 depot.
The remaining area is designated “Future Use”. The depot contains operation and maintenance
buildings and facilities for the entire line, and is laid out and sized for the ultimate system
requirements with a fleet of 32 six-car trains. Traction power is provided through an overhead
catenary system 1,500 V DC. Trackwork is standard gauge (1,435 mm), ballasted. The top-of-
rail level (TOR) in the depot is +5.90 m MSL. The nominal level formation is +5.30 m MSL.
Signalling in the depot on mainline-to- stabling tracks provides automatic train protection, with
limited operating speed. Train operation in the “manual” depot area is controlled with wayside
signals for access to shunting tracks, workshops, train washing plant, test track, and wheel re-
profiling plant.
The depot shall comprise buildings and related facilities sized for ultimate Line 1 service and
maintenance capacity for year 2040 as follows;
 Operation and Maintenance Company Building
 Operation Control Centre (OCC) building
 Main workshop for rolling stock maintenance, including train inspections, repairs,
refurbishment, component overhaul, offices, back-up control centre equipment rooms, training
rooms, service facilities and utility rooms
 Infrastructure workshop for system-wide non-rolling stock maintenance comprising

Trackwork, OCS, power supply (distribution), signalling, communication, CCTV and SCADA
equipment, fare collection equipment, building automation systems, buildings and structure.
 Train stabling yard for 30 six-car trains, 1 train per stabling. In addition, the S30 line has
platform at both sides for manual washing.
 Automatic train washing plant
 Wheel re-profiling plant
 Test track for limited speed testing after heavy maintenance, etc.
 Sub Station equipment room of power supply system for Depot.
 Signalling and Telecommunication Building for signalling system related Depot, and
telecommunication system of telephone switchboard, master clock, etc.

Maintenance Plan
Page 28 of 226
3.2.1 Main workshop
The main workshop is for the maintenance of rolling stock for entire Line 1 fleet, comprising
facilities for train inspections, repairs, refurbishment, component overhaul, offices, training
rooms, back-up control centre equipment rooms, canteen, toilets, locker and shower rooms, and
building services. Initially 3-car trains will be maintained in this workshop, and ultimately, 6-car
trainsets.
The main workshop has 5 tracks (M1, M2, M3, M4, and M5) for 6-car trainset maintenance.
 Train Inspection Line M1, M2
Two train inspection tracks (M1 and M2) for 6-car trains will be provided, equipped for multi-
level access to trains continuously throughout their length which comprises of:
 Side pits at -1.00 m;
 Centre pits at -1.50 m (between rails);
 Access platform at train floor level at +1.10 m; and
 Roof access platforms at +3.55 m level
Both inspection tracks will be equipped with 1,500 V DC overhead traction power supply to
permit trains to move into and out of the workshop under their own power. The overhead traction
power conductors was required retractable type to provide unhindered access to roof mounted
equipment for maintenance, but Hitachi submitted an alternative to use a simple catenary system
as value engineering. Also each inspection track required a dedicated 2.0 t overhead crane in this
area to replace roof-mounted components, but after review of this area, Hitachi proposed the
removal of dedicated overhead crane for this area because there will be no need to replace heavy
roof-equipment. This work will be dedicated to M3 line.
Stairs to roof-level platforms shall be access-controlled on the respective track to ensure access
to roof level is only possible with the overhead catenary power isolated with appropriate safety
interlocking with traction power supply inside the workshop. The high level access between
lines M1 and M2 will have a 2m high central wire mesh partition fence so that both lines do not
have to be isolated at the same time.
 Train Inspection & Maintenance Line M3, M4
Two train repair and inspection tracks will be provided with depressed floor. Rails will be
mounted on upstands. Side pits will be provided at -1.0 m level and centre pit (between rails) at -
1.50 m level. Crane coverage of 8.0 t will be provided over both tracks. No overhead catenary will
be provided on these tracks. Trains will be moved into position by train shunter.
Track M3 shall be equipped for train set lifting and bogie replacement. The train set will be lifted
Maintenance Plan
Page 29 of 226
1.60 m with series of 24 synchronized lifting jacks mounted on plates embedded on floor side
pots.
This area is equipped with Wash Booth, Bogie Preload Stand, Bogie Turntable, Bearing Removal
and Pressing Set, Parts Washer, Work stand Bogies, Paint Booth, Lift Vehicle for high lift work
and Movable type stair.
The access to train roof for working, Seissor type Lift Vehicle and Safety rope will be used.
 Train Inspection & Maintenance Line M5
M5 train repair track for 6-car trains with pit between rails at -1.50 m level will be provided,
equipped for lifting of individual cars with mobile jacks, and 8.0 t crane coverage. The 1,500 V
DC overhead traction power conductors will be provided on this track.
Control of crane shall be interlocked with overhead traction power conductor to permit crane
operation only with conductor unpowered.
This area is equipped with Wheel Load Measuring System and Movable type stair.
 Bogie and Wheel Workshop
The bogie and wheel workshop is located at the extension of M3 to M5 inspection and repair area.
Beside M5 track in the work shop area, an extra track (M5’) is provided. All M3, M4, M5, and
M5’ lines are connected by bogie turn tables and enable bogie transfer between each track.
Crane coverage consists of 2 x 2.0 t and an 8.0 ton crane over workshop bay/tracks M3 and M4,
and an 8.0 t crane over workshop bay/tracks M5 and M5’.
 Bogie shop
The basic work flow of the bogie maintenance is presented in accordance with basic layout plan in
main workshop. According to this basic plan, M3 line is planned to be equipped with the carbody
lifting equipment and the concrete pit structure. Therefore Hitachi proposed using of Dummy
Bogie (Accommodation Bogie) and temporary storage of dismantled bogies at M5’ by manual,
because the space is limited to move bogie with facility equipment such as an overhead crane or a
shunter car. The overhead crane will be used to transfer bogie between M3 and M4 bogie shop
area lines.
All bogies dismounted from 6-car train carbody during Major Equipment Inspection and General
inspection at M3 train repair track will be transferred manually to M5’ bogie storage track via
bogie turn tables. The M5’ bogie storage track length is approx. 80 m, and enough space for 12
bogies (approx. 3.1 m/bogie) for 6-car train.

Maintenance Plan
Page 30 of 226
Each bogie will be transferred to M3 track manually via bogie turn table. The mobile type bogie
stand, bogie wash booth are installed on M3 track and dismounting work for traction motor, wheel
set, and other components will take place on this track. The dismantled equipment and
components will be transferred by overhead crane and forklift truck to the designated heavy
mechanical workshop for inspection and repair.
The bogie frame after washing is stored on a bogie stand before being transferred to M4 track by
overhead crane. This track is equipped with a bogie paint booth, at the end of the track, a movable
bogie stand, and the bogie load stand. After assembly of inspected and cleaned parts the bogie will
be reassembled at this track. Bogies will be transferred to M5 track via bogie turn table after bogie
load testing.
After all bogie inspection and repair is complete, all bogies will be transferred manually to M3
train repair track via bogie turn table and re-attached to the car-bodies.
 Wheel Shop
A dedicated wheel shop facility adjacent to the bogie shop is incorporated in the design in order to
dismantle and assemble wheels and axles of rolling stock. Individual wheel sets will be machined
in this shop.
The wheel shop is designed to be equipped with bearing removal and pressing set, wheel press,
wheel boring machine, wheel measuring and recording device, Wheelset examination equipment,
ultrasonic type, etc.
Wheel re-profiling work will be done at wheel re-profiling plant, equipped with an underfloor
wheel lathe machine in the building.
 Heavy Mechanical Workshop
The heavy mechanical workshop area is arranged in the open workshop, organized for efficient
work flow and material handling. Crane coverage of 2.0 t will be provided over this work area
Work areas in the heavy mechanical workshop shall include:
 Traction motor overhaul and test
 Gearbox repair, overhaul and test
 Damper and Spring test
 Compressor repair, overhaul and test
 Train air-conditioner repair, overhaul and test
 Pantograph repair and test

Maintenance Plan
Page 31 of 226
Repair work will also be carried out on
 Gangways
 Couplers
 Underframe equipment
The workshop is equipped with Damper Test Stand, Spring Test Stand, Wheel Press, Wheel
Boring Machine, Axle Lathe, Wheel Measuring and Recoding Device, Wheel Inspection Gauges,
Wheelset Examination Equipment, Lubrication Equipment Traction Motor Test Facility, Drying
Oven, Air-conditioner Maintenance Equipment, Pantograph Maintenance Equipment, Compressor
Maintenance Equipment, Work stand, Train Air-conditioners, Cleaning Booth.
 Material storage
Various type of material storage i.e. pallet storage, small parts storage, tool store, material store,
climate-controlled storage, high-value storage, and store office are incorporated in the design.
Material handling will be done by forklift truck, reach truck, wagon, pallet truck, and hand trolley,
etc.
 Brakes room
This room is used to perform brake device maintenance and levelling valve maintenance. This
room is equipped with Brake Maintenance Equipment.
 Light mechanical room
This room is used to perform coupler & draft gear maintenance. This room is equipped with
Coupler Maintenance Equipment.
 Electrical Electronics room
This room is used to perform TIS maintenance, traction inverter maintenance, APS maintenance
and cab-components & passenger cab-components maintenance. This room is equipped with TIS
Test Equipment, Traction Inverter Test Equipment, APS Test Equipment.

Maintenance Plan
Page 32 of 226
 Battery maintenance room
This room is used to perform battery maintenance work. This room is equipped with Battery
Maintenance Equipment.
 Compressor room
This room is used to perform door device maintenance. This room is equipped with Door
Maintenance Equipment.
3.2.2 Infrastructure Workshop Line
An Infrastructure workshop for the maintenance of infrastructure installations system-wide with

following facilities will be provided.
 Workshop centre bay
A workshop centre bay will be provided with two 2 embedded tracks (I1, I2) for inspection,
servicing and repair of rail mounted infrastructure maintenance equipment as well as preparation
of work trains for daily revenue service. The centre bay will be served by a 5.0 t overhead crane. A
pit will be provided at the end of track I2, with side pits at -1.00 m level and centre pit at -1.50 m
level.
Workshop “open” space type which will be provided for track workshop is for repair of
components and storage of tools and equipment, overhead catenary system, traction power supply
and distribution work area, and road vehicle servicing workshop.
An enclosed workshop will be provided for signalling equipment repair workshop and storage of
tools and maintenance equipment, Building automation systems workshop and storage of tools
and equipment, and telecommunications, SCADA, and CCTV maintenance workshop including
storage of tools and equipment.
The office will be for management, supervision, maintenance planning, and meetings, training
rooms will be for training / meeting / briefing use.
 Material Stores
Material stores facilities, pallet racks to accommodate goods on pallets will be provided. Pallet
racks shall be arranged in rows with forklift access between rows. Chain-link fencing or similar
material will be used for secure enclosure.

Maintenance Plan
Page 33 of 226
Store office and tool storage including a counter for tool and test equipment pick-up and return of
items.
 Trackwork workshop room
Trackwork workshop room is equipped with Work Table, Storage Cabinets, Storage Shelves,
Potable Trackwork Inspection Equipment, Electric Tamping Set, Rail Fastener Impact Wrench,
Rail Heater, Welding Sets, Weld Shear, Rail Tensor, Rail Drilling Machine, Rail Cut-off Saw, Rail
Head Grinding Machine, Emergency Rail Clamps, Rail Trolley, Rail Band Saw, Track Measuring
Gauge, Path Measuring Tool for Railway Laying, Scale, Gap Gauge, Clow Bar, Rail Fork, Pan
Pullers, Rail Jack, Adjustment Tool for fixing of switch, Wire Brush, Shovel, Hammer, Bender,
Cutter, Mowing Tool, etc.
The required equipments and tools for maintenance are picked up from Workshop room before
maintenance work, and returned after completing the work. Besides, Workshop room can be used
to perform material preparation such as metal fittings. or other works required to start the
maintenance.
In addition, Rerailing Equipment, Rescue Equipment and Vehicle Recovery Trolley is stored in
this room for emergency.
 Power Supply & Distribution workshop room
Power Supply & Distribution workshop room is equipped with Work Table, Storage Cabinets,
Storage Shelves, Cable Reel Handling Equipment, Motorized Winch, Digital Multimeter, Clamp
Meter, Insulation Resistance Tester, Phase Meter, Earth Tester (Ground Resistance Tester),
Temperature and Humidity Gauge, Electrical Gloves & Boots, Portable Grounding Device, Live
Line Detector Tension Meter, Height Gauge for contact wire (and Optical Measuring Instrument
for Contact Wire), Electronic & Manual Micrometer (for measuring the residual contact wire outer
diameter), Variable Autotransformer, Relay Testing Device, Dielectric Strength Test Equipment,
Power Cable Connection Kit, Cable Cutter, Wire Stripper, Scissor Lifter, Tripod Lifting Device,
Insulated Ladder, Shimera and Come-A-Long (Wire Tightener or Chain Block), Wire Grip, Rope,
Clamp, Hydrulic Wire Cutter, Wire Brush, Torque Wrench, Wrench, Pipe Wrench, Pipe Cutter,
Bolt Clipper, Hammer, Nylon Sling, Hydraulic Compression Machine, Tape Measure, Spirit
Level, Dropper / Hanger Bending Tool, Contact Wire End Bending Tool, T Bar Bending Tool (for
curved track area where R<=600m), Temporary Hanger / Dropper, Temporary Pull-off Arm,
Dummy Pantograph, , etc.
maintenance work, and returned after completing the work. Besides, Workshop room can be used
to perform material preparation such as metal fittings or other works required to start the
maintenance.

Maintenance Plan
Page 34 of 226
 Signalling workshop room
Signalling workshop room is equipped with Work Table, Storage Cabinets, Storage Shelves,
Spectrum Analyzer, Digital Multimeter, Clamp Meter, Insulation Resistance Tester, Voltmeter,
Phase Meter, Contact Resistance Meter, Variable Autotransformer, Cable Connection Kit, Cable
Cutter, Wire Stripper, Crimp Tool, Torque Wrench, Rail Trolley, Bearing Puller, Spanner, Crow
Bar, Hammer, Needle File, Slide Calipers, Torch Lamp, Grinder, Clamp, Chisel, etc.
maintenance work, and returned after completing the work. Besides, Besides, Workshop room can
be used to perform material preparation such as metal fittings or other works required to start the
maintenance.
 SCADA Telecomms CCTV workshop room
SCADA Telecomms CCTV workshop room is equipped with Work Table, Storage Cabinets,
Storage Shelves, Digital Multimeter, Clamp Meter, Insulation Resistance Tester, Spectrum
Analyzer, Power Meter, Contact Resistance Meter, Earth Tester, Radio Connector Kit, Optical
Time Domain Reflectometer, Optical Power Meters, Optical Connector Kit, Optical Connector
Cleaning Kit, Cable Connection Kit, Cable Cutter, Wire Stripper, Crimp Tool, Torque Wrench, etc.
maintenance work, and return them. Besides, Besides, Workshop room can be used to perform
material preparation such as metal fittings or other works required to start the maintenance.
 Common use for each workshop
The common tools used by each subsystem are as follow: Safety Belt, Safety Rope, Goggles,
Helmet, Grove, Voltage Detector, Grounding Device, Protective Equipment, Ladder, Pallet Truck,
Hand Trolley, Potable Work Light, Portable Generator, Potable Air Compressor, Blower, Power
Tool, Hand Tool, Potable Welder, Vice, Soldering Iron, Hand Drill, etc.
 Rail storage area
Rail storage area is located near the track, outside the Infrastructure workshop. This area is used
to load new rail on to Maintenance Vehicle and to discharge worn rail from it. Near this area,
additional ballast for tamping work is able to load on to Maintenance Vehicle.

Maintenance Plan
Page 35 of 226
 Diesel Fuel Station
A diesel fuel station will be located outside the infrastructure workshop, suitably located to
dispense fuel to rail borne vehicles and automobiles. The capacity of diesel fuel storage tank
required is 15 m3.
3.2.3 Stabling Yard (Stabling Line)
Stabling yard comprising 30 tracks (S1 through S30), for one train per track is planned. Roof
cover will be provided at rear of stabling facility for protected access to train for the train
operators and cleaners’ access. Train access platforms will be provided at the rear of the stabling
facility at alternate locations between trains for train operators and train cleaners.
Stabling track S30 shall serve the dual purpose of train stabling and manual train washing (heavy
cleaning) of train exteriors and interiors. On both side of S30 track, platform is provided for
manual washing and cleaning work. Traction power isolation will be provided for track S 29 and
S30.
3.2.4 Train Washing Line
An automatic train washing plant will be provided on a dedicated track, W1, comprising approx..
50 m train washing area, and stabling track after washing plant sufficient length for 6-car train
after washing.
3.2.5 Wheel Re-profiling Line
An underfloor wheel re-profiling plant building will be on dedicated track (R1) with sufficient
length for 6-car train plus train shunter on both sides of building, clear of turnouts and buffer stop.
The wheel re-profiling track shall be without traction power (in the building and between the
building and the buffer stop). Hitachi already proposed this issue as value Engineering. Trains will
be moved by remotely controlled train shunting vehicle.
Forklift track access required to pick-up bins swarf (crushed steel chips).
3.2.6 Test Track
The dedicated test track (T1) will be provided for low-speed dynamic testing of trains with a total
length of approximately 540 m. A train access platform will be provided at the east end of the
track, a safety fence will be required around the test track, and personnel access gates also
provided.

Maintenance Plan
Page 36 of 226
S1 to S30 : Stabling Line
S30 : Manual Wash Line
I1 : Infrastructure Workshop Line
I2 : Infrastructure Workshop Line
W1 : Train Washing Line
M1 : Train Inspection Line (for Weekly Inspection)
M2 : Train Inspection Line (for Monthly Inspection and Weekly Inspection)
M3 : Train Inspection & Maintenance Line (for Major Equipment & General Inspection)
M4 : Train Inspection & Maintenance Line (for Un-scheduled Maintenance)
M5 : Train Inspection & Maintenance Line
(for Function and Performance test for Major Equipment & General Inspection)
R1 : Wheel Re-profiling Line
T1 : Test Track
Figure F3.2: Depot Layout

Maintenance Plan
Page 37 of 226
3.3 CALCULATION OF MAINTENANCE CAPACITY FOR E&M SUBSYSTEMS
A summary of the Rolling stock delivery, trial running and timing of maintenance is shown in
Table T3.3.3 below. This is a precondition for calculation of staff numbers required in the
maintenance organization.
The required number of maintenance staff at the commencement of revenue service and the
ultimate stage is shown by Table T3.3.2 Hitachi calculated them based on not only the condition
mentioned in Table T-3.3.2 but also section 2.5, section 3.3.1, section 3.4 and maintenance plan of
each sub-system.
In Table T3.3.3, Hitachi proposed how to establish the staffing requirement. In this table, the
operation staff of OCC and headquarter office staff of O&M Company are not considered, as
mentioned in APP14 of GS, and the local operation staff at Receiving Sub-station and the testing
staff for 110kV equipments after maintenance.
3.3.1 LABOR CONDITION
Hitachi propose the working time to be 40 hours per week, and 8 hours per day excluding break or
stand-by.
Hitachi settled the daytime work from AM8:00 to PM5:00 including 1 hour break. The night time
shift is used to perform the maintenance work during out-of-service time between evening and
morning peak time, and Hitachi propose the night time shift to be from PM10:00 to AM5:00
including 45minutes break, considering non-operation hours (AM0:22-AM4:46).
In addition, the maintenance team in charge of each sub-system shall make the proper arrangement
of personnel in case of failure, accident or a disaster during operation hours. Therefore minimum
staff of each sub-system is needed to arrange standby at each worksite during 21 hours per day,
from AM4:00 to AM1:00.
Regarding these labor condition, Hitachi will be able to adjust and modify them without major
impact after discussion with O&M Company.
*Operation-hour and peak-hour are provided in “Vol-3 General Specification (Appendix 14)”

Maintenance Plan
Page 38 of 226
Table t3.3.2 Calculation of Maintenance Capacity for E&M SUBSYSTEMS (Revision to replace the chapter 8 of the REV-A)
O&M company's Organization
This organization plan is designeded to satisfy the scope of O&M Company's work to carry out maintenance work by themselves based on GS and PS.
However, it is necessary to discuss with the O&M Company about required maintenance, maintenance period, work condition and break down depth .
In addition, this plan could be changed by O&M company policy. If scope of maintenance work is changed, number of required workers could be adjusted and reduced.
The main job considerations are follows.
For all work near to the track, 2m clearance needs to be kept from live high voltage parts.
Within the construction gauge portion of the main line only visual checking will be permitted during operating hours.
Although some equipment utilises a double redundency system, shutting one side down for the inspection is not permitted.
Only specified systems are permitted to beshutdown and inspected in operating hours as the station's staff can provide temporary functional cover.
The specified systems are CCTV,PSD,PA,Clock and PID.
　
O & M Company's Organization
Commencement of revenue operation Ultimate stage
Type A Type B Type A Type B
Structure Structure Remark
Manager Staff Trainee Manager Staff
Project Director ‐ Project Director ‐
Administrative General Manager ‐ ‐ ‐ Administrative General Manager ‐ ‐
Rolling Stock Maintenance Div. General Manager 1 Rolling Stock Maintenance Div. General Manager 1
include RS maintenance
Control Dept. Dept. Manager 2 4 1 Control Dept. Dept. Manager 2 5 2
equipment maintenance
Workshop & Maintenance Workshop Workshop & Maintenance
2 5 Dept. Manager 3 40
Dept. Manager Dept.
Train Inspection Dept. Depot Manager 5 15 5 Train Inspection Dept. Dept. Manager 5 24
Train Cleaning Dept. Depot Manager 10 Train Inspection Dept. Dept. Manager 21
Track System Maintenance Div. General Manager 1 Track System Maintenance Div. General Manager 1
include Maintenance vehicle &
Dept. Manager 3 10 9 (9) Dept. Manager 4 28 (9)
equipment managed
Power Supply Maintenance Div. General Manager 1 Power Supply Maintenance Div. General Manager 1
Traction & Station Traction & Station
Dept. Manager 1 9 Dept. Manager 1 9
Substation Dept. Substation Dept.
Overhead Contact & Power Overhead Contact & Power include Maintenance vehicle &
Dept. Manager 3 6 6 Dept. Manager 4 19
Distribution System Dept. Distribution System Dept. equipment managed
Signalling, Telecom & Station Signalling, Telecom & Station
General Manager 1 General Manager 1
Maintenance Div. Maintenance Div.
Signal, Telecommunication Signal, Telecommunication Signal,Radio,DTS,Anemometer,
Dept. Manager 3 11 7 Dept. Manager 3 18
& Facility SCADA Dept. & Facility SCADA Dept. F‐SCADA
Telephone,AFC,PSD,CCTV,PA,
Station equipment Dept. Dept. Manager 2 8 6 Station equipment Dept. Dept. Manager 2 8 6
Clock, Signage & Graphics
*This number is excluding Director, administrative team member *This number is excluding Director, administrative team member
25 68 27 17+(9) 28 151 29+(9)
(Total) (Total)
120 179
Regarding Type‐B maintenance except Rolling stock, AFC and track, we don't estimate it in above table for economical maintenance.
Because, if these Type‐B worker perform Type‐B work limited, Type‐A worker will has the maintenance work of daytime only slightly.
In this table, it is not consideration about the operation staff of OCC and the headquarters office staff of O&M company mention in APP14 of GS, the local operation staff at Receiving Sub‐station, and the
testing staff for 110kV equipments after maintenance

Maintenance Plan
Page 39 of 226
Table T3.3.3 Establish staffing requirement to perform and manage such maintenance in each category and produce organization chart at various
horizons
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2040
1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q 1Q 2Q 3Q 4Q Remarks
Receiving power for RSS
Delivery of 1st Train Commencement of revenue service
Type Test of 1st Train ▼Completion of On-site
Delivery~Test of 2nd ~17th Train ▼
Trial run
Revenue service
Maintenance Commencement of heavy maintenance of RS
HTC’s contract of
Maintenance
1 Rolling Stock Maintenance Div.
1.1 General Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT*
1.2 Control Dept.
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Assist Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Senior RS Technical Staff 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
RS Technical Staff 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Maintenance Trainee 5 1 3months*
E Maintenance Staff 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
E Maintenance Staff (Type B) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OJT
1.3 Maintenance Dept.
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Assist Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
RS Technical Staff 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
QA/QC Staff 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Mechanical Staff 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16
5 10 15 20 25 30
Electrical Staff 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10
Car body maintenance 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Task Force Staff 4
OJT* : on job training during testing, trial run and actual operation supported by Hitachi. 3months*: Training period per training course is 3months
Maintenance Plan
Page 40 of 226
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2040

1.4 Train inspection Dept.
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 OJT* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Assist Manager 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
RS Technical Staff 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Monthly Inspection Staff 8
Train Inspection Staff 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Maintenance Trainee 20 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 3months*
1.5 Train Cleaning Dept.(Type B)
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
General Car Cleaning Staff 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 OJT
Daily Car Cleaning Staff 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 12 OJT
2 Track System Maintenance Division

2.1 General Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
2.2 Track System Dept.

Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Assist Manager 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Senior Track Engineer 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10
Track Engineer 3 3 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 18
Maintenance Trainee 12 9 6months*
Track Cleaning Staff (Type B) (9) If necessary
3 Power Supply Maintenance Division

3.1 General Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
OJT* : on job training during testing, trial run and actual operation
3months*: Training period per training course is 3months 6months*: Training period per training course is 1year

Maintenance Plan
Page 41 of 226
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2040

3.2 Traction & Station Sub-station Dept.
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT*
Senior Power Engineer 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Power Engineer 1 1 1 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Maintenance Trainee 2 3 4 6months*
3.3 Overhead Contact & Power Distribution System Dept.
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Assist Manager 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
Senior OCS Engineer 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 7
OCS Engineer 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 12
Maintenance Trainee 8 6 6months
4 Signalling, Telecommunication & F-SCADA maintenance Div.

4.1 General Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
4.2 Signalling, Telecommunication & F-SCADA System Dept.

Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Assist. Manager 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Senior Signal Engineer 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Signal Engineer 5 5 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Maintenance Trainee 13 7 6months
4.3 Station Equipment Dept.

Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Assist Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OJT
Senior Station Equipment Engineer 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 OJT
Station Equipment Engineer 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 OJT
Software Staff 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OJT
Station Maintenance Staff (Type B) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 OJT
OJT* : on job training during testing, trial run and actual operation 1year*: Training period per training course is 1year
Maintenance Plan
Page 42 of 226
3.4 Maintenance Team Organization, Structure
During the first 5 year period, Hitachi maintenance team will perform the majority of
maintenance work as specified in the Employer’s Requirements. In order to perform the
maintenance activities in a proper manner, a dedicated organization will need to be setup to plan,
schedule, carry out and track all maintenance activities and to ensure that any work is carried out
properly, on time and safely.
Due to the shortage of manpower and maintenance capability of the railway systems maintenance
at the initial revenue operation for the O&M Company, this maintenance organisation will be a
joint management organization consisting of Hitachi and the nominated O&M Company, in
which Hitachi will perform the maintenance work primarily by using staff provided by O&M
Company (except Type-B maintenance work which will performed directly by O&M Company,
with Hitachi supervision).
By adopting this approach, Hitachi can ensure the performance quality of the maintenance work
together with implementing the knowledge/skill transfer to the staff of O&M Company to build
up their maintenance capability.
The proposed maintenance organization jointly by Hitachi and O&M Company is shown in the
following figures.
This proposed Maintenance Team will be an integral element of the overall Maintenance
Management in charge of the Hitachi’s Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning.
The Management & Planning Division has the overall responsibility for the performance within
both Hitachi’s Maintenance Divisions and O&M Company’s Maintenance Division, including
each discipline such as the Rolling Stock Maintenance Division, the Track System Maintenance
Division, the Power Supply Maintenance Division, the Signal, Telecommunication and F-
SCADA Maintenance Division and the Administrative Division.
Basically, each discipline division will be managed by a skilled and experienced sectional
engineer employed by Hitachi, who will assist the General Manager of O&M Company to
manage and supervise the maintenance activities performed by the O&M Company staff.
In addition, Hitachi will also deploy supervisors to monitor and manage those Type-B
maintenance works such as car cleaning which will be performed by O&M Company’s staff
directly. The majority of these remaining posts will be filled up to the end of the 5 years of
commercial operation to cover all aspects of maintenance activities.
Hitachi estimate the number of maintenance worker based on following conditions.
 This number is for the maintenance work classified as ‘selfwork’ in table T-2.5.
 This number is for arrange and witness the maintenance work classified ‘outsource’ in
table T-2.5.
 The number of initial stage is to be the suitable number for maintenance work except
level 3 maintenance work such as system replacement.

Maintenance Plan
Page 43 of 226
 During any operation hour from AM4:00 to AM1:00, the minimum person in charge of
each technical office has for response to accident or trouble.
 This number is follow tothe section 3.3.1 Labor condition.
Hitachi does not estimate and propose Type-B maintenance worker for Power supply system,
OCS, Signalling system, Telecommunication system, F-SCADA system, PSD system and
Maintenance vehicle into Organization. Because, if these Type-B maintenance workers perform
Type-B work limited, Type-A maintenance worker will has the maintenance work of daytime
only slightly. And, regarding Type-B maintenance of Trackwork, we think it is unnecessary by no
trash on track structure, because there are PSD at the station and the elevated section. But, we
estimate Type-B maintenance worker for cleaning track structure, in case that it is necessary for
cleaning and moving inside Depot include brank space.
In addition, in this organization chart, it is not considered about the operation staff of OCC and
the headquarters office staff of O&M Company mentioned in APP14 of GS, the local operation
staff at Receiving Sub-station, and the testing staff for 110kV equipments after maintenance.
All members of the Hitachi team will have shadow workers from the O&M company and these
shadow workers will be trained and work alongside the Hitachi staff with the sole purpose that
they become the successors to the Hitachi staff when they leave.
3.4.1 Human resources with the necessary qualification
The entire maintenance staff shall have some necessary qualification as shown below. These
qualifications are required for safety maintenance activity. Hitachi proposed the qualification
referring to procedure of Japanese Railway Company.
 Requirements to all common division

 General culture
 No limbs defect and body height capable work
 Normal hearing in both ears
 No color weakness and good eyes capable work
 No mental illness such as schizophrenia
 Requirements to each division

 Basic technical knowledge according to each division
 Requirements are mentioned in each organization chart and each chapter
Other requirement not mentioned above will be discussed and finalized with O&M
Company.

Maintenance Plan
Page 44 of 226
Figure-F3.4.1 Proposed Maintenance Organization

Proposed O & M Company Organization and Required S kills
(3-Cars/Train - 17 Train Base)
Contractor's Maintenance Organization

Required O & M Company's Organization Structure Contents of the Works (Appendix 11) Required Basic Knowledge & Skill
Structure
[SOW] [Foreign Personnel] by Letter of Tender Page LT199/217 (Amendment) [Vietnamese Personnel] by Letter of Tender Page LT199/217
By Hitachi Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning ; 15-years / (CV required) Deputy Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning ; 10-years (CV Required)
O&M Company (Type-A) Deputy Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning ; 12-years / (CV required) Deputy Sectional Engineer ; 7-years
O&M Company (Type-B) Sectional Engineer ; 10-years Assistant Technicians ; 7-years
Technicians ; 12-years Supervisor for Type-B Maintenance ; 5-years
[Legend] Maintenance Trainees ; 2-years

Instruction Flow
Joint Management,
Cooperation
Management & Planning Division
Chief Manager for O & M Company - General Planninng Dept.

1 1
Maintenance & Planning Project Director - General Management Dept.
(*1) - Education Dept.
General Manager 1
Deputy Chief M anager for - Audit Dept.
M aint'ce & Planning
1
[2]
Deputy Chief Manager for
Maint'ce & Planning 1
(VT N)
Interface Engineer
1
(VTN)
Document Controller
1
(VTN)
Schedule Controller
1
(VTN)
QHSE Manager
1
(VTN)
QA Engineer
1
(VTN)
Safety Engineer
1
(VTN)
Administration Division Administrative Div. - Human Resources Dept.

Administration (*1) - General Affairs Dept.
1 General Manager 1
Manager - Accounting & Finance Dept. (*1)
: General Manager Class
[1] - QHSE Dept. Min. 10 years experience of similar system management
- Purchasing Dept. - This division is organaized according to Appendix 14 of GS.
Administrator (VTN) 1
- Legal work Dept.
- IT Dept.
Office Clerk (VTN) 1
Accountant (VTN) 1
Driver with car (VTN) 7
Office Boy & Janitor (VT N) 2
(*1)
Operation Management Div. - Revenew Management Dept. : General Manager Class
(*1) - Station Operation Dept. Min. 10 years experience of similar system management
General Manager 1
- Crew Operation Dept. - This division is organaized according to Appendix 14 of GS.
[1] - Facilities Dept.
- OCC Dept.

Maintenance Plan
Page 45 of 226
Structure
Rolling Stock Maintenance Div. Rolling Stock Maintenance Div. Control Dept. RS = Rolling Stock
(*1)
Rolling Stock (*1) (*4) Senior RS Technical - Schedule control, Running Km control, Cost control, Material : General Manager Class
1 General Manager 1 Dept. Manager 1 1
Sectional Engineer Staff control, etc. Experience in management of RS maintenance work or
Deputy Sectional [1] Rolling Stock Technical - For Schedule control, Running Km control, Long term schedule train inspection work
1 Assist. Manager 1 2
Engineer (VTN) Staff planning, Cost control, Material control, etc. (*2)
: Maintenance Department Manager
[2] Equipment Maintenance - Check for daily maintenance of RS maintenance's equipment, and Experience in management of RS maintenance work
2
Staff witness for inspection or repair work by sub-contractor (*3)
: Train Inspection Department Manager
[5] Experience in management of train inspection work
(*4)
Equipment Maintenance - Visual check for RS maintenance's equipment : Control Department Manager
2
Staff (Type-B) (VTN) - Witness for inspection or repair work by sub-contractor Experience in management of RS maintenance work or
Maintenance Dept. [2] Dept.-1Total; [9] train inspection work
(*5)
Rolling Stock (*2) - Train split and combine, Train set test, Intermediate inspection, : Assistant Manager
1 Dept. Manager 1 QA/QC Staff (*6) 4
Technicians Test run Experience in train inspection work
Workshop Equipment Mechanical Staff Other Skills /Experiences required for various classes/positions
1 Assist. Manager 2 (*6, 7) 8 - For Bogie, Wheel, Traction Motor, etc.
Technicians Group-1 (*6)
: Experience in RS Maintenance
Assistant Technicians Rolling Stock Technical Mechanical Staff (*7)
: Experience in RS bogie maintenance
1 (*6) 3 (*6,) 8 - For Door engine, Doors, Air compressor, Air break system, etc.
(VTN) Staff Group-2 (*8) :
Experience in train inspection
(*6) (*9) :
[6] Electrical Staff Experience in Wheel profiling
5 - For Control unit, APS, Driver's console device, etc.
Group-1
(*6)
Electrical Staff
5 - For Air conditioning, Pantograph, Contactors, Lightings, etc.
Group-2
Carbody Maintenance
(*7) 3 - For Car body, Sheets, Saloon equipment, Carbody painting, etc.
Staff
(*9) - Unscheduled maintenance, e.g. Wheel re-profiling, Corrective
Task Force Staff 4
maintenance
[37] Dept.-2 Total; [43]
Train Inspection Dept.
(*3)
Monthly Inspection - Various inspections for train functions and condition
Dept. Manager 1 (*6) 8
Staff Not required for monthly inspection during 3-car train operation
(*5)
Train Inspection Staff - Inspections for train major functions and condition
Assist. Manage r 4 (*8) 5
(Team-1) 2 shift work based on 24 hours work
Rolling Stock Technical Train Inspection Staff (about 4-men work, 1-man off / Team)
(*8) 6 (*8) 5 Assign the monthly inspection during 3-car train operation
Staff (Team-2)
[11] [18] Dept.-3 Total; [29]
- Basic training needed for 3 months by 5 member team.
Maintenance Trainees 5
- After training staff are able to be assigned to Train Inspection
Staff, Mechanical Staff or Electrical Staff.
Type-B (Train Cleaning Dept.) [5]
Supervisor for Type-B Dept. Manager General Car Cleaning
1 1 8 - Monthly cleaning interior and exterior by hand (B3.2.2),
Maintenance (VTN) (Type-B) Staff (Type-B)
- Daily cleaning interior by vacuum cleaner or sweeping ,
[1] Daily Car Cleaning Staff
12 (- Washing by washing plant (B3.2.3))
(Type-B)
[20] Dept.-Cleaning Total; [21]
Track System Maintenance Division Track System Maintenance Div. Track System Dept.
Track System (*1) (*2)
Senior Track Engineer - Patrol and visual check (*1)
1 General Manager 1 Dept. Manager 1 (*3) 10
Sectional Engineer - Check for fixing of switch of turnout Qualification of track engineer or equivalent experience
[1] - Regular inspection (*2)
Deputy Sectional (*2) (*3) : Manager Class
1 Assist. Manager 3 Track Engineer 18 - Tamping of ballasted tracks
Engineer (VTN) 1) Experience of track work system
- Rail re-profiling
[4] [28] - Adjustment rail, Repair work and parts replacement 2) Major in civil engineering
(*3)
Track System * Include Maintenance vehicle and Inspection equipment for : Knowledge of track engineering
1
Technicians Trackwork
Supervisor for Type-B Dept. Total; [32]
1
Maintenance (VTN) - Basic training needed for 6 months.
- After training person is able to be assigned to Track Engineer.
(Type-B)
Track Cleaning Staff
(9) - Cleaning of track structure in Depot, if necessary in future
(Type-B)

Maintenance Plan
Page 46 of 226

Structure
Power Supply Maintenance Div. Power Supply Maintenance Div. Traction ＆ Station Substation Dept.
Power System Senior Power Engineer (*1)
1 General Manager
(*1)
1 Dept. Manager
(*2)
1 3 - Patrol and visual check
(*3)
Sectional Engineer - Regular inspection Qualification of electric engineer or equivalent experience
Deputy Sectional [1] [1] (*3)
- Repair work and parts replacement (*2)
: Manager Class
(*a) 1 Power Engineer 6
Engineer (VTN) * Exclude Distribution system outside substation and lighting 1) Major in electric engineering
(*a): Power Supply System cum OCS
[9] system 2) Experience of power supply system or electric power plant
(*3)
Substation System Dept. Total; [10] : Knowledge of electric engineering
1
Technicians - Basic training needed for 6 months.
OCS System - After training person is able to be assigned to Power Engineer.
1
Technician
Assistant Technician Overhead Contact ＆Power Distribution System Dept.
1
(VTN) The following specialist engineers shall be provided
Dept. Manager
(*2)
1 Senior OCS Engineer
(*3)
7 - Patrol and visual check
- Regular inspection ・High Voltage equipment engineer
(*2) (*3)
- Repair work and parts replacement ・Converter/Inverter engineer
Assist. Manager 3 OCS Engineer 12
* Include Distribution system, lighting system, Maintenance ・System engineer for Control
[4] [19] vehicle and Inspection equipment for OCS
Dept. Total; [23] Type-B maintenance staff are included in Type-A maintenance team.
- Basic training needed for 6 months.
- After training person is able to be assigned to OCS Engineer.
Signaling & Telecommunication Maintenance Div. Signal ＆Telecommunication Div. Signal Telecommunication & F-SCADA System Dept.
Signal&Telecom System Senior Signal Engineer (*1)
: General Manager or Dept. Manager Class
1 General Manager
(*1)
1 Dept. Manager
(*1)
1 6 - Patrol and visual check
(*3)
Sectional Engineer - Regular inspection Min. 10 years experience of signal system of railway
- Repair work and parts replacement (*2)
Deputy Sectional Engineer (*2) (*3) : Manager Class
1 Assist. Manager 2 Signal Engineer 12
(*a) * Include Radio system, Data transmission system, Anemometer Experience of signal, telecommunication or F-SCACA system
(VTN)
: Signaling cum T elecom. System
(*a)
[3] [18] and F-SCADA (*3)
: Senior Class/ Engineer Class
Signaling System Dept. Total; [21] 1) Experience of signal, telecommunication or F-SCACA system
3
Technicians - Basic training needed for 6 months. 2) Knowledge of electric engineering
Telecom. System - After training person is able to be assigned to Signal Engineer.
1
Technician Type-B maintenance staff are included in Type-A maintenance team.
F_SCADA System Station Equipment Dept.
1
Technician Senior Station (*4)
: Manager Class
(*4)
(*a) Dept. Manager 1 (*5) 3 - Patrol and visual check
Assistant Technician Equipmnet Engineer 1) Major in electronics engineering
1 - Regular inspection
(VTN) (*4)
Station Equipmnet 2) Min. 5 years experience of similar system management
Assist. Manager 1 (*6) 3 - Repair work and parts replacement (*5)
(*a)
Engineer : Senior Class
* Station equipment consist of AFC system, PSD system, CCTV
AFC System [2] (*7) system, PA system, Clock system and Signage & Graphics. 1) Major in electric or electronics engineering
1 Software Staff 2
Technician 2) Min. 3 years experience of similar AFC system
PSD System [8] 3) Min. 3 years experience of similar PSD system
1
Technician Type-B (AFC Operation Support and Signage and grapfics) (*6)
: Engineer Class
Assistant Technician - Support daily operation & checking of AFC by field patrol 1) Knowledge of electrical engineering
(*b) 1 Station Maintenance
(VTN) 6 - Regular maintenance coordinate for AFC 2) Min. 1 years experience of similar system
Staff (Type-B) (VTN)
(*b)
AFC cum PSD - Visual check and patrol Signage & Graphics. (*7)
: Software Staff
Supervisor for Type-B [6] Dept. Total; [16] 1) Knowledge of computer engineering
1
Maint. (*c) (VTN) 2) Min. 5 years experience of similar system
(*c)
AFC

Maintenance Plan
Page 47 of 226
3.5 Management and Planning Division
The Chief Manager for Management & Planning Division from Hitachi is responsible for
ensuring all divisions have complied with the requirements of maintenance performance.
Besides, the Chief Manager will also supervise the Project Director of O&M Company for the
overall maintenance works being implemented.
The Management and Planning Division is responsible for the management of all operation and
maintenance functions, in order to provide sufficient resources for the railway operation and
maintenance; the work scope shall cover as follows,
 Medium and long term plan for Transportation (include passenger forecasting)
 Budget management
 Manpower planning
 Medium and long term plan for Maintenance (include system replacement)
 Education plan and management
 Audit
The organization structure of the Maintenance Management and Planning Division is proposed
in the above of following Chart C 3.6.2.
More over, under the Management & Planning Division, there are also 5 functional divisions,
which are listed as follows; in principle, each maintenance division will perform and supervise
the maintenance works by using the staff provided by the O&M Company, therefore the relative
organisation for O&M Company will also be set up accordingly. The role/responsibility and
manpower requirements for O&M Company will be addressed separately.
 Rolling Stock Maintenance Division
 Track System Maintenance Division
 Power Supply Maintenance Division
 Signal & Telecommunications Maintenance Division
 Administrative Division
In addition to the above functional divisions, Hitachi will also set up technical support functions
to assist the Chief Manager to coordinate with the Project team and ensure the safety and quality
of the maintenance activities performance. The technical support functions are listed as follows:
 Interface Engineer
 Document Controller
 Schedule Controller
 QHSE Manager
 QA Engineer
Maintenance Plan
Page 48 of 226
 Safety Engineer
Due to the nature of maintenance activities, most of the positions of maintenance staff will need
to have shifts, either 2 or 3 shifts per day. The working hours per shift will need to comply with
the local labour law requirements and also take into consideration the staff convenience to reach
to the working location, especially during night shift.
Therefore, it is essential that a shift factor for each position is considered when estimating the
manpower requirements.
3.6 Administrative Division
3.6.1 Role & Responsibilities
The Administrative Division is mainly responsible for the management of all supporting
functions, in order to provide sufficient resources for the railway operation; the work scope shall
cover as follows,
 Human Resources
 General Affairs
 Accounting and Finance
 Quality, Healthy & Safety, Environmental (QHSE)
 Purchasing
 Legal work
 IT
The Administration Manager (Hitachi) together with General Manager (O&M Company) will
report directly to the Chief Manager and works in normal office hours. The Administration
Manager will ensure that all resources required by each division are available and distributed as
required.
3.6.2 Manpower Requirements
The proposed organisation structure for Administrative Division is shown in the middle of
following chart.

Maintenance Plan
Page 49 of 226
Figure-F3.6.2 Management and Planning Division Organization

[SOW] [Foreign Personnel] by Letter of Tender Page LT199/217 (Amendment) [Vietnamese Personnel] by Letter of Tender Page LT199/217
By Hitachi Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning ; 15-years / (CV required) Deputy Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning ; 10-years (CV Required)
O&M Company (Type-A) Deputy Chief Manager for Maintenance & Planning ; 12-years / (CV required) Deputy Sectional Engineer ; 7-years
O&M Company (Type-B) Sectional Engineer ; 10-years Assistant Technicians ; 7-years
Technicians ; 12-years Supervisor for Type-B Maintenance ; 5-years
[Legend] Maintenance Trainees ; 2-years

Instruction Flow
Joint Management,
Cooperation
Management & Planning Division
Chief Manager for O & M Company - General Planninng Dept.

1 1
Maintenance & Planning Project Director - General Management Dept.
(*1) - Education Dept.
General Manager 1
Deputy Chief M anager for - Audit Dept.
M aint'ce & Planning
1
[2]
Deputy Chief Manager for
Maint'ce & Planning 1
(VT N)
Interface Engineer
1
(VTN)
Document Controller
1
(VTN)
Schedule Controller
1
(VTN)
QHSE Manager
1
(VTN)
QA Engineer
1
(VTN)
Safety Engineer
1
(VTN)
Administration Division Administrative Div. - Human Resources Dept.

Administration (*1) - General Affairs Dept.
1 General Manager 1
Manager - Accounting & Finance Dept. (*1)
[1] - QHSE Dept. Min. 10 years experience of similar system management
- Purchasing Dept. - This division is organaized according to Appendix 14 of GS.
Administrator (VTN) 1
- Legal work Dept.
- IT Dept.
Office Clerk (VTN) 1
Accountant (VTN) 1
Driver with car (VTN) 7
Office Boy & Janitor (VT N) 2
(*1)
Operation Management Div. - Revenew Management Dept. : General Manager Class
(*1) - Station Operation Dept. Min. 10 years experience of similar system management
General Manager 1
- Crew Operation Dept. - This division is organaized according to Appendix 14 of GS.
[1] - Facilities Dept.
- OCC Dept.

Maintenance Plan
Page 50 of 226
4 Maintenance plan of Rolling Stock
4.1.1 General Principle
The main objective of the rolling stock maintenance is to provide sufficient trains for a safe,
reliable, efficient and cost effective train service. All maintenance activities will be carried out
by trained and qualified personnel according to the safety precautions and work requirements
contained in the O&M manuals.
In addition, compliance with the statutory requirements will be attained.

All the statutory requirements will be included in the preventive maintenance schedules.
Maintenance records will be maintained as per the statutory requirements.
4.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements
As stipulated above, most of the activities for the maintenance of the rolling stock, including
routine preventive maintenance, corrective maintenance and major component overhaul, will be
carried out in the depot.
The main content of the preventive maintenance is to investigate the degree of the deterioration
and state of the change of vehicles and parts, to regulate or restore to within defined limits and
confirm the function of them before vehicles are offered for service.
The classification of inspections and periodicity of rolling stock examinations are stipulated by
“Regular inspections of facilities and vehicles based on Ministerial Ordinance MLITT Article 90”
which will be adopted by Hitachi as listed in the following table.
The period of monthly inspection is mentioned “One month, however it may be extended
according the practical conditions up to three months or 30000km whichever is shorter under
condition of keeping reliability” on Appendix 2 of Part 1 Rolling Stock, Particular Specification
of Employer’s Requirement. Hitachi proposed monthly inspection period is one month in initial
stage. Therefore, we consider monthly inspection period is assumed one month in ultimate stage
undesirable.
In addition, the Appendix of Article 5 of “Public Notice on Periodic inspection of Facilities and
Rolling stock” based on “Paragraph 2 of Article 90 of Technical Regulatory Standards on
Japanese Railways” is mentioned about maintenance period.
In this paragraph, the allowable frequency of monthly inspection as “Inspection of Condition
and Function” is defined 3 months.
Major Japanese leading railway companies operate with a three monthly examination.
Hitachi initially intends to carry out the periodic examination on a monthly basis during the
period of the 17 train service. This two year period will generate sufficient data to allow the
frequency to be considered and it is confidently expected that three monthly exams will prove to
have no adverse effect on reliability. If this is so the maintenance regime will be revised
accordingly.
Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-A-R0

Maintenance Plan
Page 51 of 226
Hitachi will take a similar approach with regard to the possibility of moving the weekly exam to
a 10 day exam.

Maintenance Plan
Page 52 of 226
Detail of each inspection activities are addressed as follows:

Location of
Type of Inspection Applied Staff Inspection Period
Maintenance
1 Driver Daily
Daily inspection (Inspection of (At the time of raised
Stabling line or
To check facility of train-set before station platform backup train will be pantograph and
starting (after finishing) operation. performed by Train descended
Inspection Staff) pantograph)
2 Weekly
Weekly inspection
(period may be
To check facility of train-set through Train Inspection Train Inspection extended up to 10days
visual inspection (in particular roof and Track, Line M1 Staff if experience confirms
under floor parts) and condition of (and Line M2) that reliability will not
consumables, equipment.
be affected)
3 One month
Monthly inspection (Facility Inspection) (period may be
To check facility and condition of Monthly Inspection extended up to 3
Train Inspection Staff months if experience
consumables equipment without Track, Line M2
dismantlement confirms that
reliability will not be
affected)
4 Major Equipment Inspection Train Inspection
& Maintenance 4 yearly or 600.000km
To check facility and condition of major Maintenance
Track, Line M3 & Department whichever is shorter.
important equipment/parts with
dismantlement M5
5 General Inspection (Overhaul) Train Inspection
To check overall conditions of car, & Maintenance Maintenance
Track, Line M3 & Department 8 yearly
equipment and parts by dismantling and
disassembling car and equipment. M5
6 Daily Cleaning Activities Station cleaning During dwell time at
Station platform staff
Daily train interior pick up trash. station
Daily Cleaning
Stabling line Car cleaning staff Daily (train entered
Daily train interior cleaning sweep with
stabling line in Depot)
broom, other.
Exterior Washing
Train Washing －
Automatic train exterior washing by train Weekly
Track, Line W1
washing plant.
General Cleaning
Manual Wash Car cleaning staff
Periodic manual washing of train interiors Monthly
Track, Line S30
and exteriors (Heavy cleaning).
7 Wheel Re- Regularly (Yearly, or
Wheel Re-profiling Maintenance special case such as
profiling track, Department
Profile machining with underfloor lathe Line R1 wheels generating
noise)
8 Unscheduled maintenance Line M1,M4 or
Repair depends on inspection result, train M5, other Task Force Staff Whenever necessary
issues or accident properly location
Table-T4.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements of Rolling stock

Maintenance Plan
Page 53 of 226
4.2 Inspection Activity for Rolling Stock
4.2.1 Daily Inspection
This inspection will be performed daily before a train is entering into service by starting the train
from stabling line in the Depot or at Suoi Tien Terminal Station, Tan Cang Station, An Phu
Station and Ben Thanh Station. The same inspection will also be performed daily after operation.
In this inspection, driver will check equipment condition with TIS on-board monitoring system,
condition of train functions, brake test, starting test, passenger doors test and visual checking of
train interior and exterior and other equipment as defined. Daily inspection of the back-up train
will be performed by train inspection staffs at the beginning of train operation.
4.2.2 Weekly Inspection
Weekly Inspection will be performed every 7 days at whichever of inspection line M1 or line
M2 of the main workshop is available. Weekly inspections include several activities to be
carried out mainly in day time. However as experience is gained it may be possible to extend
this period with an initial target of moving to 10days. This change would only take place on
condition that there was confidence that there would be no adverse effect on reliability. At this
inspection, train inspection staff will check equipment condition with TIS on-board monitoring
system, check condition of consumables such as brake shoes and contact strips, visually check
condition of those underfloor and rooftop equipment with guards, condition of train functions,
brake test include measurement, starting test, passenger doors test and visual inspection of train
interior and exterior and other equipment as defined in the examination procedure. Inspection
items for Weekly Inspection are highlighted in the following table T4.2.2.
4.2.3 Monthly Inspection
This inspection will be performed every month at inspection line M2 of main workshop.
However as experience is gained it may be possible to extend this period with an initial target of
moving to three months. This change would only take place on condition that there was
confidence that there would be no adverse effect on reliability.
As a matter of policy, monthly inspection and its related minor repairs will be performed in the
daytime.
In general, “Monthly Inspection” will consist of several activities:
 general inspection with concentration on components that can be checked by monitoring

system on board;
 measurement of wheel wear, instrument calibration test, test characteristic of equipment, etc.;
 inspection of equipment uncovered;
 Insulation test and performance check of each equipment.

Maintenance Plan
Page 54 of 226
 preventive maintenance such as cleaning air filters for various equipment, cleaning of air
conditioners fins, replenishment of flange lubricants, gearbox oil, etc.; and
 Minor repairs such as correction of condition discovered during inspections as well as those
previously known and planned for attention during Monthly Inspection.
In line with established practice
Inspection items for Monthly Inspection are highlighted in the following table T4.2.2.
4.2.4 Major Equipment Inspection
Major Equipment Inspection will be performed every 4 years or 600,000km whichever is shorter.
The time between inspections is not flexible and will not exceed the period since the completion
date of a previous Major Equipment Inspection, General Inspection or completion date of trial
run at the time of delivered new trains.
Prior to the train entering the workshop for this inspection it will be put over the wheel lathe and
the wheel surfaces will be returned to their as-built profile.
The inspection will be carried out at inspection line M3 and M5 in the main workshop, by
separating the bogies from the car, and successively by removing the traction motor, the wheel-
sets and some other parts from the car, and thereafter, the precise inspection for each main
component will be carried out.
The equipment attached to the car body will be respectively removed, inspected, washed, and
repaired one by one. After the train is introduced into the workshop lifting road (M3), it will be
divided into respective detached cars.
The “Major Equipment Inspection” consists of various activities including equipment

inspections, preventive maintenance and repairs. In more detail this includes:
 inspections for major equipment defined in the Ordinance such as bogies, traction motor,
wheel-sets, etc.;
 preventive maintenance includes cleaning or replacement of air filters for various items of
equipment, cleaning fins of air conditioner, replenishment of flange lubricants, gearbox oil,
etc.; and
 Repair in accordance with condition of equipment or parts if necessary.
Inspection items for Major Equipment Inspection are highlighted in the following table T4.2.4.
4.2.5 General Inspection
General Inspection will be performed every 8 years. The time between inspections is not flexible
and will not exceed the period since the completion date of a previous Major Equipment
Inspection, General Inspection or completion date of trial run at the time of delivered new trains.

Maintenance Plan
Page 55 of 226
The inspection process is almost the same as highlighted in the Major Equipment Inspection,
and the purpose of this inspection is, rather, to have the vehicle maintained returned as near to
new condition as possible; that is, the General Inspection can be considered as the overhaul of
the vehicle.
In addition to Major Equipment Inspection contents, door operating equipment, pantograph, air
conditioning and electric strength test, etc. will be dismounted, disassembled, inspected and
repaired respectively.
All parts deteriorating in terms of time, e.g. packing, rubber, seal, etc. will be replaced.
Refurbishment of car body and refurbishment or replacement of major parts of the bogie,
propulsion system, brake system, TIS and air conditioner will be arranged in accordance with
design life of each system.
In addition to age related wear there will be process wastage of up to 6 percent on axles and 1
per cent on wheel pans through minor damage discovered as well as damage arising from the
removal and replacement of wheels. This activity can generate scoring sufficient to cause the
components to fail post process ultrasonic axle testing.
The “General Inspection” consists of various activities such as equipment inspections,

preventive maintenance and repairs. In more detail this includes:
 inspections for equipment defined in the Ordinance including bogies, traction motor, wheel-
set, car body, etc.;
 preventive maintenance includes cleaning or replacement of wheel bearings, traction motor
bearings, wheels and wearing parts, gearbox oil, etc.; and
 Repair or replace in accordance with condition of car body, bogie, equipment or parts if
necessary.
Inspection items for General Inspection are highlighted in the following Table-T4.2.4.

Maintenance Plan
Page 56 of 226
Inspection Items for Monthly Inspection and Weekly Inspection (without dismantling)
Monthly Inspection Weekly Inspection
Classification
Inspection Item Method Inspection Item Method
1 Running Gear
A Bogie
(1) Bogie frame (1) Deformation, crack and corrosion of Damage and mounting condition
frame
(2) Damage of friction parts
(2) Axle box and (1) Damage, wear, tarnish and gap of each Damage and mounting condition
Axle box suspension part
(3) Wheel and Axle (1) Damage of axle, wheel and wheel Damage and mounting condition
surface
(2) Shape of wheel Measurement
(a) Diameter or thickness of wheel
(b) Thickness and height of flange
(c) Check gauge
(4) Shock absorber (1) Damage, wear and deformation of (1) Damage, air leakage and
spring mounting condition
(2) Mounting condition and leakage oil of (2) Mounting condition and leakage
oil damper oil of oil damper
(5) Traction device (1) Crack, damage, deformation and N/A (Not applicable)
corrosion of traction link and center pin
(2) Mounting condition of each parts
(6) Guard iron Damage, deformation and mounting Damage and mounting condition
condition
(7) Flange lubricator (1) Damage, mounting condition and oil (1) Damage of nozzle and oil tank
leakage for nozzle, oil tank, etc. (2) Oil leakage, air leakage and
(2) See item No. 2-C-(4) for contactless mounting condition
equipment
(3) See item No. 4-B-(3) for oil pump
(4) See item No. 4-B-(5) for electrical
cabling
(5) See item No. 5-B-(4) for pipe, hose, etc.
B Driving device
(1) Gear box (1) Damage, deformation and mounting Damage and mounting condition
condition
(2) Stain and level of lubricant
(3) Damage and mounting condition of oil
level gauge and magnetic plug
(2) Coupling Crack, damage, deformation and oil leakage Damage and mounting condition
(3) Ground device Damage and mounting condition N/A
2 Equipments on main
circuit (include
control circuit)
A Power collector
(1) Pantograph and (1) Damage, deformation and corrosion of Measurement (1) Damage and mounting condition
accessories mounting frame, main axis, framework (2) Damage and wear of contact Measurement
pipe, pantograph head, contact strip strip
(2) Function of supporting equipment
(3) Damage and corrosion of cylinder, air
pipe and air hose
(4) Stain and damage of insulator
(5) Fall-rise movement
B Traction motor
(1) Traction motor Damage, stain, deformation and mounting Damage and mounting condition
condition of each parts
C Equipments of
control circuit
(1) Line breaker (1) Damage, wear, contact pressure and Damage and mounting condition

Maintenance Plan
Page 57 of 226

Classification
(include Circuit mounting condition of contactor and
breaker) and Main auxiliary contactor
contactor (2) Damage and mounting condition of ark
chute
(3) See item No. 4-B-(3) for magnet valve
(4) Mounting condition of cylinder
(6) Mounting condition of each part
(7) Function
(a) Wipe of contactor and auxiliary
contactor
(b) Coordinated movement of main
contactor and auxiliary contactor
(2) Master controller (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and Damage and mounting condition
friction parts
(2) Damage, wear, contact pressure and
mounting condition of contactor and
auxiliary contactor
(3) Semiconductor (1)Stain and damage of semiconductor Damage overheat and mounting
device for main element, insulator, and radiator fin, etc. condition of Filter reactor
circuit (PU) (2) Mounting condition of each parts
(4) Semiconductor (1)Stain and damage of semiconductor, etc.
control device for (2) Mounting condition of each parts
main circuit (CLU)
(5)Reactor, Stain and damage of each parts
Capacitor and
Transformer
(6) Traction motor (1) Stain and damage of contact parts
cut-out switch, (2) Tarnish and mounting condition of fuse
Control circuit cut- (3) Mounting condition of each parts
out switch and
Disconnecting
switch, tec.
(7) Apparatus (1) Damage, deformation, stain and air
housing leakage of flame, cover, latch, lead wire,
insulator, air pipe and insulation joint, etc.
3 Brake equipment
A Brake units (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and (1) Thickness and uneven wear of
friction parts brake shoe
(2) Thickness and uneven wear of brake Measurement (2) Damage and mounting condition
shoe
(3) Air leakage
B Air brake control
device
(1) Control valve (1) Mounting condition of each parts N/A
(include Relay (2) Air leakage
valve, etc.)
(2) Brake control (1) See item No. 2-C-(2) for electrical parts. N/A
device (Brake (2) Mounting condition of each parts
operating device, (3) Air leakage
Brake control units,
etc.)
4 General electrical
equipment
A Auxiliary power
supply system

Maintenance Plan
Page 58 of 226

Classification
(1) Auxiliary power (1) Mounting condition of each parts Damage and mounting condition
supply system (2) See item No. 2-C-(3) and (4) for
(APS) electrical parts
(2) Battery and (1) Corrosion, damage, mounting condition
Charger and leakage electrolyte of battery,
connecting wire and termination, etc.
(2) Level of electrolyte
(3) Mounting condition of charger
B Relay, Magnet
valve, Electrical
wire, etc.
(1) Fuse, Switch, etc (1) Stain and damage of contact parts N/A
(2) Mounting condition
(2) Contactor and (1) Stain and damage of insulator N/A
Relay (2) Damage of moving parts and contact
parts
(3) Magnet valve (1) Mounting condition of each parts N/A
(2) Air leakage
(3) Performance testing
(4) Arrestor (1) Damage and stain of insulator, etc. N/A
(5) Electrical wire Damage and install condition of electrical N/A
wire, joint box and accessories
(6) Apparatus (1) Damage, deformation, stain and air N/A
5 General air device
A Air compressor and
accessories
(1) Air compressor (1) See item No. 2-B for motor (1) Damage and mounting condition
(2) Damage of power transmission (2) Oil level and discoloration
(3) Oil level, Air leakage and Oil leakage (3) Oil leakage and air leakage
(2) Pressure (1) See item No. 2-C-(2) for electrical parts
governor, (2) Mounting condition of each parts
Barometric switch, (3) Air leakage
etc.
(3) Safety valve (1) Mounting condition
(2) Air leakage
(4) Air dryer (1) Mounting condition of each parts
(2) Air leakage
B Valve, Air reservoir,
air pipe, etc.
(1) Feed valve and (1) Mounting condition Damage, air leakage and mounting
Reducing valve (2) Air leakage condition
(2) Other valves (1) Mounting condition
(2) Air leakage
(3) Air reservoir (1) Damage and mounting condition of air
reservoir and protective metal fitting
(2) Air leakage
(4) Air pipe,etc. (1) Damage and mounting condition of air
pipe, air hose and strainer
(2) Mounting condition and performance of
cock
(3) Air leakage
6 Car body and
interior
Maintenance Plan
Page 59 of 226

Classification
A Under frame Damage, deformation and corrosion N/A
B Car interior and (1)Damage and corrosion of ceiling, floor, Same as on the left
exterior vehicle outside plate, lining, gangway, etc.
(2)Damage and mounting condition of
window, hood, seat, door and other
accessories
(3)Paint deterioration and peeling off
C Roof (1) Damage, deterioration and peeling off of N/A
roof cover
(2) Damage, corrosion and mounting
condition of running board, HVAC cover
D Automatic door (1) Damage, wear, deformation and N/A
operating equipment mounting condition of door operating
(include Door equipment, belt, arm, link, roller, sliding,
Safety equipment etc
(2) See item No. 4-B for electrical parts
such as door control switch
(3) Air leakage or oil leakage of door
operating device and air pipe
(4) Opening/Closing operation
E Lighting (1) Damage and mounting condition for Damage and mounting condition for
lightning device lightning device
(2) See item No. 4-B-(2) for contactor
7 Other equipment
A Sign,
communication and
on-board PA device
(1) Sign device (1) Air leakage from whistle and whistle Damage and mounting condition
(include horn valve
device, emergency (2)Damage and stain of Buzz and Push
alarm device) button, etc.
(2) Communication Damage, stain and mounting condition of Damage and mounting condition
and on-board PA each parts
device (include
safety
communication
device)
B Each information Damage and mounting condition of lighting N/A
display (include and lighting equipment
communication
equipment)
C Indicator Damage and mounting condition Damage and mounting condition
D Coupling device
(1) Automatic (1) Crack, deformation and wear of Lubrication Damage and mounting condition
coupler (include Coupler, Lock bolt, Joint, Pin, etc.
intermediate (2)Distance inside from uncoupling lever Measurement
coupler) (3)Performance
(2) Draft gear Mounting condition of each parts Mounting condition
(3) Shank guide Damage and mounting condition N/A
(4) Coupling device (1) Damage and deterioration of Hose, Damage of Hose, Packing, and air
for air-pipe Packing leakage
(2) Air leakage
(5) Coupling device (1) Stain and damage of Coupling device, Damage and mounting condition
for electrical wire Insulator and jumper wire, etc.
E Automatic Train
Protection device
(include
Maintenance Plan
Page 60 of 226

Classification
Automatic train
Operation device)
(1) On-board Damage, stain and mounting condition Damage and mounting condition
antenna and
Receiving coil
(2) Speed detecting Damage and mounting condition of each
device (include parts
tachometer
generator)
(3) Automatic Train Damage and mounting condition of each
Protection device parts
F Dead-man’s device
and train radio
(1) Dead-man’s Damage and mounting condition of each N/A
device) parts
(2) Train radio Damage and mounting condition of each Damage and mounting condition
parts
G Air-conditioner
(1) Air-conditioner (1) Damage and stain of Case and Air-filter Cleaning N/A
(2) See item No. 4-B for Contactor, Switch,
Fuse, Electrical wire
(2) Fan (1) Damage, deformation and corrosion of Cleaning N/A

Fan, Blade (vane), Net, etc.
8 General Test After confirmation of mounting condition
all equipment, this General test is
performed
A Insulation resistance Electrical insulation for electrical circuit Insulation N/A
test (except circuit related Battery and resistance test
Semiconductor, etc.)
B Running Gear
(1)Bogie (1) Height of Guard iron Measurement N/A
(2) Performance of Flange lubricator
C Equipments on main
circuit (include
control circuit)
(1) Pantograph and Performance of Pantograph N/A
accessories
(2) Control (1) Performance of all equipment N/A
equipment (2) Function of each protection relay
D Brake equipment
(1) Brake units Air leakage Air leakage
(2) Air brake control (1) Function of Brake equipment (1) Function of Brake equipment
device (a) Function of Full service braking Measurement (a) Function of Full service braking
(b) Function of Emergency braking Measurement (b) Function of Emergency braking
(c) Function of Security brake Measurement (c) Function of Security brake
(2) Air leakage of Air brake control device
and General air device
(3) Performance of Master controller
E General electrical
equipment
(1) Auxiliary power (1) Abnormal noise N/A
supply system (2) Output characteristics Measurement
(APS) (a) Output voltage
(b) Frequency
F General air device
Maintenance Plan
Page 61 of 226

Classification
(1) Air compressor (1) Abnormal noise and vibration Abnormal noise and vibration
and accessories (2) Function of Pressure governor and Measurement
Safety valve
(3) Function of Barometric switch
(2) Valve, Air (1) Time to fill all air-reservoir up Measurement N/A
reservoir, air pipe, (2) Function of Feed valve and Reducing
etc valve
G Car body and
interior
Automatic door (1) Opening/Closing door and confirmation (1) Opening/Closing door and
operating equipment Operation indicator and Car side indication confirmation Operation indicator
lamp and Car side indication lamp
(2) Performance of cock for opening (2) Performance of Door Safety
passenger door in case of emergency equipment
(3) Performance of Door Safety equipment
Lighting Performance of lighting Performance of lighting
Gradient of Car-body Measurement N/A
H Other equipment
(1) Sign device, (1) Performance of Buzz and Whistle (1) Performance of Buzz and
communication (2) Performance of Communication device Whistle
device and on-board and on-board PA device (2) Performance of Communication
PA device device and on-board PA device
(2) Each (1) Confirmation lighting condition of Confirmation lighting condition of
information display display display
(2)Performance of all information display
(3) Indicator Performance of all Indicator Performance of all Indicator
(4) Coupling device Height of Coupling device Measurement N/A

(5) Automatic Train Velocity check and function brake Measurement Confirmation power-on of train
Protection device radio
(6) Dead-man’s (1) Performance of Dead-man’s device (1)Performance of Dead-man’s
device and train (2) Performance of train radio device
radio (2) Confirmation power-on of train
radio
(7) Air-conditioner Performance check and abnormal noise Performance check and abnormal
noise
I Starting test Performance of Line breaker and Train Performance of Line breaker and
starting condition Train starting condition
Table-T4.2.2 Inspection items for Monthly Inspection and Weekly Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 62 of 226
Inspection items for General Inspection and Major equipment Inspection (with dismantling)
General Inspection Major Equipment Inspection
Classification
1 Running Gear
A Bogie
(1) Bogie frame (1) Deformation, crack and corrosion of frame Magnetic Same as on the left
Particle
Testing
(2) Damage and wear of friction parts
(3) Damage, deterioration and wear of
mountings for motor, hangings and rubber
parts for gear box
(2) Axle box and (1) Damage, wear, tarnish and gap of axle Same as on the left
Axle box box, bearing, suspension, etc.
suspension (2) Pollution and level of lubricant
(3) Wheel and (1) Damage of wheel and wheel surface Same as on the left
Axle (2) Shape of wheel
(a) Diameter or thickness of wheel Measurement
(b) Thickness, height and angle of flange
(c) Check gauge
(3) Damage of axle Ultrasonic
Testing
(4) Shock (1) Damage, wear and deformation of air Replacement (1) Damage, wear and deformation of
absorber spring air spring
(2) Damage, wear and deformation of axle Replacement (2) Damage, wear and deformation of Measurement
spring axle spring
(3) Function and leakage oil of shock (3) Function and leakage oil of shock
absorber absorber
(4) See item No. 5-B-(1) for values of (4) See item No. 5-B-(1) for values of
levelling valve and differential pressure valve levelling valve and differential
of air spring pressure valve of air spring
(5) Traction (1) Crack, damage, deformation and corrosion Same as on the left
device of traction link and center pin
(3) Damage and deterioration and wear of
buffer rubber
(6) Guard iron Damage, deformation and mounting condition Same as on the left
(7) Flange (1) Damage, mounting condition and oil Same as on the left
lubricator leakage for nozzle, oil tank, etc.
(2) See item No. 2-C-(4) for contactless
equipment
(3) See item No. 4-B-(4) for oil pump
(4) See item No. 4-B-(6) for electrical cabling
(5) See item No. 5-B-(4) for pipe, hose, etc.
B Driving device
(1) Gear (1) Crack, deformation, wear, defect and Same as on the left
mounting condition
(2) Engagement condition
(2) Gear box (1) Damage, deformation and mounting Same as on the left
condition
(2) Stain and level of lubricant
(3) Damage and mounting condition of oil
level gauge and magnetic plug
(4) Damage, wear and gap of bearing
(3) Coupling (1) Crack, damage, deformation and wear of Same as on the left
coupling
(2) Level of lubricant
(4) Ground device (1) Damage and wear of friction parts Same as on the left
(2) Wear, deformation, damage, pressure and Measurement
gap of brush and brush holder
2 Equipments on
Maintenance Plan
Page 63 of 226

Classification
main circuit
(include control
circuit)
A Power collector
(1) Pantograph (1) Damage, deformation and corrosion of (1) Damage, deformation and
and accessories mounting frame, main axis, framework pipe, corrosion of mounting frame, main
pantograph head, contact strip axis, framework pipe, pantograph
(2) Wear of pin and bearing head, contact strip
(3) Function of supporting equipment (2) Function of supporting equipment
(4) Damage and corrosion of cylinder, air pipe (3) Damage and corrosion of cylinder,
and air hose air pipe and air hose
(5) Stain and damage of insulator (4) Stain and damage of insulator
(6) See item No. 4-B-(4) for magnet valve (5) Fall-rise movement
(7) Fall-rise movement
(8) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
resistance test
B Traction motor
(1) Rotor (1) Damage, stain, deformation and mounting Same as on the left
condition of each parts
(2) Damage, wear and deformation of axis
and fan
(2) Frame, Field (1) Damage, stain, deformation and mounting (1) Damage, stain, deformation and
coil,etc. condition of each parts mounting condition of each parts
(2) Damage, engagement and oil condition of Replacement (2) Damage, engagement and oil Change grease
bearing bearing condition of bearing
(3) Assembly test (1) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation (1) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
resistance test resistance test
and Dielectric
strength test
(2) Unloaded rotary test Measurement (2) Unloaded rotary test Measurement
C Equipments of
control circuit
(1) Line breaker (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and Same as on the left
(include Circuit friction parts
breaker) and Main (2) Damage, wear, contact pressure and
contactor mounting condition of contactor and auxiliary
contactor
(3) Damage and mounting condition of arc
chute
(5) Cylinder
(a) Damage, crack and wear of inner surface
of cylinder, piston and rubber bellows
(b) Level of lubricant
(8) Function
(a) Wipe of contactor and auxiliary contactor
(b) Coordinated movement of main contactor
and auxiliary contactor
(9) Performance characteristics Measurement
(a) Operating air-pressure
(b) Operating voltage
(2) Master (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and Same as on the left
controller friction parts
(2) Damage, wear, contact pressure and
mounting condition of contactor and auxiliary
contactor

Maintenance Plan
Page 64 of 226

Classification
(3) Semiconductor (1)Stain and damage of semiconductor Same as on the left
device for main element, insulator, and radiator fin, etc.
circuit (PU) (2) Mounting condition of each parts
(4) Semiconductor (1)Stain and damage of semiconductor, etc. Same as on the left
main circuit
(CLU)
(5)Reactor, (1) Mounting condition of terminal, Damage (1) Stain, damage, oil leakage and
Capacitor and and deterioration of lead wire, Damage, stain mounting condition of each parts
Transformer and tarnish of insulator
(2) Deformation and oil leakage of capacitor
(3) Stain and damage of each part
(4) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation (2) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
resistance test resistance test
and Dielectric
strength test
(6) Traction motor (1) Contact point of insulator, Stain and Same as on the left
cut-out switch, deterioration of contact piece and contact
Control circuit parts, etc.
cut-out switch and (2) Fusing, crack, tarnish and capacity of fuse
Disconnecting (3) Mounting condition of each parts
switch, tec. (4) Function of circuit breaker
(7) Apparatus (1) Damage, deformation, stain and air Same as on the left
3 Brake equipment
A Brake units (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and Same as on the left
friction parts
(2) Thickness and uneven wear of brake shoe
(3) Damage, crack and wear of inner surface
of cylinder, piston and rubber bellows
(4) Level of lubricant
(5) Damage, wear and deformation
(6) Performance
B Air brake control
device
(1) Control valve (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and Same as on the left
(include Relay friction parts
valve, etc.) (2) Fitting of valve and valve seat, Damage of
spring
(3) Damage, deterioration and deformation of Replacement
diaphragm and packing
(4) See item No. 2-C-(2) for electrical parts
(2) Brake control (1) Stain and damage of semiconductor, etc. Same as on the left
device (Brake (2) Mounting condition of each parts
operating device,
Brake control
units, etc.)
4 General electrical
equipment
A Auxiliary power
supply system
(1) Auxiliary (1) Stain and damage of insulator (1) Stain and damage of insulator
power supply (2) Leakage of coolant, etc. (2) Leakage of coolant, etc.
system (APS) (3) Mounting condition of each parts (3) Mounting condition of each parts
(4) Electrical insulation characteristics except Insulation (4) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
Maintenance Plan
Page 65 of 226

Classification
semiconductor resistance test except semiconductor resistance test
and Dielectric
strength test
(5) Output characteristics Measurement (5) Output characteristics Measurement
(a) Output voltage (a) Output voltage
(b) Frequency (b) Frequency
(2) Battery and (1) Corrosion, damage, mounting condition Same as on the left
Charger and leakage electrolyte of battery, connecting
wire and termination, etc.
(2) Specific gravity and level of electrolyte Measurement
(3) Mounting condition and function of
charger and temperature relay
(4)Testing charge and discharge Measurement
B Relay, Magnet
valve, Electrical
wire, etc.
(1) Fuse, Switch, (1) Stain and damage of contact parts Same as on the left
etc (2) Mounting condition
(2) Contactor and (1) Stain and damage of insulator Same as on the left
Relay (2) Damage of moving parts and contact parts
(4) Performance (Operating voltage) Measurement
(3) Semiconductor (1) Stain and damage of semiconductor, etc. Same as on the left
main circuit
(4) Magnet valve (1) Break and burning of coil Same as on the left
(2) Fitting of valve and valve seat, Damage of
spring
(4) Performance testing Measurement
(5) Arrestor (1) Damage and stain of insulator, etc. (1) Damage and stain of insulator, etc.
(2) Mounting condition (2) Mounting condition
(3) Operating voltage Measurement
(4) Magnetic ore piece Measurement
(6) Electrical wire (1) Damage and install condition of electrical (1) Damage and install condition of
wire, joint box and accessories electrical wire, joint box and
(2) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation accessories
resistance test (2) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
and Dielectric resistance test
strength test
(7) Apparatus (1) Damage, deformation, stain and air Same as on the left
5 General air device
A Air compressor
and accessories
(1) Air compressor (1) See item No. 2-B for motor Same as on the left
(2) Fitting of valve and valve seat
(3) Damage of power transmission
(4) Oil level, Air leakage and Oil leakage
(2) Pressure (1) Damage and wear of moving parts and Same as on the left
governor, friction parts
Barometric (2) Fitting of valve and valve seat, Damage of
switch, etc. spring
(3) Damage, deterioration and deformation of
(4) See item No. 2-C-(2) for electrical parts
Maintenance Plan
Page 66 of 226

Classification
(3) Safety valve Fitting of valve and valve seat Same as on the left
(4) Air dryer (1)Deterioration of Hygroscopic agent Replacement Same as on the left
(3) See item No. 5-B-(1) for discharge valve
B Valve, Air
reservoir, air pipe,
etc.
(1) Feed valve and (1) Fitting of valve and valve seat, Damage of Same as on the left
Reducing valve spring
(2) Other valves (1) Fitting of valve and valve seat, Damage of Same as on the left
spring
(4) See item No. 4-B for electrical parts Measurement
(3) Air reservoir (1) Damage and mounting condition of air Same as on the left
reservoir and protective metal fitting
(2) Air leakage
(4) Air pipe,etc. (1) Damage and mounting condition of air Replacement Same as on the left
pipe, air hose and strainer hose
(2) Mounting condition and performance of
cock
6 Car body and
interior
A Under frame Damage, deformation, crack and corrosion of Same as on the left
beam and hanging beam
B Car interior and (1)Damage and corrosion of ceiling, floor, Same as on the left
exterior vehicle outside plate, lining, gangway, etc.
(2)Damage and mounting condition of
window, hood, seat, door and other
accessories
(3)Paint deterioration and peeling off
C Roof (1) Damage, deterioration and peeling off of Same as on the left
roof cover
(2) Damage, corrosion and mounting
condition of running board, HVAC cover
D Automatic door (1) Damage, wear, deformation and mounting Same as on the left
operating condition of door operating equipment, belt,
equipment arm, link, roller, sliding, etc
(include Door (2) See item No. 4-B for electrical parts such
Safety equipment) as magnetic valve, door control switch, door
safety equipment
(3) Air leakage or oil leakage of door
operating device and air pipe
(4) Opening/Closing operation
E Lighting (1) Damage and mounting condition for Same as on the left
lightning device
(2) See item No. 4-B-(2) for contactor
7 Other equipment
A Sign,
communication
and on-board PA
device
(1) Sign device Damage, stain and mounting condition of Same as on the left
(include horn each parts
Maintenance Plan
Page 67 of 226

Classification
device, emergency
alarm device)
(2) Damage, stain and mounting condition of Same as on the left
Communication each parts
and on-board PA
device (include
safety
communication
device)
B Each information Damage and mounting condition of lighting Same as on the left
display (include and lighting equipment
communication
equipment)
C Indicator (1) Damage and mounting condition Same as on the left
(2) Performance of pressure gauge Measurement
(3) Performance of speed meter Measurement
(4) Performance of electrical indicator
(Voltmeter, Ammeter, etc.)
D Coupling device
(1) Automatic (1) Crack, deformation and wear of Coupler, Magnetic Same as on the left
coupler (include Lock bolt, Joint, Pin, etc. Particle
intermediate Testing
coupler) (2)Distance inside from uncoupling lever Measurement
(3)Performance
(4)Gap of between couples (by pulling test) Measurement
(2) Draft gear Damage, wear, deformation and mounting Change buffer Damage, wear, deformation and
condition of Flame, Buffer rubber, Follower rubber mounting condition of Flame, Buffer
plate, Draft stop, etc. rubber, Follower plate, Draft stop, etc.
(3) Shank guide (1) Damage, wear, deformation and mounting Damage, wear, deformation and
condition mounting condition
(2) Hanging bolt Magnetic
Particle
Testing
(4) Coupling Damage and deterioration of Hose, Packing Change hose Damage and deterioration of Hose,
device for air-pipe Packing
(5) Coupling (1) Stain and damage of Coupling device, Same as on the left
device for Insulator and jumper wire, etc.
electrical wire (2) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
resistance test
E Automatic Train
Protection device
(include
Automatic Train
Operation device)
(1) On-board Damage, stain and mounting condition Same as on the left
antenna and
Receiving coil
(2) Speed Damage and mounting condition of each parts Same as on the left
detecting device
(include
tachometer
generator)
(3) Automatic Damage and mounting condition of each parts Same as on the left
Train Protection
device
F Dead-man’s
device and train
radio
(1) Dead-man’s (1) Damage and mounting condition of each Same as on the left
Maintenance Plan
Page 68 of 226

Classification
device) parts
(2) Performance
(2) Train radio Damage and mounting condition of each parts Same as on the left
G Air-conditioner
(1) Air-conditioner (1) Damage, deformation and stain of Case, Cleaning (1) Damage and stain of Case and Air- Cleaning
Compressor, Condensation machine, Blower, filter
Air-filter and Pipe, etc. (2) Mounting condition of each parts
(2) See item No. 4-B for Contactor, Switch,
Fuse, Lead wire, Electrical wire, etc.
(2) Fan (1) Damage, deformation and corrosion of Cleaning (1) Damage, deformation and Cleaning
Fan, Blade (vane), Net, etc. corrosion of Fan, Blade (vane), Net,
(2) See item No. 2-B and No. 4-B for Motor, Replacement etc.
Contactor, Switch, Fuse, Lead wire, etc. bearing (2) Mounting condition of each parts
(3) Rotary condition
8 Total Train Set After assembling and unit testing, this Total
Test Train Set Test is performed
Performance Test (1) Mounting condition of all equipment (1) Mounting condition of all
(2) Height of Guard iron Measurement equipment
(3) Performance of Pantograph (2) Height of Guard iron Measurement
(4) Control and protective performance of (3) Performance of Pantograph
device on control circuit (4) Control and protective
(5) Electrical insulation characteristics for Insulation performance of device on control
electrical circuit (except circuit related resistance test circuit
Battery and Semiconductor, etc.) and Dielectric (5) Electrical insulation characteristics Insulation
strength test for electrical circuit (except circuit resistance test
(6) Function of Brake equipment related Battery and Semiconductor,
(a) Function of Full service braking Measurement etc.)
(b) Function of Emergency braking Measurement (6) Function of Brake equipment
(c) Function of Security brake Measurement (a) Function of Full service braking Measurement
(7) Air leakage of Air brake control device Measurement (b) Function of Emergency braking Measurement
and General air device (c) Function of Security brake Measurement
(8) Performance of Air compressor, and Measurement (7) Air leakage of Air brake control Measurement
function of related Pressure governor and device and General air device
Safety valve (8) Performance of Air compressor, Measurement
(9) Gradient of Car-body Measurement and function of related Pressure
(10) Performance of Automatic door governor and Safety valve
operating equipment (9) Gradient of Car-body Measurement
(11) Performance of lighting (10) Performance of Automatic door
(12) Performance of Sign device, operating equipment
communication device and on-board PA (11) Performance of lighting
device (12) Performance of Sign device,
(13) Performance of all information display Measurement communication device and on-board
(14) Height of Coupling device Measurement PA device
(15) Performance of Automatic Train (13) Performance of all information Measurement
Protection device display
(16) Performance of Dead-man’s device and (14) Height of Coupling device Measurement
Train radio (15) Performance of Automatic Train
(17) Measurement of Static wheel load Measurement Protection device
(18) Deviation of joint of driving device Measurement (16) Performance of Dead-man’s
device and Train radio
(17) Measurement of Static wheel Measurement
load
(18) Deviation of joint of driving Measurement
device
Starting Test Rotation direction of Traction motor, Same as on the left
performance of Line breaker and Train
starting condition
9 Test run After Total Train Set Testing, Test-run is
performed in Depot at first. Next, Train run
Maintenance Plan
Page 69 of 226

Classification
on main line by Test-run.
(1) Ability of starting, acceleration and Measurement Same as on the left

deceleration
(2) Performance of Brake equipment
(3) Abnormal noise and swing Measurement
(4) Performance of all Indicator
(5) Performance of Automatic Train Measurement
Protection device
(6) Condition of each equipment after Test Measurement Same as on the left
run
(a)Rise in temperature and oil leakage of
bearing of Traction motor
(b)Condition of each equipment on main Measurement
circuit
(c)Rise in temperature and oil leakage of
bearing of axle
Table-T4.2.4 Inspection items for Heavy maintenance

Maintenance Plan
Page 70 of 226
4.2.6 Cleaning and washing
To maintain a clean and comfortable riding environment for the passenger, trains will need to be
cleaned and washed both externally and internally on a regular basis.
Daily Cleaning will be performed by car cleaning staffs for the interior of all trains returned to
stabling yard in Depot. Such interior cleaning will be done by vacuum cleaner or sweeping.
Daily Cleaning Activity will also be performed to appropriate trains stopped at a shuttle station
by station cleaning staff (and driver). Such cleaning is mainly to collect major trash in the trains.
Train exterior washing will be performed weekly at the train washing plant in line W1 of the
Depot. Train exterior cleaning will be automatically performed while train passes through the
train washing plant.
General Cleaning will be performed monthly at the stabling line S30 in Depot. Car cleaning staff
will hand wash the train interiors and train exterior point which are not touched by the brushes
on the train washing plant.
The shunting associated with the cleaning activities, will be carried out by the driver or train
inspection staff that will operate the shunting vehicle.
Unscheduled cleaning may be necessary for trains after a natural hazard, accident, incident by
passenger or graffiti vandalism.
4.2.7 Wheel Re-profiling
Wheel Re-profiling will be performed basically annually at the underfloor wheel lathe. However
in case of noise frequently generated by flats or poor condition of the wheels or if it is the
scheduled time for Major equipment inspection and General inspection, this work will be
performed incidentally. If the issue of wheel noise increases constantly, it may be necessary to
review or shorten this maintenance interval.
Regular scheduled inspections will help to check the condition of the wheel tread or diagnosis of
wheel wear and damage in order to ensure operation safety and reduce influence to the
environment, e.g. noise, vibration. In general wheel re-profiling will be performed based on
severity of the train influence to track or condition of riding comfort.
Regarding regular Wheel Re-profiling work except for special work by wheel flat, the frequency
of this work is proposed “annually” refer to Japanese Railway Company’s reference data.
The frequency of Wheel Re-profiling work is related to the wheel lifetime and train operation
safety. Because the sharp of wheel tread became deformed and worn, regular wheel re-profiling
work is necessary to maintain safe conditions. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust the frequency
of this work after actual train operation.
The following table shows reference data for regular frequency of wheel re-profiling work in
leading Railway Company in Tokyo area.

Maintenance Plan
Page 71 of 226
Name of Railway Company Regular frequency of Wheel re-profiling work

E Railway Company Train-km : 100000~300000km
B Tokyo Period : 10~16 monthly
T Metro Period : 8,10,12,18 monthly (vary from line to line)
O Electric Railway Period : 6~12 monthly
K corporation Period : 12~24 monthly
T corporation Period : 12 monthly
K Electric Express Railway Period : 10 monthly
S Railway Period : 6,12 monthly (vary from line to line)
T Railway Period : 8~18 monthly
K Electric Railway Train-km : 100000~200000km
S Railway Train-km : 120000~150000km
There are many different conditions, i.e. the variation in line (the length of underground section,
the average distance between station, etc. ), different specification of rolling stock (the wheel
material , the brake shoe material, mounted Cerajet, the kind of main controller, the kind of
brake system), and the average train-set running km, etc., but these conditions shall not have a
major impact on Hitachi’s proposal to perform wheel re-profilling annually.
4.2.8 Unscheduled Maintenance
Unscheduled Maintenance refers to replacement work such as wheel replacement, or corrective

maintenancethat are not part of the preventive maintenance and will be conflicting with the
scheduled maintenance and the Operation possibly.
According to the criticality and complexity of the work, the unscheduled maintenance will affect
the nominal maintenance activities in term on time, manpower, spare parts etc. Operation may
be impacted by delaying operation to rescue the defective train, reducing the amount of standby
train etc. It shall be taken into account in the overall schedule and maintenance management
In addition to the above mentioned activities for preventive maintenance, there are also other
maintenance activities that need to be taken into account as follows:
Corrective maintenance is the action taken to restore a failed system/equipment to an operable

state. This is generally not recommended as the sole means of maintenance for a particular piece
of equipment as it is a rather passive way by just waiting until equipment or systems failed in
service before any repair actions are taken.
Corrective maintenance includes fault finding, isolation and replacement of the faulty items and
workshop repair work. It is conducted when faults on the equipment or system are reported
either from the driver or pantograph monitoring, or other maintenance activity, and/or damage
caused by accident, incident, natural hazard and vandalism, etc.
Corrective Maintenance will only be required when there is an equipment or system malfunction,
and the objective is to restore the equipment or system to its original state of normal operations
as soon as possible and maintain the train service to its nominal performance..
Maintenance Plan
Page 72 of 226
4.2.9 Waste Management
Preventive and corrective will necessarily generate waste. Contracts for the disposal of this
material will be put in place.
Experience has shown that the expected volumes of the different types will be:
Table-T 4.2.9 Estimate Volume of Waste Materials

Waste Material Pick‐Up 3
Storage site 3 Hazarous Material Store (90m )
Shelter (2.104m )
Waste Electrical
Wood / Packaging
Fluorescent tubes
Hazardous mixed
General Waste
Aluminium
Equipment
Electronic
Newsprint
Sub‐ Total
Sub‐Total
Aerosols
Metal
Type of Waste Material
Reference
Weight
similar 17,662 29,542 47,204 kgs 67,920 309 33,905 2,455 895 141 676 106,301 kgs
(kgs)
workshop
Weight
14,130 23,634 37,764 kgs 54,336 247 27,124 1,964 716 113 541 85,041 kgs
HCMC (kgs)
ultimate stage Volume
3 25.7 78.8 104.5 m3 48.1 0.2 27.1 2.0 0.6 0.1 0.5 78.6 m3
(m )
The number of collection
50 1
of waste (times/year)
Weight
4,416 7,386 11,802 kgs 16,980 77 8,476 614 224 35 169 26,575 kgs
HCMC (kgs)
initial stage Volume
3 8.0 24.6 32.6 m3 15.0 0.1 8.5 0.6 0.2 0.0 0.2 24.6 m3
(m )
The number of collection
16 1
of waste (times/year)
Coefficient of
(t/m3) 0.55 0.30 1.13 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.00 1.00
volumetric
Reference similar workshop : Total 29 six‐car trains, Number of annual inspected car is 60 car.
HCMC ultimate stage : Total 32 six‐car trains, Number of annual inspected car is 48 car.
HCMC initial stage : Total 17 three‐car trains, Number of annual inspected car is 15 car.
Waste Material Pick‐Up Shelter Capacity : 2.104=1.6*1.6*0.9‐0.5*0.5*1.6/2
Hazarous Material Store Capacity : 90=15*6*1
According to HCMC ultimate stage in above table, the waste materials are collected every week, and the
hazardous materials are collected once per year.
4.3 Maintenance Working Process of Rolling Stock
The purpose of setting up the maintenance work process is to define the procedure of fault
reporting and maintenance process, as a standard working guideline for the maintenance staff to
follow in order to increase the working efficiency and maintenance quality.
The work process could be also used to identify the working volume and manpower
requirements, and can be used to estimate the resource availability for Hitachi Maintenance
Organization and the O&M Company to develop the staffing plan.
Maintenance Plan
Page 73 of 226
4.3.1 Daily Inspection (Train Inspection before starting operation)
Train inspection before starting operation will be done by the driver before entering service by
starting the train from stabling line in the Depot or at Suoi Tien Terminal Station, Tan Cang
Station, An Phu Station and Ben Thanh Station.
This inspection combines several activities: checking equipment condition with TIS on-board
monitoring system, condition of train functions, brake test, starting test, passenger doors test and
visual checking of train interior and exterior and so on. However, daily inspection of the back-up
train will be performed by train inspection staffs at the beginning of train operation. The work
flow chart of Train inspection before starting operation is shown in Chart C4.3.1.
4.3.2 Daily Inspection (Train Inspection after finishing operation)
Train inspection after finishing operation will be done by the driver after service when the train
arrived to stabling line in the Depot or at Suoi Tien Terminal Station, Tan Cang Station, An Phu
Station and Ben Thanh Station.
The work flow chart of Train inspection after finishing operation is shown in Chart C4.3.2.
4.3.3 Weekly Inspection (Train Inspection for checking main parts and wearing parts)
The purpose of Train inspection is to maintain the vehicles efficiently so that the train operation
can be executed safely by checking major wearing parts. The train inspection of 6 cars is
normally performed within approximately 50 minutes by a three man team, which consists of
the visual inspection for vehicle appearance and the main part inspection for various vehicle
functions, and it will be carried out every 7 days at inspection line M1 (and line M2) of main
workshop. However as experience is gained it may be possible to extend this period with an
initial target of moving to 10 days. This period extension would only take place on condition
that there was confidence that there would be no adverse effect on reliability.
The main items to be inspected visually include: brake shoe, condition for contact strips of
pantograph, condition for wheel impact and so on. Train functions inspection includes checking
equipment condition with TIS on-board monitoring system, brake test, starting test, passenger
doors test, etc.
The work flow chart of Train inspection is shown in Chart C4.3.3.

Maintenance Plan
Page 74 of 226
Rising pantograph Confirmation of

Work start Pantograph rising
Overhead catenary Cab Voltmeter

power (Checking power supply on)
Power on of battery
power supply
Confirmation of monitor
Inspection of monitor functions
Headlight, Taillight,
Inspection of apparatus Air conditioning, Cab light,
in cab Buzzer, PA, NFB,
Driver's seat,
Front window glass
Inspection of
Passengers’ doors Test of opening and closing
Operate door cock,

Check Exterior Compressor, APS Vestibule
diaphragm,
Coupler Safety confirmation
Inspection of apparatus Interior light, Door, Seat, Air

in saloon conditioning, etc.
Inspection of braking Check of pressure gauge
Starting test Ammeter
Train radio test Radio contact
Starting from
Depot/Station
Chart C4.3.1 - Work Flow Chart of Daily Inspection (Train inspection before starting operation)

Maintenance Plan
Page 75 of 226
Finish Operation
Work Start
Inspection of apparatus Interior light, Door, Seat,

in saloon Air conditioning, etc.
Inspection of
apparatus in cab Visual checks
(Daily cleaning) Operate door cock,

Interior cleaning Check Exterior Compressor, APS Vestibule
sweep with broom, diaphragm,
other. Coupler Safety confirmation
Turn off battery power Confirmation of monitor

supply functions
Pantograph Confirmation of
descending Pantograph folded
Finish Work
Depot/Station
Chart C4.3.2 - Work Flow Chart of Daily Inspection (Train Inspection after Operation), Daily Cleaning

Maintenance Plan
Page 76 of 226
Work start
Shunting
Train Power Off and

Pantograph descending
Turn off the

disconnecting switch of
OCS Rising pantograph Confirmation of pantograph
rising
Confirmation to indicate
Check of traction power “Earth” for line M1/2 of Power on of battery
traction power power supply
Setting sign marker Working flag Check monitor of TIS,

of working Safety confirmation Passenger information
Test and checking in display,
operator’s cabin and Door operation, Car side
passenger’s cabin indication lamp, Seat,
External Damage Interior general facilities,
Cock Passenger’s cabin light
Check of under Hammering test
floor equipment Drain trap of air reservoir
Air compressor oil Headlight, Taillight,
Air conditioning,
Operator’s Cabin light,
Buzzer, PA, NFB,
Hammering test Test and checking in Driver's seat, CCTV,
Driving gear oil operator’s cabin Front window glass, Wiper,
Air suspension Operation Indicator,
Height regulating valve Safety component,
Check of bogie Air hose Brake function, End door,
Brake stroke Internal telephone
Brake shoe
Axle box
Bogie
Inspection of braking Check of pressure gauge
Vestibule diaphragm, Coupler

Check between couplers
Safety confirmation Train radio test Radio contact
Pantograph
Contact strip
Check of apparatus on Arrester Setting sign marker of Working flag Safety
roof Piping, Wiring working confirmation
Others
Turn on the Starting test Ammeter

disconnecting switch of
OCS
Confirmation to indicate Starting from

Check the traction power “Live” for line M1/2 of Depot
traction power
Chart C4.3.3 - Work Flow Chart of Weekly Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 77 of 226
Monthly inspection, which consists of various inspections for train functions, will be performed
every month at inspection line M2 of main workshop. However as experience is gained it may
be possible to extend this period with a target of moving to 3 months. This change would only
take place if there is confidence that there would be no adverse effect on reliability.
The train inspection of 6 cars is normally performed within approximately 6.5 hours by 8-
handed and is carried out in the daytime.
4.3.4.1 Determination of available off peak exam time
Suoi Tien Terminal Timetabled Moves

Departure Return Off Peak Off Peak
Interval (mins)
times times Maintenance Available
08:48 Arrive Suoi Tien window exam time
10:13 08:51
09:06
Arrive in depot after 30sec dwell + 2min 13sec journey
Start exam after 15 min hand and move into workshop and set up DPS
08:21 07:24
16:30 Start 30min pre-service check and removal of DPS

17:00 Hand back for service
16:45 17:12 Depart depot for Suoi Tien Terminal (allow for 12min driver check)
17:15 Depart Suoi Tien After 2min 13sec journey + 30sec dwell time
Regarding exam time above, please refer to Chart C4.4.3.
The Monthly Inspection combines several activities such as general inspection focusing on
components that can be checked by monitoring system on board; measurement of degrading of
wheels and friction brake parts, etc.; equipment inspections, such as on-board safety equipment,
traction equipment, pantograph, air compressor, and tests for brake, passenger doors, interior
lights, headlights, tail-lights, horns, air conditioner, etc. and minor repairs if necessary.
The work flow chart of Monthly inspection is shown in Chart C4.3.4.
4.3.5 Major Equipment Inspection
Major equipment inspection will be carried out once every 4 years or 600,000km whichever is
come first, the inspection will consist of various major maintenance activities and will need to
be implemented in the depot workshop.
This overall process of major equipment inspection will take approximately 23 working days on
3 cars train set, and 33 working days of 6-cars train set, starting from train shop-in the depot
Maintenance Plan
Page 78 of 226
workshop to the completion of testing. The train will be divided into respective detached cars
once it is entering into the workshop-lifting track.
As the major equipment inspection, most of the major equipment will need to be dismantled
from the car, such as bogies, and successively by removing the traction motor from the
dismantled bogies, the wheel-sets, and some other parts from the car and the precise inspection
for each main component will be carried out.
Once the bogies are dismantled from each car body by using train lifting jacks, they will be
delivered into the bogie repair shop in order to be inspected and repaired. In addition, the car
body will also be put upon temporary bogies, and various apparatus attached will be removed,
disassembled, checked, repaired and re-attached to the car body.
Prior to shop-in the wheel surfaces will also be correctly re-profiled in order to modify them to
the normal configuration. The cars will be then assembled once all the inspection activities are
completed, and then a test run shall be performed in the depot before the train goes to the
mainline for a final test.
The work flow chart of Major equipment inspection is shown in Chart C4.3.5.
4.3.6 General Inspection (Overhaul)
General inspection is an approximately 33 working days process on 6 cars train sets every 8
years in the workshop. Although the inspection process is the same as that listed in the Major
equipment inspection, the purpose of this inspection is, rather, to have the condition of the
vehicle returned to as close to ‘as new’ condition as possible; that is, the general inspection can
be considered as the vehicle overhaul.
In addition to Major Equipment Inspection contents, door operating equipment, pantograph, air
conditioning and various passenger service device, etc. will be removed and repaired. The parts
deteriorating in terms of time, e.g. packing, rubber, seal, etc. will also be replaced.
The work flow chart of General inspection is shown in Chart C4.3.5.
4.3.7 Wheel Re-profiling
Wheel Re-profiling will be performed regularly at wheel re-profiling line R1.

The lathe operating time duration of this task for 1 car (4 axles) is normally approximately 2
hours by 3-handed and is carried out in the daytime. An allowance of 1 hour / vehicle will be
needed in addition for positioning and for setting up.
Train car will be set to position on the under-floor lathe by shunter car. The axle and 2 wheels
are measured by wheel re-profiling plant. And then, the wheel profile is cut by the under-floor
lathe. 2 wheels 1 axle take approximately 30 minutes.
The wheel lathe is able to perform this work without any equipment removed. However the
work carries a risk of accidents such as electric shock or earth fault, if maintenance staffs don’t
follow correct work procedure so it is desirable to arrange a working condition with the rail
Maintenance Plan
Page 79 of 226
insulated from electric circuit and without traction power. There will be no overhead line
installed through the lathe building.
Unscheduled Maintenance and Repairer will be performed on whichever of line M1, M4 or M5

is available. In the case of repair without any equipment removed, line M1 can be selected. In
the case of repair which requires the bogie to be removed line M5 should be selected. Line M5
has available facilities such as rail vehicle lifting jacks and an 8t crane needed to remove and
replace damaged bogies
Other case of repair and unscheduled maintenance will be performed at line M4.
4.3.9 Time table movements
Hitachi has reviewed the indicative diagrams provided in “Vol-3 General Specification
(Appendix 14)” to ensure that the depot can deliver trains into service at the required frequency
and also accept units handed back without imposing delays at Suoi Tien Terminal station.
The interval between required moves is with one exception, (8mins), no less than 9 minutes.
4.3.9.1 Suoi Tien Terminal timetabled moves

Suoi Tie n Te rminal Time table d Move s
Departure Return
Interval (mins)
times times
04:49
05:10 00:21
05:30 00:20
06:22 00:52
06:33 00:11
06:42 00:09
06:51 00:09
07:00 00:09
07:09 00:09
07:18 00:09
08:48
01:25 10:13
01:09 11:22
00:06 11:28
16:45
17:15 00:30
21:40
00:42 22:22
00:08 22:30
00:20 22:50
00:44 23:34
00:09 23:43
00:18 00:01
00:18 00:19

Maintenance Plan
Page 80 of 226
Hitachi is confident that the depot design can meet this requirement.

Maintenance Plan
Page 81 of 226
Work start Control Unit Case

-Cooling Fin Condition
-Cleaning of Electronic
Components
Check of Traction Inverter -Cleaning of Insulated Portion Power on of Operate Compressor
& Auxiliary Power Supply -Contact of Circuit Breaker Battery power supply Operate APS
Read of TIS data Individual equipment -Barrier Wall of Circuit Breaker
-Auxiliary Contact of Circuit
Breaker
-Filter Reactor
Confirmation of pantograph Measurement of loading time
Operate to turn off the descending Air Leakage Check
disconnecting switch of OCS Check the traction power Air Conditioner Brake function
Setting sign marker of working Pantograph Turn-on Interior Light
Contact strip Check the operation of
Check of apparatus on roof Arrester Monitor &Indicator
Piping, Wiring Door operation
Others Train radio test
Hammering test General Test Air conditioning,
Visual inspection (Wound) Operator’s Cabin light,
Wheel Profile Master Controller Buzzer, PA,CCTV,
Traction motor coupling Operation of SW Wiper,Operation Indicator,
Brake stroke Wiper Train Protection System
Brake shoe Monitor & Indicator Rotation of APS
Support of Gear box Inspection and cleaning of Turn off each Non Fuse Breaker Safety component,
Check of Bogie Gear Box oil Operator’s cabin Headlight, Taillight, Internal telephone
Air suspension Driver's seat, CCTV, Head Light,Tail Light
Axle box Front window glass
Wheel set Operator’s Door
Earthing Brush
Traction motor
Flange Lubricator
Meg-ohm Test Setting sign marker of Working flag
working Safety confirmation
Confirmation of apparatus on
Visual inspection (Wound) Final check by engineer in roof, under floor equipment,
Hammering test charge passenger’s cabin, operator’s
Cook Movement cabin, etc. Stating test (Ammeter)
Insulation Support Running
Air Hose
Check of Under floor Traction Cable
Components Brake Valves Operate to turn on the
Brake Control Unit disconnecting switch of OCS Out of earthing automatically.
Air reservoir
Air compressor Confirmation of Commissioning by engine
Levelling Valve Inspection record charge
Coupling Device Confirmation to indicate “Live”
Check the traction power for line M2 of traction power
Check Battery Voltage
Door, Door pocket, Seat,

Inspection and cleaning of Interior general facilities, Rising pantograph Confirmation of pantograph
Passenger’s cabin Emergency cock, Up/Down Hand Over to Operation
Gangway
Chart 4.3.4 - Work Flow of Monthly Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 82 of 226
Work start
Various section entrance inspections
Car underside air blast cleaning
Coupler, bogie, car body separation
Car body jacking
Supported accommodation bogie Bogie moving
Car body stay Parts removal
Various apparatus removal Bogie frame,

others
Traction Iverter
APS & TIS Coupler & Wheel-set & Steam pressure
Draft Gear Gear Box washing
Air Conditioner
Traction motor Disassembly,
checking,
General maintenance
Air compressor Brake unit
Electrical item
Other equipment Painting
Battery as-is or tear-down Air spring
inspection
Other apparatus Assembly
Pantograph Requiring repair inspection
Disassembly
(designated),
Checking, maintenance Bogie moving
Disassembly Parts refitting to
(designated), Individual
checking, maintenance apparatus
Separate off accommodation bogie
Car body Lowering

Light electric equipment
(ATP/ATO/ inductive radio)
Coupler, Bogie, car body connection
Passenger-cab Transport to Insulation, withstand voltage

components & respective
Cab components work sites
Confirm work completion, switch on power
supply
Brake Device Disassembly
(designated), Various function and performance tests
checking,
maintenance
Door Device Test run in test track
Test run on main line
Work completed
Chart C4.3.5 - Work Flow of Major Equipment Inspection & General Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 83 of 226
Exterior washing
Work Start
Shunting
Train exterior washing

by washing plant
Exterior washing
Finish Work
Chart C4.2.6.1 - Work Flow Chart of Exterior washing
General cleaning
Work Start
Shunting
Train exterior washing

by washing plant
Shunting
Cleaning front end

Cleaning train interior panel and rear end
by hand washing panel by hand
washing
General cleaning
Finish Work
Chart C4.2.6.2 - Work Flow Chart of General Cleaning

Maintenance Plan
Page 84 of 226
4.4 Preventive Maintenance Scheduling
All maintenance activities will be put into the Maintenance Management System (MMS)
according to their maintenance items and schedule and form as a yearly maintenance plan.
After the MMS scheduling software has processed the maintenance data, the work orders will be
issued according to maintenance schedule time.
The Maintenance and Planning Division will then collect statistics on the relevant maintenance
data, such as work order to be carried out/ work order completed, quantity of parts used, man-
hour used, maintenance scheduling, outstanding items and improvement recommendations, etc.
for analysis, and submit reports to the relevant maintenance manager for maintenance
management reference.
The process for preventive maintenance scheduling is demonstrated as follows.
MMS work station of each sub-system
Input data of maintenance items and period
Schedule Software of MMS make work schedule
Carry out
NON
maintenance based
Reschedule
on schedule?
YESY
Print out work order automatically, according to maintenance

schedule via MMS work station of each sub-system (including
spare parts, work hours and hints）
Carry out maintenance and inputting data

to MMS after completed
Output report and submitting to maintenance staff
Chart C4.4 - Work Flow of Preventive Maintenance

Maintenance Plan
Page 85 of 226
4.4.1 Fault Reporting Flow
Facility SCADA will collect fault messages from various sub-system including Building
Automation System (BAS, used for station and depot information, such as LV, water supply,
pumping / environment control / fire detection and suppression / lifts (escalator), etc. provided
by other Contractors), Signalling System, Telecommunication System, PSD, PIDS, AFC, etc.
Maintenance Management System (MMS) will not collect fault messages from Facility SCADA,
Signalling system and Rolling Stock, but faults will be reported verbally from dispatchers in
OCC to maintenance staff in case of critical or urgent works to be carried out and through a
written report (email, fax, etc.) for non urgent works to be scheduled by maintenance team. In
addition, OCC and station staff shall be informed of the maintenance works completion planned
and actual date.
Maintenance Management System (MMS) will be updated manually by maintenance staff after
receiving above fault messages from OCC or station staff.
Subsequently, maintenance units will issue the work order to execute the corrective maintenance
based on different fault levels. After work is completed, maintenance data, such as fault causes,
faulty equipment, spare part replacement, outstanding items and recommendations, etc. will be
put into MMS so as to close the work order.
Moreover, the materials and parts delivery and reception, store inventory management, will be
recorded into the MMS and provide information to the relevant maintenance staff who will
forward the information to the responsible person for approval.
4.4.2 Recommended Staffing and Scheduling of Rolling Stock
Maintenance schedule is determined by maintenance authority according to the maintenance

period recommended in maintenance manual of each sub-system.
Hitachi would like to propose the estimated schedules of Weekly/Monthly and Major Equipment
Inspection/General Inspection for the operation of 32 train sets.
4.4.3 Schedules for Weekly/Monthly Inspection
Monthly Inspection is performed once a month or may be extended according to the practical
conditions up to every 3 months.
Weekly and Monthly Inspection will be scheduled in the off-peak time (AM9:30–PM4:00 and
PM8:00–PM10:00) to ensure the quality of maintenance work; hence, it will also contribute to
reduce the maintenance cost by avoidance of mid-night time work.
Hitachi estimated the reference schedule in the following Matrix 1-1, based on a Monthly
Inspection for 17 train-sets, and the reference schedule in the following Matrix 1-2, based on a 3
months, “Monthly”Inspection for 32 train sets.
Maintenance Plan
Page 86 of 226
The required number of operating trains based on Clause3.3 of APP14 to GS is below.
Initial stage Second stage Third stage Ultimate stage
Number of departure trains

14 trains/hour 20trains/hour 24trains/hour 28trains/hour
from station at peak time
Headway (a) 4M30S 3M00S 2M30S 2M10S
Travel time from departure of

Ben Thanh to arrival at Suoi 29M00S 29M00S 29M00S 29M00S
Tien Terminal (b)
Required time per 1 round trip
include dwell time at terminal 67M00S 64M00S 63M00S 62M20S
station (c) = 2 x {(a)+(b)}
Required number of operating
15trains 22trains 26trains 29trains
trains (d) = roundup{(c)/(a)}
Train failure rate per day
causing train service 0.59% 0.85% 1.0% 1.2%
disruptions of 30minutes more
Required number of standby
trains include one train for 2trains 3trains 3trains 3trains
heavy maintenance (f)*
Total train-km per year (g) 2,419,000km 3,455,000km 4,146,000km 4,837,000km
Averaged one train-km per

142,294km 138,200km 142,966km 151,156km
year (h) = (g) / {(d)+(f)}
(f)*: Increase standby train in case of exceed initial train failure rate based on Part1, Volume4
Rolling stock of Employer’s Requirement
The following Matrix 1-1 and Matrix 1-2 is showing the staff and working schedule for Weekly
and Monthly Inspection, and is just for reference purpose and subject to change after the
discussion with the O&M Company.
At initial stage, basically 1-Department Manager, 1-Assistant Manager and 2-Rolling Stock
Technical staff of Train Inspection Department will work from Monday to Friday, and 3-
Assistant Manager and 3-Rolling Stock Technical Staff will work on two shifts to manage and
to assist Train Inspection staff. These manager and staff are assigned to maintenance work
(Weekly Inspection or Monthly Inspection) as shown by Matrix 1-1.
At ultimate stage, basically 1-Department Manager, 1-Assistant Manager and 3-Rolling Stock
Technical staff of Train Inspection Department will work from Monday to Friday, and 3-
Assistant Manager and 3-Rolling Stock Technical Staff will work on two shifts to manage and
to assist Monthly Inspection staff and Train Inspection staff.
Monthly Inspection is performed by the dedicated 8-Monthly Inspection Staffs and they are
working only for week days daytime. In case a Monthly Inspection date is clashing with and
Maintenance Plan
Page 87 of 226
heavy maintenance or weekly inspection date, the major work shall be performed and other
planned activities re-scheduled. For details, please refer to Matrix 1-2.
Two (2) Teams of Train Inspection Staff comprising 10 workers are performing Weekly
Inspection and working for nine/fifteen (9/15) hours by two (2) shifts. Besides weekly
inspection, Train Inspection Staffs will also be in charge for the following assignments.
 When operating train accident or trouble occurred, the Train Inspection staff will go at the
accident site if necessary. (during operation hours)
 When train operator (driver) request to check about Rolling stock conditions, Train
Inspection staff will go into the operating train, if necessary.
 Daily inspection works of back-up trains are performed before starting operation on early
morning. (0.5 hours a day)
 Advance work of daily inspection by driver before starting operation (2.5 hours a day)
 Weekly inspection and replacement consumables. (3-5 train sets a day)
 Shunting work by shunter car at Main workshop and Wheel re-profiling plant (as required)
 Daily inspection work of back-up trains are performed after 22:30 (0.5 hours a day
 Acceptance work of trains arriving at the depot after daily inspection by driver (3.0hours a
day)
Inspection will be performed in off-peak (9:30-16:00) mainly; therefore we assumed the

working time of Daytime is 8:00 - 17:00 considering prolonged inspection work. However,
another work such as above item and inspection work of off-peak (20:00-22:00)train shunting
work will be performed in night shift time also by the 1st (AM8:00 – PM5:00) and 2nd (PM5:00 –
AM8:00) shift of the Train Inspection Staff as illustration below.
(For example)
Operation Time
8:00 12:00 13:00 17:00
Daytime 4.0 hr. 4.0 hr.
4:00 7:00 17:00 22:00
3.0 hr. Night Shift 1 5.0hr. 7.0hr.
6:00 8:00 19:00 1:00
5.0hr. 2.0hr Night Shift 2 6.0hr.
The reasons of 21 hours operation schedules above illustrated are as follows
 The time zone of mainly performing Train Inspection and the time zone of mainly
performing acceptance together with daily inspection work are divided.
 It’s easier to perform Train Inspection in the daytime. Because there will be many repairs
requested by train drivers such as checking of train condition and request of lamp
replacement.

Maintenance Plan
Page 88 of 226
 If the operation time finished late due to an accident or trouble, the person in charge of night
shift can work overtime and shorten his standby time.
The sample daily work diagram for Train Inspection Staff is shown in the following Chart
C4.4.3 in accordance with the sample diagram defined in the General Specification of the
Employer’s Requirement.
Task Force Staffs (7 staff) are working on daytime Monday through Friday for wheel profiling
whenever necessary, and are stand-by for corrective maintenance.
21 workers of Car Cleaning Staff include 1 Dept. manager are working on day time and night
time for Daily Cleaning and General Cleaning.
Operation Time
8:00 12:00 13:00 16:00
Shift 1 3.0 hr. 4.0hr.
16:00 21:00 22:00 0:00
Shift 2 5.0hr. 2.0hr.
Of which 8 Car Cleaning Staff work for General Cleaning mainly on daytime weekday, and of
which 12 staff work for Daily Cleaning on day time and night time every day.
Daily Cleaning will be performed in daytime and night time, because operated train come back
in Depot after morning peak hour and end of day by the 1st (AM8:00 – PM4:00) and 2nd
(PM4:00 – AM0:00) shift of the Car Cleaning Staff as illustration above.
4.4.4 Schedules for Major Equipment Inspection/General Inspection
Hitachi estimated the reference schedule in the following Matrix 2 as the work plan for Major
Equipment Inspection and General Inspection during the initial 5 years maintenance period.
The upper table of Matrix 2 is showing the Major Equipment Inspection and General Inspection
Schedule, and the lower table of Matrix 2 is showing the detailed work process for the General
Inspection.
The lower table is the Hitachi assumption to perform the tentative maintenance plan in the most
effective and cost-saving way.
 Major Equipment Inspection for 32 train sets shall be completed within 4 years after the
commencement of the commercial operation in order to perform General Inspection in the 5th
year of the maintenance period in order to complete skill/knowledge transfer to O&M
Company staff.
 In order to complete Major Equipment Inspection within 4 years, Major Equipment
Inspection shall start around 1 year and 9 months after the beginning the revenue service and
2 trains in 3 months are scheduled.

Maintenance Plan
Page 89 of 226
 During 3 car train-sets operation, the overall process of Heavy Inspection will take
approximately 26 days, starting from train shop-in the depot workshop to the completion of
testing. The train will be divided into respective detached cars once it is in the workshop-
lifting track.
 General Inspection for 32 train sets shall be completed from 5th to 8th year, and its work shall
be levelled in 4 years in consideration of averaging of work load and optimizing of the
maintenance cost; hence, that will average 2 trains in 3 months are scheduled.
 After 6 car train-sets operation, which is approximately 37 day process, will be carried out
Heavy Inspection in the workshop.
4.4.5 Schedule for Wheel Re-profiling Work
Wheel Re-profiling will be performed on a 1 year cycle. However in case of noise frequently
generated by wheels or if it is the scheduled time for Major equipment inspection and General
inspection, this work is performed incidentally.
Wheel Re-profiling work will be scheduled in the daytime (AM8:00 – PM5:00) to reduce the
maintenance cost of night time work.
The working duration for this working of 1 car (4 axles) is normally approximately 2 hours by
3-handed and is carried out in the daytime. Therefore the wheel re-profiling work for 6 cars
train-set (24 axles) need to take 2 days in daytime.

Maintenance Plan
Page 90 of 226
Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Train Set Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
No.1 Train Set ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○★ ○S ○S ▲S ○★ ○S ○S ▲S

No.3 Train Set ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○★ ○S ○S ○ ▲S
No.4 Train Set ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○★ ○S ○S ○ ▲S
No.6 Train Set ★ ○ ○S ○S ▲ ○S ○S ★ ○ ○S ▲ ○S ○S ○S ○S ▲ ○S ★ ○
No.7 Train Set ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○★ ○S ○S
No.11 Train Set ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○S ○★
No.12 Train Set ○S ★ ○ ○S ▲ ○S ○S ★ ○ ○S ▲ ○S ○S ○S ○S ▲ ○S ★ ○
No.13 Train Set ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○S ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○★ ○S
No.14 Train Set ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○S ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○★ ○S
No.15 Train Set ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○★ ○S ▲S ○S ○S ○S ▲S ○★ ○S
No.16 Train Set －－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－★ ○S ▲S ○ ○S ○S ○S ▲S ○★ ○S
No.17 Train Set ○★ ○S ▲S ○ ○S ○★ ○S －－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－★ ○S ○S
No. of operation train for Peak time 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 14

No. of stand-by train for Peak time 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
No. of train-set avaiable peak 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17
Weekly Inspection (off peak) 2 2 2 1 2 2 0 2 2 2 1 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 3 3 4 2 2 3 0 2 2 2 1 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 3 3 4 2 2 3 0 2 2 2 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 4 4 2 2 4 3 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0
Monthly Inspection (off peak) 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0
Heavy Maintenance 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Exterior Washing (off peak) 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 3 3 3 2 3 1 0 2 2 2 1 2 2 0 2 2 2 1 1 3 0 3 3 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 3 3 2 0 0 3 3 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 1 1 3 0 2 2 3 3 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 1 2 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 3 3 1 1 3 2 0 3 3 3 3 2 0 0
General Cleaning (off peak) 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
Train Inspection Dept. 20 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8 16 16 15 18 16 11 8

Depot Manager 1 W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H
1 W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H
Assist. Manager 2 ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H
3 H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ①
4 ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ②
1 ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ①
Rolling Stock 2 H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ①
Technical Staff 3 ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ②
1 ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H
2 ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ①
3 ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ①
4 H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H
Train Inspection Staff 5 ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ②
6 ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ②
7 ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H
8 H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H
9 ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H
10 ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① ① ① ① H H ② ② H ① ① ① H
(Type-B)
Car Cleaning Staff 10 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 9 9 9 9 9 3 3
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
General Cleaning staff 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Car Cleaning (Day time 9-17) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Car Cleaning (Night time 17-1) 5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Consideration of Train set to be inspected Definition of staff, team

Monthly Daily ① Train Inspection Staff ① Work 8 hr. / Day （Day time work 8-17, 2-Shift Work）
○ Weekly Inspection (within 7 days) 54 Train sets 1~3 Train set ② Train Inspection Staff ② Work 8 hr. / Day （Night time work 17-8, 2-Shift Work）
▲ Monthly Inspection （within 1 month） 17 Train sets 0~1 Train set W Inspection Staff Work 8 hr. / Day （Day time work 8-17）
－ During Heavy mantenance (within 4/8 years) Car Cleaning Staff Work 8 hr. / Day （Day time work 8-16）
S Exterior Washing （Every 1 week） 54 Train sets 1~3 Train set Car Cleaning Staff Work 8 hr. / Day （Night time work 16-24）
★ General Car Cleaning （Every 1 Month） 17 Train sets 0~1 Train set H Holiday
.
Matrix-1-1 Rolling Stock Inspection Schedule (3cars×17 train sets)

Maintenance Plan
Page 91 of 226
Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Train Set M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun M on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
No.1 Train Set ▲S ○S ○★ S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S
No.2 Train Set ○★ ○S ○S S ○S ▲S ○S S ○★ ○★ ○S S ○S
No.3 Train Set ▲S ○S S ○★ ○S ○★ S ○S ○S ○★ S ○S ○S
No.4 Train Set ○★ ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ▲S ○S S ○★ ○S
No.5 Train Set ▲S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S
No.6 Train Set ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ▲S ○★ ○S S ○★ ○S ○S
No.7 Train Set S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ▲S ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S
No.8 Train Set S ▲ ○★ ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S
No.9 Train Set ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ○★ ▲S S ○S ○S ○★ S ○S
No.10 Train Set ○S ★ ▲ ○S S ○S ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★
No.11 Train Set ○S ○★ S ○S ○S ○S S ▲S ○★ ○S S ○★ ○S
No.12 Train Set ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ▲S ○★
No.13 Train Set ○★ S ▲S ○S ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ○★ ○S
No.14 Train Set ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ▲S ○S S ○S ○★ ○S
No.15 Train Set S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ○S ○★ S ○S ○★ ▲S S
No.16 Train Set S ○S ○★ ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ▲S ○S S
No.17 Train Set ○★ ○S ▲S S ○S ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★
No.18 Train Set ○★ ○S ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ▲S ○★ ○S S ○S
No.19 Train Set ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ▲S S ○★ ○S ○S S ○S ○★
No.20 Train Set ○S ★ ○S S ▲ ○S ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ○★
No.21 Train Set ○S ○S ○★ ○S S ○S ○★ ▲S S ○S ○S ○★
No.22 Train Set ○S S ○S ▲ ★ ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ○★ ○S ○S
No.23 Train Set S ○S ○S ○★ S ○S ○★ ○S S ○★ ○S ▲S S
No.24 Train Set S ○★ ○S ○S S ○★ ○S ○S S ▲S ○★ ○S S
No.25 Train Set ○★ ○S ○S S ▲S ○S ○★ S ○S ○S ○★ S ○S
No.26 Train Set ○S ○S ○S S ○★ ○★ ○S S ○S ▲S ○S S ○★
No.27 Train Set ○★ ○S S ○S ▲ ★ ○S S ○S ○S ○S S ○★ ○S
No.28 Train Set ○S ○S S ○★ ○★ ○S S ○S ○S ○S S ○★ ▲S
No.29 Train Set ○S S ○★ ○S ★ ▲ S ○S ○S ○★ S ○S ○S ○S
No.30 Train Set ○S S ○S ○★ ○S S ★ ○S S ○S ▲S ○★ ○S
No.31 Train Set －－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－★ ○S ○S S ○S ○★ ▲S
No.32 Train Set S ○★ ▲S ○S S ○S －－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－★
No. of operation train for Peak time 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14 29 29 29 29 29 29 14

No. of stand-by train for Peak time 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 18
No. of train-set avaiable peak 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 32
Weekly Inspection (off peak) 3 4 3 4 3 4 0 4 2 4 3 4 4 0 3 4 3 3 3 4 0 4 3 4 3 4 3 0 3 4 3 4 3 4 0 4 3 4 3 3 4 0 4 2 2 3 3 4 0 3 4 4 3 4 3 0 4 3 4 3 3 4 0 4 2 4 3 4 4 0 4 4 3 2 4 4 0 4 3 4 4 2 3 0 4 4 4 3 4 4 0
Monthly Inspection (off peak) 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0
Heavy Maintenance 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Exterior Washing (off peak) 4 3 4 4 4 5 0 3 3 4 4 4 5 0 4 3 4 3 4 5 0 3 3 4 4 4 4 0 5 5 4 3 4 5 0 4 3 4 3 4 5 0 4 3 4 4 4 5 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 4 3 5 4 4 5 0 4 3 4 3 4 6 0 4 3 4 3 4 5 0 4 3 4 4 4 4 0 4 3 4 4 4 5 0
General Cleaning (off peak) 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 2 2 1 1 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 0 0 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 2 1 2 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 1 2 1 2 1 1 0
Train Inspection Dept. 29 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8 25 25 23 27 25 12 8

Dept Manager 1 W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H
Assist. Manager 2 ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H
3 H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ①
4 ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ②
1 ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H
Rolling Stock 2 H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ①
Technical Staff 3 ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ② H ① ② ② ② H ① ② ② H W ① ① H ① H ① ① H ② ②
Monthly Inspection Staff 4 W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H W W W W W H H
1 ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H
2 ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ①
3 ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ①
4 H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H
Train Inspection Staff 5 ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ②
6 ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ②
7 ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H
8 H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H
9 ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H
10 ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① H H ② ② ② H ① ① ① H ② ② ② H ① ① ① ① H ① ① ① ① ① H H ① ① H ① ① ① H ② ② H ① ① ① H
(Type-B)
Car Cleaning Staff 21 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 19 20 19 20 19 4 4 18 18 18 18 18 11 4
Dept. Manager 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
General Cleaning staff 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 5
Car Cleaning (Day time 9-17) 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
Car Cleaning (Night time 17-1) 12 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 4 4
Consideration of Train set to be inspected Definition of staff, team

Monthly Daily ① Train Inspection Staff ① Work 8 hr. / Day （Day time work 8-17, 2-Shift Work）
○ Weekly Inspection (within 7 days) 124 Train sets 4~6 Train sets ② Train Inspection Staff ② Work 8 hr. / Day （Night time work 17-8, 2-Shift Work）
▲ Monthly Inspection (within 3 month (in future)） 11 Train sets 1 Train set W Inspection Staff Work 8 hr. / Day （Day time work 8-17）
－ During Heavy mantenance (within 4/8 years) Car Cleaning Staff Work 8 hr. / Day （Day time work 8-16）
S Exterior Washing （Every 1 week） 126 Train sets 3~5 Train sets Car Cleaning Staff Work 8 hr. / Day （Night time work 16-24）
★ General Car Cleaning （Every 1 Month） 32 Train sets 1~2 Train sets H Holiday
.
Matrix-1-2 Rolling Stock Inspection Schedule (6cars×32train sets)

Maintenance Plan
Page 92 of 226
Train Diagram [sample] and Daily work Diagram for train inspection staff
Rerurn time in Depot
Departure Time at
Re-start time after
Stabling at;/
hiatus [Sample]
Stabling at;/ Maintenan
Arrival at STT
Departure at Station Arrival at Station Operation
Diagram No.
Operation start ce window 6:00 8:00 10:00 12:00 14:00 16:00 18:00 20:00 22:00 0:00
STTstation
(Train No.and Time) (Train No.and Time) finish time 5:00 7:00 9:00 11:00 13:00 15:00 17:00 19:00 21:00 23:00
[Sample]
time [Sample] [Sample]
[Sample]
station
1 BT － BT 501 5:00 10:13 10:16 16:42 16:45 STT 2301 0:01 Depot 0:04 5:29
3 TC － TC 402 4:58 －－－－ STT 2303 23:43 Depot 23:46 －
5 Depot 4:46 STT 404 4:49 －－－－ TC 2305 23:31 TC －－
7 AP 5:17 AP 506 5:18 －－－－ AP 2307 23:53 AP 23:54 －
9 Depot 5:07 STT 506 5:10 －－－－ TC 2309 0:07 TC －－
11 TC － TC 510 5:42 8:48 8:51 17:12 17:15 BT 2310 23:58 BT － 7:24 (For example) Ongoing monthly maintenance
13 TC － TC 513 5:43 －－－－ STT 2113 21:40 Depot 21:43 －
15 Depot 5:27 STT 514 5:30 －－－－ STT 2115 22:22 Depot 22:25 －
19 Depot 6:30 STT 618 6:33 －－－－ TC 2318 23:59 TC －－
23 Depot 6:48 STT 622 6:51 －－－－ STT 1023 11:22 Depot 11:25 Half day
(For exa mple) Ongoing weekly ma intena nce
25 Depot 6:57 STT 724 7:00 －－－－ STT 1025 11:28 Depot 11:31 Half day
S1 Depot －－－－－－－－ 1 day
S2 Depot －－－－－－－－ 1 day (For example) Ongoing heavy maintenance
[Codicil]
Night-time shift work Daytime work ① Night-time shift work ②
This chart made by Train diagram sample of APP14 of General Schedule of Train Inspection Staff
② [Work hour : 8:00 to 17:00] [Work hour : 17:00 to 8:00]
Specification.
The length of time between Depot and STT assumed 2 minutes 43 sec Train Inspection Staff Monitori Monitori
ng for ng for Weekly Daily
include dwell time at STT. Weekly Inspection or Monthly Inspection Inspecti Inspec
Advanc train train
[Legend] e Work trouble trouble on tion
BT : Ben Thanh station of Daily in crush in crush
TC : Tan Cang station Inspecti peak If operating train accident or trouble occurs then peak
on morning operatio Acceptance Work
AP : An Phu station maintenance staff will take action and go to the spot if
hour n time of Arriving Trains
STT : Suoi Tien Terminal station necessary
S1,S2 : Stand‐by train
Cleaning Staff Daily Cleaninig / Exterior Washing Daily Cleaning
[Consideration]
* Train stabling at Tan Cang station during night have 3 train-sets. Maintenance vehicle difficult to pass at this station and maintenance work difficult to perform at this station.
* Diagram No.7 and No.11are operated from station to station. Regular maintenance work difficult to perform.
Chart C4.4.3 Daily Work Diagram [Sample] for Train Inspection Staff
Maintenance Plan
Page 93 of 226
General & Major Equipment Inspection Schedule (3-cars*17 train sets/6-cars*32 train sets)
Commencement of revenue operation stage Ultimate stage
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 (Regend) 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043
Train Set No of Train Sets → 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 Train Set 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
No.1 Train Set ○ ◎ ◎ : General Inspection No.1 Train Set ○
No.2 Train Set ○ ◎ No.2 Train Set ◎
No.3 Train Set ○ : Major Equipment Inspection No.3 Train Set
Commencement of Revenue Operation (Mar/2020)
○ ◎ ○
No.4 Train Set ○ ◎ No.4 Train Set ◎
No.5 Train Set ○ ◎ ◇ : Entering Workshop / Leaving Workshop No.5 Train Set ○
No.6 Train Set ○ R : Dismanting of roof mounted components No.6 Train Set ◎
First Major Equipment Inspection due date

No.7 Train Set ○ ▲ : Car body hoisting work for dismantling bogies No.7 Train Set ○
No.8 Train Set ○ ▼S : Car body hoisting work for assembling bogies No.8 Train Set ◎
(After 4 years from final test-run)

No.9 Train Set ○ and Forming work to 3 or 6-cars Train set No.9 Train Set ○ With the average of four
years, two train set should be
No.10 Train Set ○ No.10 Train Set ◎ inspected every three
No.11 Train Set ○ PT : Function and Performance Test, No.11 Train Set ○ months
No.12 Train Set ○ T : Total Train set Test No.12 Train Set ◎
No.13 Train Set For the purpose of staff ○ Mo : Modification work, (if required) No.13 Train Set ○
No.14 Train Set proficiency, one train set should ◎ : Test run No.14 Train Set
○ ◎
be inspected in the early stages of
No.15 Train Set Maintenance Work after the start ○ ★ : Final check No.15 Train Set ○
No.16 Train Set of Revenue Operation. ○ C : General Cleaning (Mainly Interior) No.16 Train Set ◎
No.17 Train Set ○ M : Motor vehicle No.17 Train Set ○
First Major equipment T Trailer vehicle No.18 Train Set ◎
inspection should be
completed in 2years & Mc : Motor cab vehicle No.19 Train Set ○
3months. (Balance of Work No.20 Train Set ◎
Volume & Running Cost)
No.21 Train Set ○
[Commencement of revenue operation stage] No.22 Train Set ◎
Schedule of General & Major Equipment Inspection during 3-cars train operation : 31 calendar day schedule (23 working day schedule) No.23 Train Set ○
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 No.24 Train Set ◎
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Tue No.25 Train Set ○
Car No. 1 Mc ◇ R ▲ Ｍｃ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C No.26 Train Set ◎
Car No. 2 T ◇ R ▲ Ｔ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C No.27 Train Set ○
Car No. 3 Mc ◇ R ▲ Ｍｃ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C No.28 Train Set ◎
Heavy maintenance should
No.29 Train Set ◎ be completed in four years. ○
No.30 Train Set (Balance of Work Volume &
○ ◎
Running Cost)
No.31 Train Set ◎ ○
[Ultimate stage] No.32 Train Set ○ ◎
Schedule of General & Major Equipment Inspection after 6-cars train operation: 45 calendar day schedule (33 working day schedule)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed
Car No. 1 Mc ◇ R ▲ Ｍｃ ▼ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C
Car No. 2 T ◇ R ▲ Ｔ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C
Car No. 3 M ◇ R ▲ M ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C
Car No. 4 M ◇ R ▲ M ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C
Car No. 5 T ◇ R ▲ Ｔ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C
Car No. 6 Mc ◇ R ▲ Ｍｃ ▼S PT T Mo ◎★ ◇C
Matrix 2 - Major Equipment Inspection and General Inspection Schedule (3cars×17train sets → 6cars×32train sets)

Maintenance Plan
Page 94 of 226
4.5 Maintenance Capacity Calculation and Maintenance Procedure for Rolling Stock
This chapter describes the calculation of rolling stock maintenance capacity for Ho Chi Minh City
Urban Railway. The Rolling stock requires several kinds of maintenance work to be carried out.
Hitachi examines requirements of each maintenance task, e.g. man-power, work duration, etc.
After that, we compare these requirement and whole work schedule to validate the feasibility.
4.5.1 Train Composition
In initial commercial operation, one train set will consist of three cars as following.
[Three cars train formation]
(Mc1) – (T) – (Mc2) /
(Mc) : Motor Car with Operator’s Cabin
(T) : Trailer Car
In the future, one train set will consist of six cars, tentatively as following for this calculation.
[Six cars train formation]

(Mc1) – (T) – (M) – (M) – (T) – (Mc2) /
(M) : Motor Car
(Mc): Motor Car with Operator’s Cabin
(T) : Trailer Car
4.5.2 Organization & Kinds of Inspections
Rolling Stock requires several kinds of inspections. And these inspections will be done under the
organization described in “Figure-F4.8: Rolling Stock Maintenance Organization”.
This organization consists of several departments and teams, and they are responsible for different
specified work. Each inspection will be done in designated location, by specialised staff as the
planned cycle described in “Table-T4.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements of Rolling stock”.
Inspection items of Major Equipment and General inspection are almost the same. But in addition
to inspection items of Major Equipment, more detailed inspection items are required for General
inspection.
In this document, we give the calculation for General inspection and for Major Equipment
inspection as well.

Maintenance Plan
Page 95 of 226
4.5.3 Working Schedule
Based on the inspection period mentioned in “Table-T4.1.2 Maintenance Regime & Requirements
of Rolling stock”, we can propose working schedules, “Matrix 2 - Major Equipment Inspection
and General Inspection Schedule”, and “Matrix 1-1 and Matrix 1-2 – Rolling Stock Inspection
Schedule” described in Chapter 4.4.
From this schedule, the following required working amount is derived.
 Weekly Inspection
Case 1) Total 3 car ×17 train sets operation

- Max. 4 train-sets / day (in case of a day without Monthly Inspection)
- Max. 2 train-sets / in night time (in case of day time with Monthly Inspection)
Case 2) Total 6 car ×32 train sets operation

- Max. 4 train-sets / day
We have 2 inspection lines for this inspection. But in Monthly inspection time, we can use only
one line for Weekly Maintenance.
 Monthly Inspection
- Max. / Min. 1 train-set / day time
 General Inspection/ Major Equipment Inspection
- Max. 2 train-set / 3 months, (3 cars / one train-set)

- Max. 2 train-set / 3 months, (6 cars / one train-set)
4.5.4 Necessary Working Duration
Necessary working durations for each inspection are considered in the following “Flow of
Rolling Stock Maintenance”. Following table is based on this consideration.
Item 3 cars / one train-set 6 cars / one train-set
Daily Inspection 40 min/3persons 50 min/3persons
Monthly Inspection 390 min/5persons 390 min/8persons

General Inspection 23 working days 33 working days
(Major Equipment Inspection) 31 calendar days 45 calendar days
And with the consideration of morning & evening peak time, we apply 6 hours as the daily
working hours for Daily & Monthly Inspection.

Maintenance Plan
Page 96 of 226
4.6 Comparison and Conclusion
4.6.1 Train Inspection
The working time for Daily Inspection should be early morning and late night in almost every case.
The driver has the duty to perform Daily Inspection before the train can operate. And Train
Inspection staff has the duty to perform the Daily inspection of the train for backup first thing in the
morning.
Weekly Inspection should be done in day time, but it can be done in morning/evening time if
necessary. We propose the following one day schedule.
Train Operation
Operation Time
4:00 5:30 9:30 16:00 20:00 1:00
1.5hr Peak 6.5 hr. Peak 5.0 hr.
Maintenance
Night Shift
Work
Day Shift Night Shift
A 2 shift working schedule is necessary for this team. And with the consideration of safety &
health requirement (48 hours / 6 days working per week), we proposed 4 or 5 working staff for
each shift, totally 10 staff is required.
(*3)
Monthly Inspection
Staff
(*5)
Train Inspection Staff
(Team-1)
Rolling Stock Technical Train Inspection Staff
(*8) 6 (*8) 5
Staff (Team-2)
[11] [18]
[5]
Work requirements are:
- Required work amount : Normally 3~6 train-sets / one day

- Necessary time for one train-set : 40min (3 cars), 50 min (6 cars)
And regarding working hours available for one day without exchange of backup train for train
operation at Suoi Tien Terminal station;
- Total approximately 8.5 hours (9:30 – 16:00 and 20:00 – 22:00)

Maintenance Plan
Page 97 of 226
Case-1) 3 cars train ×2 train-sets for Weekly Inspection, and 3car train ×1 train-sets or Monthly
Inspection
40min x 2 trainsets + 390min x 1 trainsets =470min ≦8.5hours (510min) ・・・ OK
Case-2) 3 cars train ×4 train-sets (a day without Monthly Inspection)
40min x 4 train-sets = 160min≦8.5hours (510min) ・・・ OK
Case-3) 6 cars train ×4 train-sets
50min x 4 train-sets = 200min≦8.5hours (510min) ・・・ OK

- Required work amount : Max. / Min. 1 train-set / one day
- Necessary time for one train-set : 390min (3 cars, 6 cars)
And regarding working hours available for one day:

- Maintenance window : Approx. 7.4 hours (refer to section 4.3.4.1)
- In the case of a 6 cars train-set, inspection staff increase required head-count without increase
time for inspection.
390min x 1 train-sets = 390min ≦ 7.4hours (444min) ・・・ OK
4.6.4 General and Major Equipment Inspection
- Required work amount : 3 cars / one train-set: 2 train-set / 3 month

: 6 cars / one train-set: 2 train-set / 3 month
- Necessary time for one train-set : 3 cars / one train-set: 31 calender days (23 working days)
: 6 cars / one train-set: 45 calender days (33 working days)
Case-1) 3 cars train set (2 train sets/3 months)

31days ≦ 45.5days ・・・ OK
Case-2) 6 cars train-set (2 train sets/3 months)

45days ≦ 45.5days ・・・ OK

Maintenance Plan
Page 98 of 226
4.7 Flow of Rolling Stock Maintenance
**Inspection Location: M1 (or M2 )

1 : Inspector, 1 man
(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location”)
2 : Inspector, 1 man
SIDE-A
1 3 : Chief Inspector, 1 man
2 min : Progress Time

REAR
2 FRONT for 3 cars / Train-set
min : Progress Time
3 for 6 cars / Train-set
1
SIDE-B
3min 3min 5min 5min 15min 11min 25min 17min 35min 25min 37min 27min 42min 32min 47min 37min 50min 40min
Train Power off & Checking of under Checking of under Brake Shoe Turn on the traction Test & Checking Test & Checking Hand Over to
Record of TIS Data Turn off the traction floor components at floor components at Replacement power & Test & Checking In Operator’s Cabin In Operator’s Cabin
Operation
power SIDE-A SIDE-B (if required) Train Power On at Front Side at Both Side
(
3 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 2
Visual Check of … Visual Check of … Test & Check of …
-Bogie -Bogie Test & Check of … Test & Check of …
- TIS Operation -Operator's Cabin Light -Buzzer
-Brake Shoe -Brake Shoe -Door Operation
-Brake Stroke -Brake Shoe Gear -Interior General Facilities -Announcement
with opened door -Car Side Indication Lamp -Internal Telephone
-Axle Box Case -Sand Amount -CCTV
-Leakage of Oil Damper -Axle Box Case -Passenger's Cabin Light
-Compressor Operation -Head Light
-Support of Gear box -Leakage of Oil Damper -Tail Light
-Wheel Wear -Support of Gear box Sound
-Air Conditioner Performance
-Levelling Valve Control Rod -Wheel Wear -End Door
-Air Spring -Levelling Valve Control Rod -Operation Indicator
-Gangway Bellows -Air Spring -Wiper
-Car Body -Gangway Bellows -Safety Components
-Traction Inverter Device -Car Body -Brake Function
-APS Device
47min 37min
15min 10min 17min 12min 23min 15min 25min 17min

Test & Checking
In Operator’s Cabin
Checking of under Checking of front Checking of Checking of Rear
at Rear Side
floor components at
Operator’s Cabin Passenger’s Cabin Operator’s Cabin
centre of Car Body
2
2 2 2 2 Test & Check of …

-Operator's Cabin Light
Visual Check of … Visual Check of … Visual Check of … Visual Check of … -Door Operation
-Coupler & Draft gear -Operation of Switches -Windows -Operation of Switches -Car Side Indication Lamp
-Traction Cable -Doors -Passenger Sheet -Doors -CCTV
-Damage & Leakage of Air Hose -Other components -Floor -Other components -Head Light
-Damage of Gear box -Other Components -Tail Light
-Oil Leakage & Amount of Gear box -End Door
-Gear box Coupling 35min 25min -Operation Indicator
-Interconnect line -Wiper
-On board antenna
-Damage & Location of Cocks
-Traction Inverter Case Checking of On
-APS Case
-Oil Leakage & Amount of Roof components
Compressor
3 Visual Check of …
(*1)
-Roof Floor Note; Procedure is subject to change upon confirmation of rolling
-Air Conditioner Unit
-Pantograph stock maintenance recommendations.
-Contact Strip Wear
-Replacement of Strip
Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0 (if required)
Maintenance Plan
Page 99 of 226

**Inspection Location: M2
(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location”)
Mechanical Electrical
10min 20min 140min 170min 190min 210min 140min 210min
Train Power Off &

Record of TIS Data Bogie Traction Motor Flange Lubricator Coupling Device Traction Inverter Auxiliary Power
De-energize OCS
Supply System
3 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 2
Inspection & Cleaning of … Inspection & Cleaning of … Inspection & Cleaning of … Inspection & Cleaning of … Inspection & Cleaning of … Inspection & Cleaning of …
-Confirmation of pantograph -Wheel set -Damage and mounting -Nozzle Condition -Coupling Mechanism -Control Unit Case -APS Case
descending -Check Wheel Profile condition -Injection Amount -Supply Lubrication -Cooling Fin Condition - Cleaning of Electronic Components
-Check the traction power -Cleaning & Supply -Oil Amount -Cleaning of Electronic Components -Contact of Circuit Breaker
-Setting sign marker of working lubrication of pin -Cleaning of Insulated Portion -Barrier Wall of Circuit Breaker
-Traction Motor Coupling -Contact of Circuit Breaker -Auxiliary Contact of Circuit Breaker
-Brake Stroke -Barrier Wall of Circuit Breaker -Dismantling and Cleaning of Arc Chute
-Replacement of Brake Shoe -Auxiliary Contact of Circuit Breaker -Cleaning of Insulated Portion
(if required) -Filter Reactor
-Support of Gear box
-Oil Amount of Gear box
-Earthing Brush
-Air Suspension
-Axle Box
60min 120min 210min 100min 130min 210min
Under Floor Other On-Roof

Compressor Passenger’s Cabin Pantograph Operator’s Cabin
Components Components
1 1 1 2 2 2
: Mechanical Inspector, Inspection & Cleaning of …
1 Inspection & Cleaning of …
-Oil Amount
Inspection & Cleaning of …
-Cock Movement
-Operation of Door SW -Mount Insulator
-Air Conditioner
-Cleaning of Master Controller
2 men (3 cars), 4 men (6 cars) -Cleaning of Strainer -Cleaning of Insulation Support -Operation of Emergency Cock -Contact Strip -Operation of Master Controller
-Control Device -Damage of Air Hose -Operation of Door Cock -Shunt Wire -Operation of SW
2 : Electrical Inspector, -Contacts of Relays -Damage of Traction Cable -Movement of Passenger’s Door -Un-Lock Device - Inspection of Wiper
-Operation of Relays -Cleaning of Brake Valves -Cleaning of Door Pocket -Arrester -Damage of Monitor & Indicator
2 men (3 cars), 3 men (6 cars) -Cleaning of Brake Control Unit -Passenger’s Seat -Supply Lubrication -Turn off each Non Fuse Breaker
-Damage of Air Reservoir -Gangway Floor Plate -Measurement of Touch Force (Preparation of Meg-ohm Test)
-Levelling valve -Bottom of Gangway Bellows -Replacement of Strip
3 : Chief Inspector, 1 man (if required)
-Movement of Seat
-Movement of Operator’s Door
-Movement of End Door
-For 3 cars maintenance, each
one man from Mech. & Elec.
work exclusively as a 240min 260min 280min 360min 390min
recorder.
-For 6 cars maintenance, each Energize OCS & Hand Over to
Meg-ohm Test Final Check General Test Running
person has to work as not only Train Power On Operation
inspector but also recorder.
: Progress Time 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
min
for 3/6 cars / Train-set -Check the traction power -Measurement of loading time -Setting sign marker of working
-Check Battery Voltage -Air Leakage Check -Starting Test
-Rising pantograph -Brake Function -Confirmation of Inspection Record
-Pantograph Up/Down -Turn-on Interior Lights
-Power on of Battery supply -Check the operation of Monitor & Indicator
-Turn on Non-Fuse Breaker -Door Operation
& SW -Passenger Announcement
(*1)
Note; Procedure is subject to change upon confirmation of maintenance recommendation by Rolling Stock -Operate Compressor -Radio, Wiper, CCTV
-Operate APS -Emergency Alarm
-Train Protection System
-Sequence Test
-Rotation of APS
-Air Conditioner Performance
Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0 -Head Light, Tail Light
Maintenance Plan -Operator’s Cabin Light
Page 100 of 226
4.7.3 General inspection & Major Equipment Inspection Flow (Dismantling & Maintenance)
6 cars/ Train-set
1Train-set 1Train-set 1Train-set 1Train-set 1Train-set 1Train-set
M3a M3a 1st day M3a 2nd day M3a 2nd day M3a 3rd day 3rd day M3a R10
1st day
Stabling Train & Dismantling of Cleaning of Dismantling of Dismantling of Maintenance of

Shop-in Inspection Preparation of Assembling &
Bogie and set Cab.-components &
[by shunter car] Disassembling of On-roof Under-floor Test
Bogie Dismantling temporary Bogie Cab.-components Passenger-cab
Connection Components Components [Next page]
[by trainset lifting Components
[by 2t crane] plant]
QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men Car Body – 3 men Elec. Gr1.b –2 men Elec. Gr1.b –2 men
Dismantling of … Dismantling of … QA/QC – 4 men Dismantling of … Dismantling of …
-Gangway bellows -Levelling valve QA/QC – 4 men -Master Controller -Master Controller
Dismantling of …
-Gangway footplate -Pressure air hose -Air conditioner -Radio & Announcement device -Radio & Announcement device
-Electrical coupler -Traction power cable -Pantograph -Wiper -Wiper
Detach and dismantling of -Oil damper -Horn -Horn, etc…
-Intermediate coupler -Tacho-generator 6th
Car
R8 5th~8th day R8 4th~7th R1 4th~8th day M5cM 4th~9th day R7 5th~8th day
Refer to the “4.7.5.3 Refer to the Refer to the Refer to the Refer to the “4.7.5.2
“4.7.5.14Oil “4.7.5.11 “4.7.5.1 Bogie Compressor
Coupler & Draft
Damper Air Conditioner
gear Maintenance” Maintenance” Maintenance”
Maintenance” Maintenance”
Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Car Body – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr1.a.b.c – 8 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men
All bogies is putted here
temporarily by used 8t
crane and turn table.
1st R4 4th~6th day Because bogie is R9 5th~9th day
Car From 21st day to 26th day performed maintenance
6th starts with 6th car bogie.
Refer to the Refer to the “4.7.5.4
2nd “4.7.5.12 6th Brake Device
Car From 19th day to 22nd day Car
Pantograph Maintenance” R2 5th~7th day
Maintenance” M3a 4th
3rd Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men
Car From 15th day to 19th day Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men
Dismantling of
Refer to the “4.7.5.5
Levelling Valve
1Train-set Under-floor
4th Maintenance”
Car From 11th day to 15th day Components
R2 th th
5 ~8 day
M3a 4rd day R13 4th~8th day [by 2t crane on Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men
5th line M2,3] Refer to the “4.7.5.8

Car From 8th day to 11th day Dismantling of Refer to the
Flange Lubricator
Passenger-cab “4.7.5.6 Door QA/QC – 4 men
Maintenance” R11 5th~8th day
Components Device Dismantling of …
6th
Car From 4th day to 9th day Maintenance”
-Brake Device
-Levelling Valve Car Body – 3 men Refer to the
QA/QC – 4 men -Coupler
Dismantling of … Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men -Air Compressor “4.7.5.10 APS
-Door device -Battery Maintenance”
-Indication device -Flange Lubricator R11
-Light & cover 5th~9th day
Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men
-Fire extinguisher R11 6th~7th day 5th
N o : Inspection Location -End sliding door device Car Refer to the
Refer to the “Ref. Drawing: -CCTV “4.7.5.11 Traction
Refer to the 4th
Inspection Location” inverter R12 5th~6th day
Car
“4.7.5.9 TIS Maintenance”
Item : Items which do not required to be 3rd
Refer to the
Maintenance” Car Elec. Gr1.a –3 men
dismantled and/or disassembled in “4.7.5.14 Battery
Major Equipment Inspection Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men 2nd
Maintenance”
Car
Day
: Progress Time 1st Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men
Car
Day

Maintenance Plan
Page 101 of 226
4.7.4 General Maintenance Flow (Assembling & Train-set Test)
M3a 9th day 9th day M3a 10th day M3a 28th day M3a 28th day M5a 29th day M5a 30th day M5a 31st day 32nd day
Dismantling & Assembling of Inspection of Single-car Fixing between Forming work Function and Total Train Set Modification Work Test run in yard
Maintenance Bogie & Car Body Performance Test and Partial Test
Cab.-components Cab.-components Inspection Dismant temporary to Train Set Test [on Test track]
[Previous page] [with DC1500V] (if necessary)
Bogie
Elec. Gr1.b –2 men Elec. Gr1.b –2 men QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men
Assembling of … Assembling of … Assembling of … -Shunting to line M5 Measurement of … Necessary repair
-Master Controller -Levelling valve -Gangway bellows by shunter car -Wheel load work and Partial Test
-Radio & Announcement device -Pressure air hose -Electrical coupler -Traction Power -Car-body height of the repaired part
-Wiper -Traction power cable -Intermediate coupler supply by OCS -Primary suspension height
-Horn -Oil damper -Gangway footplate -Air suspension height
-Tacho-generator -Coupler height
-CBTC Function test
M3a 9th day 10th day 5th

Car
Inspection of 32nd day M5a 32nd day 33rd day
Assembling of
4th
On-roof On-roof Car
Test run Shop Out and
3rd Final check General cleaning of
[by 2t crane] Car [on main line]
QA/QC – 4 men train interior
nd
QA/QC – 4 men 2
Car QA/QC – 4 men QA/QC – 4 men
Assembling of … -Shunting to line S30
-Air conditioner 1st by train inspection
-Pantograph Car staff
M3a 10th day 10th day
Assembling of Inspection of 1st

Under-floor Under-floor Car From 26th day to 27th day
2nd
[by 2t crane]
Car From 21st day to 22nd day
QA/QC – 4 men
QA/QC – 4 men
Assembling of … 3rd
-Brake Device Car From 19th day to 20th day
th
-Levelling Valve 10 day
-Coupler
4th
-Air Compressor
-Battery Car From 15th day to 16th day
-Flange Lubricator Assembling of
Bogie 5th
Car From 11th day to 12th day
QA/QC – 4 men N o : Inspection Location
6th Refer to the “Ref. Drawing:
Car From 9th day to 10th day
Inspection Location”
Item : Items which do not required to be
dismantled and/or disassembled in
Major Equipment Inspection
Day
: Progress Time
Day

Maintenance Plan
Page 102 of 226
4.7.5 Work Progress Details of Each Component

4.7.5.1 Bogie Maintenance (Mech. Staff Gr1.a.b.c)
Bogie Frame
M3b
6th M3b 4th day M3b M4b M4b M4b M4b M4b
4th day 4th day 5th～8thday 9th day 9th day 9th day 9th day
Car
Dismantling of Dismantling of Washing of Bogie Maintenance of Assembling of Assembling of Assembling of Final Inspection of
Wheel Set Wheel Set to Traction Motor to Tacho-generator to
Traction Motor Frame Bogie Frame Bogie
[8t crane] Bogie Frame Bogie Frame Bogie Frame
R5 th
6 day
Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men Mech. Gr1.a – 4 men -Visual Check (Including
Including following tests; Filling grease to Bottom Side)
-Check Crack -Bogie Flaw Detection Bearing & - Check Bolt Tighten &
-Non-destructive test -Painting of Bogie Frame Lock
Assembling
-Check Wearing Portion -Visual check of Primary suspension -Lubrication Amount
Wheel Set & Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men -Load Test
Gear box
M3b 4th day M3b M3b 5th day R5 6th day R5
5th day 6th day
Dismantling of Wheel Set Disassembling of Cleaning & Cleaning of Axle

Inspection of Box &
Axle Box Inspection Axle Box
Bearing Maintenance
Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men
Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men
Including following tests.
R5 6th day M4b 7th day M4b 7th day M4b 7th day M4b 8th day M4b 8th day
- Axle Flaw Detection
(Ultra Sonic Testing)
- Dimensional Measurement Maintenance of Assembling of Inspection of Assembling of Flushing of Filling Oil to
of Wheel
Gear box Gear box Gear box Axle Box to Axle Gear box Gear box
M3b 5th day

Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men
Dismantling of Including following tests.
-Removal of Oil
TRACTION Gear box
-Cleaning of Magnetic Plug
MOTOR Coupling -Inspection of Gears
-Disassembling of Gear box
Mech. Gr1.b – 2 (If any fault.& Exchange Limit of Gear box bearing)
M3b 4th day R6 5th day R6 5th day R14 6th day R6 7th day M4b 8th day
Dismantling of Disassembling of Disassembling of Cleaning of Inspection & Assembling of

Traction Motor Traction Motor Gear box Assembling of Gear box
Coupling
Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling
Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.b – 2 men
R6 4th day R14 5th day R6 6th day R6 7th day R6 8th day R6 8th day
Disassembling of Air Blow of Rotor Inspection & Assembling of No-load Test of Assembling of
Repair of Rotor & Traction Motor
Traction Motor & Case Traction Motor Traction Motor
Case Coupling
Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men Mech. Gr1.c – 2 men
Including following tests.
-Removal of Bearing
-Cleaning & Inspection of Bearing
-Filling Grease to Bearing & Assembling
(If any fault.&Exchange Limit of Bearing)

Maintenance Plan
Page 103 of 226
4.7.5.2 Compressor Maintenance (Mech. Staff Gr2.a)
**Inspection Location: As mentioned below, R7

(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location”
5th day 6th day 6th day 7th day 7th day 8th day
Remove Oil from Disassembling & Disassembling & Exchange of Assembling of Filling Compressor
Cleaning of Compressor &
Compressor Cleaning of Motor Motor Bearing with Oil Load Test
Compressor Motor
Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men
7th day
Assembling of
Compressor
Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men
6th day 7th day 7th day
Disassembling of Cleaning of Operation Test of

Electrical Electrical Electrical
Components from
Motor Controller
Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men
4.7.5.3 Coupler & Draft gear Maintenance (Mech. Staff Gr2.a)

5th day 5th day 6th day 7thday7th 8th day
Dismantling of Disassembling of Cleaning, Assembling of Assembling &

Inspection & Testing of Coupler
Coupler & Draft Coupler Coupler
Measurement of
gear & Draft gear
Coupler
Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men
6th day 7th day
Disassembling of Cleaning,
Inspection &
Draft gear Measurement of
Buffer Spring
Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men Mech. Gr2.a – 3 men

Maintenance Plan
Page 104 of 226
4.7.5.4 Brake Device Maintenance (Mech. Staff Gr2.b) 4.7.5.6 Door Device Maintenance (Mech. Staff Gr2.c)
**Inspection Location: As mentioned below, R9 **Inspection Location: As mentioned below, R13

(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location” (Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location”
4rdday 6th day 7th day 8th day

Spare Components
from the Previous Disassembling & Replacement of Assembling of
Maintained Car Cleaning of Test of Actuator
Wearing Parts Actuator
Actuator
6th day Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men
Dismantling of 5th day 7th day 8th day 8th day

Brake Components, Cleaning of Assembling Spare
Pneumatic Valve, Single-car Test
Solenoid Valve & Brake Unit Components Disassembling, Dismantling of Inspection & Installation of
BCU Cleaning & Relay of Door Replacement of Relay of Door
Inspection of
Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men Control Unit Wearing Relay Control Unit
Operation SW.
8th day
Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men
7th day
Disassembling & Test of Pneumatic Installation to Next 6th day

Maintained Car (as
Cleaning of Valves Valve Measurement of
a spare)
Door Movement
Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men Mech. Gr2.b – 3 men
7th day Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men
Test of Solenoid
Valve
9th day
Cleaning &
Inspection of BCU
4.7.5.5 Levelling Valve Maintenance (Mech. Staff Gr2.c)

R2
**Inspection Location: As mentioned below,

5th day
Oil Removal, Replacement of Filling Levelling

Disassembling & Parts, Assembling
Cleaning of Valve with Oil Characteristic Test
& Inspection
Levelling Valve
Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men Mech. Gr2.c – 2 men

Maintenance Plan
Page 105 of 226
4.7.5.9 Traction Inverter Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr1.a)

4.7.5.7 TIS Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr1.a)
R11 R11
**Inspection Location: As mentioned below, **Inspection Location: As mentioned below,

6th day 6th day 7th day 7th day
Dismantling of Cleaning & Cleaning &

Inspection of Inspection of
Electronic Inspection of TIS Installation of Final Inspection Electronic Traction Inverter
Electronic Electrical
Components Box Function Test Components Case
Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men
Cleaning & Dismantling of Dismantling of Line Cleaning &

Inspection of Filter High Speed Line Inspection of H.B.
Breaker (L.B.)
Reactor (FL) Breaker (H.B.) & L.B.
Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men
4.7.5.8 APS Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr1.a) 8th day 8th day 9th day

R11
(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location” Installation of H.B. Installation of L.B. Final Inspection
Function Test
Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men

Electronic Inspection of APS Installation of Final Inspection
Electronic Function Test
Components Case
Components
Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men Elec. Gr1.a – 3 men

Maintenance Plan
Page 106 of 226
4.7.5.10 Cab-components & Passenger-cab components Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr1.b)

R3
Dismantling of Maintenance of Maintenance of Assembling of Inspection of

Passenger-cab Dismantling of
Cab- Components Passenger-cab Cab-Components Passenger-cab & Passenger-cab &
Components Components Cab-Components Cab-Components
Elec. Gr1.b – 2 men Elec. Gr1.b – 2 men Elec. Gr1.b – 2 men Elec. Gr1.b – 2 men Elec. Gr1.b – 2 men Elec. Gr1.b – 2 men
Dismantling of … Dismantling of … Maintenance of … Maintenance of … Assembling of …
-Door device -Master Controller -Indication device -Indication device -Main Controller
-Indication device -Radio & hand set -Light & cover -Light & cover -Radio & hand set
-Light & cover -Wiper -Fire extinguisher -Fire extinguisher -Wiper
-Fire extinguisher -Horn -CCTV -CCTV -Horn
-End sliding door device -Master Controller -Door device
-CCTV -Radio & hand set - -Indication device
Wiper -Light & cover
-Horn -Fire extinguisher
-End sliding door device
-CCTV
4.7.5.11 Air Conditioner Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr2.a)
(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location
4th day 5th day 6th day 7th day 7th day 7th day 8th day
Dismantling, Cleaning of Fin Replacement of Assembling of

Cleaning & Replacement of Fan Gas Leak Check &
Inspection of (by Pressure Hot Packing & Repair Electrical Operation Test
Electrical Bearing General Inspection
Water) of Sealing Components & Fan
Components & Fan
Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men Elec. Gr2.a – 3 men

Maintenance Plan
Page 107 of 226
4.7.5.12 Pantograph Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr2.b)

R4 4.7.5.14 Oil Damper Maintenance (Car Body Staff)
(Refer to the attachment “Ref. Drawing: Inspection Location” R8
4th day 6th day
Cleaning & Inspection of Assembling of Test & Removal of Oil, Replacement of Filling Oil Damper
Disassembling of Disassembling & Parts, Assembling Characteristic Test
Pantograph Pantograph Measurement with Oil
Pantograph Cleaning & Inspection
Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men Car body – 3 men Car body – 3 men Car body – 3 men Car body – 3 men
4th day
Disassembling &
Maintenance of
Cylinder
Elec. Gr2.b – 2men
4.7.5.13 Battery Maintenance (Elec. Staff Gr2.b) 4.7.5.15 Flange Lubricator Maintenance (Car Body Staff)
R12 R2
**Inspection Location: As mentioned below, **Inspection Location: As mentioned below,

Inspection of Inspection of
Battery
Battery Battery Case Inspection & Inspection & Assembling &
Cleaning of Cleaning of Control Inspection of
Device & Operation Test
Elec. Gr2.b– 2 men Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men Lubricator & Oil Control Device &
Electromagnetic
Tank Pump Solenoid Valve
6th day
Car body – 3 men Car body – 3 men Car body – 3 men Car body – 3 men
Dis-charge &
charge of Battery
Elec. Gr2.b – 2 men

Maintenance Plan
Page 108 of 226
R5 R14
R6 R4
R2 R3
R7 R8
R1
M1
M2
START
M3a
M4b
M4a
M5b
M5a FINISH
M5c
R12 R13
R9 R10 R11
Ref. Drawing D4.7: Inspection Location

Maintenance Plan
Page 109 of 226
4.8 Organization for Rolling Stock Maintenance Division
The Rolling Stock Maintenance Division is responsible for all the rolling stock related
maintenance and staff in the depots. This involves the maintenance teams for examinations,
general repairs and overhaul of all rolling stock; they are also responsible for providing
sufficient trains for the revenue service.
The responsibilities of the Sectional Engineer (Hitachi) together with General Manager (O&M
Company) are to ensure the safe and efficient operation of the rolling stock maintenance regime.
Their responsibilities include but are not limited to: all rolling stock maintenance activities, the
rolling stock staff safety and training, and the competency level of the rolling stock staff.
Additional responsibilities may include the compliance with laws or local instructions relating to
the safe operation in the depots.
The proposed organisation structure for Rolling Stock Maintenance Division is shown below in
the following chart. The division is divided into three departments:
 Train Inspection Department
Train Inspection Department is in charge of all the activities of weekly and monthly
inspection, wheel re-profiling and corrective maintenance. The total manpower requirement
for Train Inspection Department is 29 staff. In addition, Hitachi will also deploy maintenance
workers to assist in the implementation of maintenance work.
The trainee staffs need 3months to be fully fledged and able to carry out regular work and to
get basic knowledge.
 Workshop & Maintenance Department
The Maintenance Department will be responsible for all aspects of the Major Equipment
Inspection and General Inspection within the maintenance workshop. According to the fleet
size, it is recommended to split the members into small working groups, allowing for the
disassembly of the units, repair or replacement of parts and subsequent unit reassembly. The
total manpower requirement for Maintenance Department is 43 staff. In addition, Hitachi will
also deploy maintenance workers to assist in the implementation of maintenance work.
 Control Department
The Control Department is responsible for the schedule control for preventive maintenance,
and also recording the running km, cost and material control for all rolling stock. The
maintenance staffs of the user are in charge of daily maintenance of tools/equipment for
rolling stock maintenance. This section manages the equipment and arrangement regular
maintenance by manufacture. The total manpower requirement for Control Department is 7
staff.
Maintenance Plan
Page 110 of 226
In addition to above mentioned Type-A Maintenance work to be performed by Hitachi, there is

also Type-B Maintenance work to be performed by O&M Company directly, in which Hitachi
will deploy a Supervisor to supervise these car cleaning staff and maintenance staff to ensure the
quality of work.
4.8.3 Qualification Requirements
In order to ensure the knowledge/skill transfer of train maintenance activities, the employees of
the O&M Company will need to have at least a basic skill level. Following are the skill levels
and qualification requirements for specific posts which will be used as the recruitment
references for the O&M Company.
 General Manager
 Experience in management of RS maintenance as indicated in the post (*1).
 Maintenance Department Manager
 Experience in RS maintenance work as indicated in the post (*2).

 Train Inspection Department Manager
 Experience in management of train inspection work as indicated in the post (*3).

 Control Department Manager
 Experience in management of RS maintenance and labour resource as indicated in

the post (*4).
 Assistant Manager
 Experience in management of RS maintenance and labour resource as indicated in the

post (*5).
 Other skills/ Experiences required for various classes/ positions, including
 Experience in RS Maintenance Work as indicated in the post (*6).
 Experience in bogie maintenance as indicated in the post (*7).
 Experience in train inspection as indicated in the post (*8).
 Experience in Wheel re-profiling as indicated in the post (*9).
 Qualification for recruitment:
 Basic technical knowledge of Mechanical or Electrical
 Experience of Crane operation, Forklift operation, Flaw detector operation and

Welding work (Recommended few persons for each work)

Maintenance Plan
Page 111 of 226
 Qualification and skills to be trained after recruitment
 Crane operation, Forklift operation, Flaw detector operation, Welding work, High
voltage basic knowledge, Knowledge of working in high place, Safety work
management, others

Maintenance Plan
Page 112 of 226
Figure-F4.8 Proposed Rolling stock Maintenance Organization

Contents of the Works (Appendix 11) Required Basic Knowledge & Skill
Structure
[SOW] [Legend]
By Hitachi Instruction Flow
O&M Company (Type-A) Joint Management,

Cooperation
O&M Company (Type-B)
Rolling Stock Maintenance Division Rolling Stock Maintenance Division Control Dept. RS = Rolling Stock
(*1)
Rolling Stock (*1) (*4) Senior RS Technical : General Manager Class
1 General Manager 1 Dept. Manager 1 1 - Schedule control, Running Km control, Cost control, Material control, etc.
Sectional Engineer Staff Experience in management of RS maintenance work or
Deputy Sectional [1] Rolling Stock Technical - For Schedule control, Running Km control, Long term schedule planning, train inspection work
1 Assist. Manager 1 2
Engineer (VTN) Staff Cost control, Material control, etc. (*2)
: Maintenance Department Manager
[2] Equipment Maintenance - Check for daily maintenance of RS maintenance's equipment, and witness Experience in management of RS maintenance work
2
Staff for inspection or repair work by sub-contractor (*3)
: Train Inspection Department Manager
[5] Experience in management of train inspection work
(*4)
Equipment Maintenance - Visual check for RS maintenance's equipment : Control Department Manager
2
Staff (Type-B) (VTN) - Witness for inspection or repair work by sub-contractor Experience in management of RS maintenance work or
Maintenance Dept. [2] Dept.-1 Total; [9] train inspection work
(*5)
Rolling Stock (*2) : Assistant Manager
1 Dept. Manager 1 QA/QC Staff (*6) 4 - Train split and combine, Train set test, Intermediate inspection, Test run
Technician Experience in train inspection work
Workshop Equipment Mechanical Staff Other Skills /Experiences required for various classes/positions
1 Assist. Manager 2 (*6, 7) 8 - For Bogie, Wheel, Traction Motor, etc.
Technician Group-1 (*6)
: Experience in RS Maintenance
Assistant Technician Rolling Stock Technical Mechanical Staff (*7)
: Experience in RS bogie maintenance
1 (*6) 3 (*6,) 8 - For Door engine, Doors, Air compressor, Air break system, etc.
(VTN) Staff Group-2 (*8) :
Experience in train inspection
(*6) (*9) :
[6] Electrical Staff Experience in Wheel profiling
5 - For Control unit, APS, Driver's console device, etc.
Group-1
(*6)
Electrical Staff
5 - For Air conditioning, Pantograph, Contactors, Lighting, etc.
Group-2
Carbody Maintenance
(*7) 3 - For Car body, Seats, Saloon equipment, Carbody painting, etc.
Staff
(*9) - Unscheduled maintenance, e.g. Wheel re-profiling, Corrective
Task Force Staff 4
maintenance
[37] Dept.-2 Total; [43]
(*3)
Monthly Inspection - Various inspections for train functions and condition
Staff Not required for monthly inspection during 3-cars train operation
(*5)
Train Inspection Staff - Inspections for train major functions and condition 2 shift work based on
(Team-1) 24 hours work
Rolling Stock Technical Train Inspection Staff (about 4-men work, 1-man off / Team)
(*8) 6 (*8) 5 Assign the monthly inspection during 3-cars train operation
Staff (Team-2)
[11] [18] Dept.-3 Total; [29]
- Basic training needed for 3 months by 5 member team.
- After training person is able to be assigned to Train Inspection Staff,
[5] Mechanical Staff or Electrical Staff.
Type-B (Train Cleaning Dept.)
Supervisor for Type-B Dept. Manager General Car Cleaning
1 1 8 - Monthly cleaning interior and exterior by hand (B3.2.2),
Maintenance (VTN) (Type-B) Staff (Type-B)
- Daily cleaning interior by vacuum cleaner or sweeping ,
[1] Daily Car Cleaning Staff
12 (- Washing by washing plant (B3.2.3))
(Type-B)
[20] Dept.-Cleaning Total; [21]

Maintenance Plan
Page 113 of 226
5 Maintenance plan of Depot Equipment
The main function of the depot equipment is to support the rolling stock & infrastructure
maintenance. All maintenance activities will be carried out by trained and authorized person
according to the safety precautions and work requirements contained in their respective
Operation & Maintenance Manuals.
Generally, Depot equipment includes Rolling Stock maintenance equipment, infrastructure

maintenance equipment and industrial equipment such as train-set lifting plant, train washing
plant, bogie preload stand, and wheel re-profiling plant, various items of testing equipment,
infrastructure maintenance vehicle, forklift etc.
In addition, compliance with the statutory requirements will have to be attained. All these
statutory requirements will be included in the preventive maintenance schedules and
maintenance records shall be maintained as per the statutory requirements.
The equipment lists of Rolling stock maintenance mentioned in the following table.
Table T5.1.1 Plant and Equipment for Rolling stock & E&M System Maintenance Facility
Number
Code Description Location Remarks
Required
10.101 Train Washing Plant Train washing line (W1) 1 nr
Wheel re-profiling line
10.102 Wheel Reprofiling Plant 1 nr
(W1)
Trainset Lifting Plant - Above Maine workshop 1 set
10.104
Ground Type Train inspection line (M3) (24 units)
Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks - Maine workshop 1 set
10.105
4x10 T Train inspection line (M5) (4 units)
Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks - Infrastructure workshop 1 set
10.106
4x15 T Inspection line (I2) (4 units)
Alternative
Pantograph
10.112 Pantograph Monitoring Unit Depot in line 2 nr inspection method
will be studied
Maine workshop
10.114 Wheel Load Measuring System 1 lot
Train inspection line (M5)
Maine workshop
10.201 Bogie Turn Table 4 nr
Bogie & Wheel shop
Maine workshop
10.202 Wheel Press 1 nr
Bogie & Wheel shop
Maine workshop
10.203 Wheel Boring Machine 1 nr
Bogie & Wheel shop
Maine workshop
10.204 Axle Lathe 1 nr
Bogie & wheel work shop
Maine workshop
10.205 Damper Test Stand Damper & Spring Test 1 nr
Shed

Maintenance Plan
Page 114 of 226
Number
Required
Rolling Stock
Maine workshop Train and
10.206 Spring Test Stand Damper & Spring Test 1 nr Maintenance
Shed Vehicles does not
use coil spring -
Wheel Measuring and Maine workshop
10.207 1 nr
Recording Device Bogie & wheel work shop
Maine workshop
10.208 Wheel Inspection Gauges 1 set
Wheelset Examination Maine workshop
10.209 1 set
Equipment, Ultrasonic Type Bogie & wheel work shop
Bearing Removal and Pressing Maine workshop
10.210 2 sets
Set Machine shop
Maine workshop
10.212 Bogie Preload Stand 1 nr
Maine workshop
10.214 Traction Motor Test Facility 1 nr
Traction motor shop
Maine workshop
10.215 Drying Oven 1 nr
Traction motor shop
Maine workshop
Access Platform and Stairs,
10.216 Train inspection line (M3, 1 lot
Mobile
M5)
Maine workshop
10.218 Carbody Stands 6 Sets
Train inspection line (M3)
Maine workshop
10.301 Brake Maintenance Equipment 1 lot
Break room
Maine workshop
Electrical and Electronic
10.302 Electrical & Electronics 1 lot
Component Maintenance
room
Train Air-Conditioner Maine workshop
10.303 1 lot
Maintenance Equipment Air-conditioner shop
Maine workshop
Pantograph Maintenance
10.304 Pantograph maintenance 1 lot
Equipment
shop
Maine workshop
10.305 Door Maintenance Equipment 1 lot
Door maintenance shop
Coupler Maintenance Maine workshop
10.306 1 lot
Equipment Machine shop
Maine workshop
10.307 Battery Maintenance Equipment 1 lot
Battery maintenance shop
Maine workshop
Compressor Maintenance
10.308 Compressor maintenance 1 lot
Equipment
shop
Maine workshop
10.309 Lift Table, Scissor type - 2T 1 nr
Heavy maintenance shop
Maine workshop
10.310 Parts Washer, Large Parts 1 nr
Maine workshop
10.312 Lubrication Equipment 2 lots
Maine workshop
10.313 Workstand, Bogies 1 lot

Maintenance Plan
Page 115 of 226
Number
Required
Maine workshop
Workstand, Train Air-
10.314 Air-conditioner 1 lot
Conditioners
maintenance shop
Maine workshop
10.316 Soldering Equipment 1 lot
Maine workshop
10.317 Cleaning Booth 1 nr
Infrastructure workshop
10.401 Rerailing Equipment 1 set
Yard
10.402 Rescue Equipment 1 set
Yard
10.403 Vehicle Recovery Trolley 1 set
Yard
First Aid Room Equipment & Main workshop,
10.406 2 lot
Furnishings Infrastructure workshop
Infrastructure Maintenance Infrastructure workshop
20.101 1 nr
Vehicle Yard
Overhead Catenary Maintenance Infrastructure workshop
20.102 1 nr
Car Yard
Infrastructure workshop Unit equipped on
20.103 Catenary Inspection Unit 1 nr
Yard 20.107
Infrastructure workshop Unit equipped on
20.104 Track Inspection Equipment 1 nr
Yard 20.107
20.105 Flat Car 1 nr
Yard
20.106 Rail Reprofiling Equipment 1 nr
Yard
20.107 Multi-Function Vehicle 1 nr
Yard
20.108 Train Shunter, General Depot General, 1 nr
20.109 Train Shunter, Workshop Main workshop, 1 nr
20.110 Pick-up Truck General use 2 nr
20.111 Van General use 2 nr -
20.112 Sedan General use 3 nr
Depot-Internal transportation
20.113 General use 3 nr
Vehicle
20.114 Cable Reel Handling Equipment 2 nr
Yard
Infrastructure workshop,
20.115 Road Vehicle Lift 1 nr
Road vehicle service room
20.201 Trackwork Tools, Manual 1 lot
Yard
Trackwork Inspection Infrastructure workshop,
20.202 1 lot
Equipment, Portable Yard
20.203 Electric Tamping Set 1 set
Yard
20.204 Works Lights, Portable 1 lot
Yard
Maintenance Plan
Page 116 of 226
Number
Required
Rail Fastener Impact Wrench, Infrastructure workshop,
20.205 1 nr
Powered Yard
20.206 Rail Heater 2 sets
Yard
Field Weld Hardware Sets and Infrastructure workshop,
20.207 1 lot
Welding Kits Yard
20.208 Weld Shear 1 nr
Yard
20.209 Rail Tensor 1 nr
Yard
20.210 Rail Drilling Machine 1 lot
Yard
Rail Cut-off Saw, Abrasive Disc Infrastructure workshop,
20.211 1 nr
Type Yard
20.212 Rail Head Grinding Machine 1 nr
Yard
20.213 Emergency Rail Clamps 4 sets
Yard
20.215 Rail Trolley 1 lot
Yard
20.216 Air Compressor, Portable 2 nr
Yard
20.218 Rail Band saw 1 nr
Yard
Trackwork Maintenance Infrastructure workshop,
20.301 1 lot
Workshop Yard
20.302 OCS Maintenance Workshop 1 lot
Trackwork room
Signalling & Communication Infrastructure workshop,
20.303 1 lot
Maintenance Workshop Signalling room
SCADA and CCTV
20.304 SCADA, Telecom, CCTV 1 lot
Maintenance Workshop
room
Road Vehicle Servicing Infrastructure workshop,
20.306 1 lot
Equipment Road vehicle service room
Various management &
30.101 Computers and Network 1 lot
supervisor’s room
30.102 Office Work Stations 1 lot
supervisor’s room
30.103 Office Furniture, General 1 lot
supervisor’s room
Maintenance Management Various management &
30.104 1 lot
System supervisor’s room
30.301 Forklift Truck, 3.0T Capacity 1 nr
General use
Forklift Truck, 2.0T Capacity, Main workshop
30.302 1 nr
Battery Powered General use
Main workshop &
Reach Truck, 1.5T Capacity,
30.303 Infrastructure workshop 2 nr
Battery Powered
Material Storage shed
Maintenance Plan
Page 117 of 226
Number
Required
Main workshop &
30.304 Wagon, 4 Wheels Infrastructure workshop 1 lot
Main workshop &
30.305 Pallet Truck Infrastructure workshop 4 nr
Main workshop &
30.306 Hand Trolley Infrastructure workshop 6 nr
General use
Main workshop &
30.307 Work Stands, Mobile Infrastructure workshop 12 nr
General use
Main workshop
30.401 Pallet Racks, Main Workshop 1 lot
Pallet Racks, Infrastructure Infrastructure workshop
30.402 1 lot
Workshop Material Storage shed
Main workshop
30.403 Storage, Small Parts, 2 Levels 1 lot
Main workshop
30.404 Pallet Racks, Wheel Sets 1 lot
Main workshop
30.405 Storage Racks, Air-Conditioners 1 lot
Storage Racks, Various Main workshop
30.406 1 lot
Locations Material Storage shed, etc.
Main workshop
30.407 Tool Storage, Tool Room 1 lot
Material Storage shed, etc.
Main workshop
30.408 Bins, Small Parts Storage 1 lot
Material Storage shed, etc.
Main workshop &
30.409 Storage Cabinets Infrastructure workshop, 15 nr
etc.
Main workshop &
30.410 Storage Shelves Infrastructure workshop, 20 nr
etc.
Multi-Purpose Metal Working Maine workshop
30.501 1 nr
Equipment Mechanical workshop
Maine workshop
30.502 Cut-off Saw 1 nr
Mechanical workshop
Maine workshop
30.503 Band saw 1 nr
Mechanical workshop
Maine workshop
30.504 Grinder, Floor Mounted 2 nr
Mechanical workshop, etc.
Maine workshop
30.505 Grinder, Bench Mounted 3 nr
Cut-off Saw, Abrasive Disc Maine workshop
30.506 2 nr
Type Mechanical workshop, etc.
Maine workshop
30.507 Drill Press, Floor Mounted 2 nr
Maine workshop
30.508 Drill Press, Bench Mounted 3 nr
30.509 Oxygen-Acetylene Cutting and Maine workshop 2 set
Maintenance Plan
Page 118 of 226
Number
Required
Welding Set Mechanical workshop, etc.
Maine workshop
30.510 ARC Welder, Portable 2 set
Maine workshop
30.511 TIG Welder, Portable 2 set
Maine workshop
30.512 Shot Blast Cabinet 1 nr
Mechanical workshop
Maine workshop
30.513 Paint Booth (Bogies) 1 nr
Bogie & Wheel shop
Portable Drilling Machine, Maine workshop
30.515 2 nr
Magnetic Base Mechanical workshop, etc.
Maine workshop
30.516 Core Drilling Machine 2 nr
Maine workshop
30.517 Hydraulic Press, 5T 2 nr
Maine workshop
30.518 Weld Screens 2 sets
Maine workshop
30.519 Pipe Threading Equipment 1 set
Mechanical workshop
Maine workshop
30.601 Work Bench 1 lot
Maine workshop
30.602 Work Tables 10 nr
Maine workshop
30.604 Work bench, Lab Type 10 set
Maine workshop
30.701 Power Tools 1 lot
Maine workshop
30.702 Hand Tools 1 lot
Maine workshop
30.740 Ratchet Lever Hoist 2 set
Maine workshop
30.760 Test Equipment 1 lot
Cleaning and Washing Maine workshop
30.901 1 lot
Equipment Bogie wash room, etc.
The maintenance regime of the depot equipment comprises mandatory testing, preventive
maintenance, reliability centred maintenance (RCM), corrective maintenance, and overhaul
executed in whole or part to suit the functions and special maintenance requirements of each
part of equipment. The depot equipment will be maintained in conformance with the
requirements of the original equipment manufacturer.
In general, most maintenance activities of maintenance equipment will be performed in Traffic

Hour (NH). The inspection, cleaning, lubrication and repair work will be carried out according
to the instructions mentionned in the Operation & Maintenance Manuals. The maintenance
timing shall be coordinated with train and infrastructure maintenance schedules.
Maintenance Plan
Page 119 of 226
Each equipment is different and will require different levels of attention. Some equipment will
be used daily, such as train washing plant, for scheduled train maintenance. While other
equipment, such as wheel lathes, train-set lifting plant, rail re-profiling equipment will be used
in accordance with the train & infrastructure maintenance schedule.
The maintenance activities for depot equipment will be generally classified as follows
 Visual Check
To check each component condition visually without dismantling work of components, such
as any external damage, flame damage, looseness of bolts, loss of necessary components, rust
& painting condition, and so on. This will be performed daily before/after use of the
equipment, and monthly.
 Installation Condition
To check the installation security which is required for the normal operation of each device
such as installation level, bolt tightness, alignment, installation tolerance, and so on. This will
normally be performed annually.
 Electrical Component
To check the soundness of electrical circuits, such as operation sequence, insulation,
tightness of terminals, and so on. This will normally be performed annually.
 Rotary Equipment
To check the soundness of rotary equipment such as scratched bearings, add/change grease &
oil, change gaskets, and so on. This will normally be performed annually.
 Hydraulic Equipment
To check the soundness of hydraulic mechanisms, such as scratched shafts & cylinders,
add/change grease, and so on. This will normally be performed annually.
 Gear Boxes
To check the soundness of gear mechanisms, such as chipping of gears, add/change grease &
oil, change gaskets, and so on. This will normally be performed annually.
 Generator
To check the generator's standard inspection items. This will normally be performed annually.
 Grinding Component
To check the wear condition of grinding stones. This will be performed daily, and if the wear
amount is more than criterion, it will be changed.
 Battery
To check the voltage & electrolysis liquid amounts. If it is necessary, add electrolysis liquid
or change battery. It will need to be performed monthly.
 Calibration

Maintenance Plan
Page 120 of 226
Important measuring equipment should be calibrated periodically by using calibration piece,

and result will be confirmed by 3rd party.
The inspection and maintenance work should be carried out for the major depot equipment, such
as the items mentioned in the following table.

Maintenance Plan
Page 121 of 226
Table T5.1.2 Depot equipment maintenance work
Visual Check
Component
Component
Mechanism
Installation
Calibration
Equipment
Equipment
Condition
Hydraulic
Generator
Electrical
Grinding
Rotation
Battery
Gear
No Item
1 Train Washing Plant ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

2 Wheel Re-profiling Plant ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
3 Train-set Lifting Plant ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
4 Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks for single ○ ○ ○ ○
car
5 Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks for ○ ○ ○ ○
maintenance vehicle
6 Wheel Load Measuring System ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
7 Wheel Press ○ ○ ○
8 Wheel Boring Machine ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
9 Axle Lathe ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
10 Damper Test Stand ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
11 Spring Test Stand ○ ○ ○ ○
12 Bogie Preload Stand ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
13 AC Traction Motor Test Facility ○ ○ ○
14 Brake Maintenance Equipment ○ ○ ○
15 Compressor Maintenance Equipment ○ ○ ○
16 Re-railing Equipment ○ ○ ○
17 Rescue Equipment ○ ○
18 Infrastructure Maintenance Vehicle ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
19 Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car ○ ○ ○ ○
20 Flat Car ○ ○ ○
21 Rail Re-profiling Equipment ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
22 Train Shunter, General ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
23 Train Shunter, Workshop ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
24 Multi-Purpose Metal Working ○ ○ ○ ○
Equipment

Maintenance Plan
Page 122 of 226
5.2 Maintenance Management System
A maintenance management system will be used to structure maintenance processes and to

organize workloads. The maintenance management system will have an up-to-date database
with detailed information to readily support day-to-day decision making as well as strategic and
long-term considerations. It will be used for work planning, tracking work progress,
performance measurement of individual components and entire systems, maintenance schedule
adjustments, workload projections, configuration control, life cycle costs measurements, and so
on.
The maintenance management system will include a material reservation system for spare parts,
consumables and other materials to assure material availability when needed (i.e. “Parts must
wait for trains, trains must not wait for parts”). Standard sets of materials for preventive
maintenance, repairs and overhauls will be prepared in advance in the form of kits - to the extent
possible - and kept in stock for immediate release, so that work can start without delay.
Following are listed the major functions of MMS:
 Online Maintenance work management, warehouse transactions such as stock issue and
receipts, balance enquiry, viewing of equipment technical information.
 Safety stock alert when the stock value falls below the calculated safety spares level or the
user defined safety level.
 Online Asset MTBF prediction based on the corrective maintenance work orders.
 Online Cost Analysis generation for an asset for the labour and material costs incurred by
the maintenance work.
 Management of Equipment/assets
5.3 Maintenance Working Process of Depot Equipment
The purposes of setting up the maintenance work process are to define the procedure of fault
follow, so as to facilitate learning, and to increase the working efficiency and maintenance
quality.
Organization and the O&M Company to develop the staffing plan. .
As for Depot Equipment System, the maintenance working process will be adopting a standard
procedure. The condition of equipment will be managed by planned inspections, [all the
inspection results will be recorded in MMS (Maintenance Management System)] and with
further investigation.
Some of the equipments are unique and can be critical for train operation so their maintenance
will be scheduled by the MMS to ensure availability at any time. With this provision it is
expected that the equipment listed will be capable of meeting the demands of the rolling stock
Maintenance Plan
Page 123 of 226
maintenance regime.
The result of the inspection analysis will be used to determine if more in-depth maintenance
work need to be implemented, together with the required spare parts or tools availability. If the
condition is within the acceptable level, the regular maintenance according to the Operation &
Maintenance Manual will be followed.
The work flow chart of E&M System Maintenance process is shown in Chart C5.3.

Maintenance Plan
Page 124 of 226
Preparation
Performance of
Other E&M System Inspection
Result analysis of
Other E&M System inspection
Writing and reporting of inspection log

Precise measuring and inspection of
defective parts and cause analysis and
maintenance plan of defects
Decision of
Maintenance Performance
Non-scheduled Maintenance Regular Maintenance
Duty inspection Approval of

Stored material use Hitachi
Performance of
Maintenance
Supervision of works
Maintenance completion
and Inspection
Analysis of
Maintenance Results
Computerization of
Maintenance records
Chart C5.3- Work Flow of E&M Equipment Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 125 of 226
All maintenance activities will be imported manually into the Maintenance Management System
(MMS) according to their maintenance needs and schedule to form a yearly maintenance plan.
After the maintenance data is processed through scheduling software by MMS, the work orders
will be issued according to maintenance schedule time.
The Maintenance and Planning Division will then conduct statistics on the relevant maintenance
for analysis, and submit to the relevant maintenance manager for maintenance management
reference.
The process for preventive maintenance scheduling is referring as follows.
Scheduling Software of MMS make work schedule
Carry out
NO
maintenance based
Reschedule
on schedule?
YES

schedule via MMS work station of each sub-system
(including spare parts, work hours and hints）
Carry out maintenance and input data

Output report and submit to maintenance staffs

Maintenance Plan
Page 126 of 226
5.5 Fault Reporting Flow
and actual date.
5.6 Organization for Depot Equipment Maintenance
Regarding the depot equipment for the maintenance of Rolling stock, people in charge of
maintenance staff of RS perform daily maintenance. And a control department manages this
equipment and arranges the regular inspection by sub-contractor.
Next, regarding infrastructure maintenance equipment, Track maintenance department and OCS
maintenance department will manage such equipment and arrange the regular inspection by sub-
contractor.
on Control Dept.
(*4) Senior RS Technical
Dept. Manager 1 1
Staff
Rolling Stock Technical
Assist. Manager 1 2
Staff
[2] Equipment Maintenance
2
Staff
[5]
Equipment Maintenance
2
[2]
Maintenance Plan
Page 127 of 226
6. Maintenance plan of Signalling, Telecommunication and F-SCADA System
Maintenance of subsystems on the mainline from Ben Thanh to Suoi Tien Terminal will
be necessarily constrained by the movements of trains in revenue service. However the
infrastructure will become progressively available from 23:59 once the last train leaves
Ben Thanh and will be wholly available thereafter from 00:19 until 04:49 when the
first train enters service from Suoi Tien Terminal.
Level 1 maintenance on mainline and parts of Level 2 maintenance on Depot access

line and in Depot are able to perform the maintenance work under permission of the
OCC depending on maintenance description even though during train operation.
When Level 2 and Level 3 maintenance work will be required with subsystem
shutdown, non-operation hours are from 0:22 to 4:46. In case of Temporary or
Emergency Corrective Maintenance, it will be done under the permission of the OCC
even though train operation limitation.
The infrastructure work places will need to be managed by rigorous application of

possession rules to ensure that the staff employed on maintenance activities are fully
accounted for and safe at all times.
Work packages will need to be developed taking into account the available 4 hour 24
minute window and will include time for setting up and clearing equipment away to
ensure that the system is ready and safe to use for revenue service.
Every maintenance work will require a Designated Person in Charge of Possession (PICOP).
The department manager will designate PICOP of each maintenance work. The PICOP
performs the procedure with partial power cut or possession of track, etc. from OCC based on
Operation Rule before and after maintenance work.
The main objective of the Signalling System maintenance is to maintain the Signalling system
such as interlocking, ATP, ATO, ATS, trackside equipment and on-board equipment to ensure a
safe, reliable, efficient and cost effective train service. All maintenance activities will be carried
out by trained and qualified personnel according to the safety precautions and work
requirements contained in the O&M manuals.
In addition, the compliance with the statutory requirements will have to be attained.All the
statutory requirements will be included in the preventive maintenance schedules. Maintenance
records will be maintained as per the statutory requirements.
Regarding the communication system, major part of it consists of modules, which include
electronic components; therefore, the detailed inspection will be performed on a module basis.
The detail inspection of electronic modules will be performed during maintenance windows
since most communication systems are used for daily MRT operation. However local equipment,
which does not affect the operation, can be inspected during operation time such as local
telephones.
Maintenance Plan
Page 128 of 226
The above includes the Radio system, Data Transmission System (DTS), Anemometer System
and wayside phones of all Telecommunications Systems.
Regarding the Facility SCADA system, it is designed with redundancy to provide a safe,
efficient and effective means of monitoring and controlling the operation of the MRT system
equipments.
The operational personnel in OCC and maintenance personnel in Maintenance Base (MB) will
be closely monitoring and controlling the critical railway system in order to guarantee an
undisturbed revenue service.
All Stations, Depot, Operation Control Centre (OCC), Maintenance Base (MB) and Back up of
OCC will be equipped with Facility-SCADA system. Most of the equipments are provided with
self-diagnostic features to improve the reliability. Some equipment will report faults
automatically to OCC, which will get the OCC operator attention immediately.
Fundamentally the system is designed based on redundancy concept. The following are
considered in the maintenance regime for the signalling system:
 The majority of vital equipment is designed with dual redundant configuration. System
failure of one set of equipment will not lead to operation disruption. When equipment failure
is detected and the information is transmitted to OCC through the console or via a failure
alarm to maintenance staff, the failed equipment should be restored as early as possible.
The failed equipment will be replaced by the maintenance personnel to resume original
operating performance.
 Since most equipment is composed of vital electronics units, a failed unit will be replaced by
a LRU.
 Equipment installed at wayside should be checked periodically. Not only will the equipment
itself be considered but also the installation condition and surrounding environmental
conditions which may affect equipment performance.
 Equipment with a short design life or equipment considered as a kind of consumable such as
filters, LEDs will be renewed according to the maintenance schedule.
The maintenance requirements of the Signalling System, including routine preventive

maintenance and corrective maintenance are proposed by Hitachi and the detail of maintenance
activities will be clearly defined in the O&M manual.
In summary periodic inspection activities are addressed as follows:
The maintenance requirements of the Radio system, Data Transmission System (DTS),
Anemometer System and wayside phone, including for example routine preventive maintenance,
corrective maintenance, and the outline of the item to be inspected will be shown for each main
equipment classification.
Maintenance Plan
Page 129 of 226
The maintenance requirements of the Facility SCADA Systems which are mainly computerized
equipment include software maintenance, upgrading and the preventive maintenance and
corrective maintenance for the hardware equipment.
The target MTTR (Mean Time to Rectify) of the SCADA system will be limited to 30 minutes
in general, excluding the time taken for the technical staff to arrive at the initial reported failure
site.
6.2 Inspection Activity for Signalling, A part of Telecommunication and F-SCADA System
6.2.1 Level 1 Maintenance
Level 1 Maintenance every 2 weeks indicates the visual check and cleaning of the signalling
equipment. This is normally to check if there is any abnormality in the equipment room or on-
board devices.
In general, Most of signalling sub-systems have self-diagnosis function which will give an
alarm automatically when there is an error.
In addition, it may be necessary to check the condition of power supply voltage, whether
the voltage of each component is within a specified range or not. If the power supply voltage
deviates from the specified level, the system may malfunction. The measuring point and its
specified value will be detailed in the O&M manual.
Besideslevel 1 Maintenance indicates the monthly visual check and cleaning of the Radio
system, DTS, Anemometer, wayside phone and F-SCADA system. The maintenance staffs will
perform inspection by watching, listening, touching and smelling the equipment during
operation time. Inspection items for each sub-system are highlighted in the following table.
Interval of
Inspection contents Inspection method
Inspection
Patrol and visual check in Station and Visual check
Signal and Telecommunication room Monthly
- DTS
Patrol along the tracks and visual Visual check
check Base Station Remote connection test Monthly
- Radio, Anemometer, Wayside phone for performance check of Radio
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the functional check and cleaning of the specific equipment on a
regular basis; the inspection cycle is normally according to the O&M manual, the following lists
some major components’ inspection interval.
 Central Controller (ATS sub-system)

Maintenance Plan
Page 130 of 226
No. Inspection point Inspection cycle

1 Inspection and cleaning
(1) The inside and outside of the devices
Yearly
(2) The power supply
(3) The control processor
2 Inspection
(1) Each connector for looseness Yearly
(2) Each terminal block and screw for looseness
3 Inspection of the functions
(1) The action of the power switch
Yearly
(2) The switches for action and the LEDs for
lighting up on the console panel
4 Measurement of power supply voltage Yearly
5 Action test
When necessary, a
(1) Action check by Test and Maintenance (T/M)
component is replaced
(2) Action check by the application program
 ATP, ATO, Interlocking Ground Device

Yearly
(2) The power supply
(3) The control processor
2 Inspection
(1) Each connector for looseness Yearly
(2) Each terminal block and screw for looseness

(1) The action of the power switch
Yearly
(2) The switches for action and the LEDs for lighting up on the
console panel
4 Measurement of power supply voltage Yearly
5 Inspection of Relay
(1) Inspection of mounting or installation
(2) Check for taint or damage of relays Yearly
(3) Inspection of contact abrasion
(4) Validation of electric characteristics
 ATP/ATO On-Board Device

Yearly and when electricity
failure has occurred

Maintenance Plan
Page 131 of 226

2 Inspection
(1) Each connector for looseness Yearly and when electricity
(2) Each terminal block and screw for looseness failure has occurred

(1) The action of the power switch Yearly and when electricity
(2) The switches for action and the LEDs for failure has occurred
lighting up on the console panel
4 Inspection of each relay
(1) The check of attachment and an installation state
(2) Existence of corruption and damage
(3) Check of wear of a contacting point
(4) Propriety of an electrical property
5 Measurement of power supply voltage Yearly and when electricity
6 Inspection of PCB and power supply
(1) Component damage and discoloration
(2) Soldering
 Wayside equipment
(1) Point machine
1 Visual check of equipment and parts 6 monthly
2 Check of the oil level 6 monthly
3 Mechanical inspection and adjustment of Point machine 6 monthly
4 Electrical inspection Yearly
(2) Signal light

1 Inspection of the functions of LED module
Yearly
(1) Module Check light-out status
2 Inspection of the functions of Control module
(1) Check CDS status
(2) Terminal relaxation status Yearly
(3) Input voltage measurement
(4) Check transfer switch per year
3 Inspection of the functions of Others
(1) Check water proof status of signal equipment (1) 6monthly
(2) Relaxation status of nuts of signal equipment (2) Yearly
 Radio system, DTS, Anemometer and Wayside phone

Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 6 monthly or yearly inspections for
various sub-system and their devices. These maintenance activities will require visual check, or
test by using the measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc. The purpose of this inspection
is to identify any weak place and parts or any irregularity of any devices which could be

Maintenance Plan
Page 132 of 226
replaced prior to any failure occurring. The inspection items are highlighted in the following
table.
Inspection contents Inspection method Interval of Inspection
Inspection and cleaning Visual check
-Radio Power measurement
Measure signal level Yearly
Remote connection test
Performance check
-DTS, Battery unit Protection test
NMS Performance check Yearly
Power measurement
Battery test
-Anemometer Testing
6 monthly
Power measurement
Server back up
-Telephone Protection test 6 monthly
Network performance check
 F-SCADA
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 6 monthly and yearly inspections for
each device. These maintenance activities will require visual check or test by using the
measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc. The purpose of this inspection is to search for
any damaged parts or any irregularity of any devices which could be replaced prior to any
failure occurring. The inspection items are highlighted in the following table.
Inspection Interval of
Inspection method
contents Inspection
Regular - Verify system shutdown operation
Inspection - Clean exterior surfaces
Main PC Unit - Clean interior of chassis for excessive dirt build up
- Ensure all power and signal cables are securely fastened
- Re-apply power and listen for unusual fan motor/bearing
noises
- Verify successful system restart
6 monthly
- Check unit functions and indicating lamps
- Check system time and hardware status
- Load patch when available
- Update PC anti-virus list, if any
- Perform hard disk de-fragmentation
- Copy/save system database to thumb drive/ external hard
disk
Regular - Check display quality for shape, size and colour
Inspection - Clean monitor screen, and exterior surfaces
Display Monitor - Check unit functions and indicating lamps
6 monthly
- Check adjustment at front of unit
- Perform degaussing, if available

Maintenance Plan
Page 133 of 226
Inspection Interval of
Inspection method
contents Inspection
Regular - Visual check for irregularities
Printer - Check unit functions and indicating lamps
- Ensure all power and signal cables are securely fastened 6 monthly
- Make a test print and check print quality
- Inspect, lubricate and clean as per recommended
procedures by respective manufacturer
Regular
Inspection - Visual check for irregularities 6 monthly
Keyboard/Mouse
Regular - Visual check for irregularities
SCADA Servers - Check unit functions and indicating lamps
Listen for unusual 6 monthly
- Listen to unusual hard disk noises
- Check diagnosis errors
- Check battery voltage and change if necessary
- Back-up Data files to PC
Regular - Clean exterior surfaces
Inspection - Check interior of panel cabinet for dirt and loose
PLC Unit components/connections
6 monthly
- Verify external 24Vdc and 24Vac field power supply
voltage, if any
- Inspect surge suppressor devices, if any
- Disconnect communication line, verify ‘offline’ report and
reconnect
- Verify critical points, and the operation of critical control
loops/processes
- Check for appropriate sensor values (using data-setter)
- Check for appropriate binary input data (using data-setter)
Yearly
- Check for appropriate mode(s) of operation (using data-
setter)
- Verify DDC is in control, at the desired value by changing
at least 1 set point (using data-setter), verify system
response, then reset set point, (disconnect data-setter), and
verify that the DDC resumes control
Regular
- System functionally check with operating software
Inspection
- Transmission check with simulation load redundancy
Fibre Optic 6 monthly
switch over check
Backbone
(Exclude the Fibre Optic Cable)
System
Level 3 Maintenance indicates detail maintenance including specific component cleaning, worn
parts replacement, unit swap for overhaul unit periodically according to usage or design life.
Following list the major components to be regular replaced.
 Central Controller (ATS sub-system)

Maintenance Plan
Page 134 of 226
No. Replacement components Inspection cycle

1 CPU, SFID (Station I/F Device), --
THD (Training Handling Device)
Power Supply 10 yearly
Battery 4 yearly
Printed Circuit Board 10 yearly
2 OPT (Operation Terminal), Server, MT, On-line Status, TDS --
Filter Yearly
Hard Disk 2 yearly
DVD-ROM 4 yearly
Fan 4 yearly
Key Board/Mouse 4 yearly
Monitor Display 4 yearly
3 TD (Projector) --
Lamp Yearly
Filter Yearly
Colour Wheel 5 yearly
Fan 5 yearly
Power Supply 5 yearly
4 Traffic Control Network --
SW-HUB 10 yearly
 ATP, ATO, Interlocking Ground Device
No. Replacement components Replacement cycle

Devices in the Equipment Room
1 Terminal --
Filter Yearly
Hard Disk 4 yearly
Floppy Disk Drive / CD-ROM Drive 4 yearly
Fan 4 yearly
Key board / Mouse 4 yearly
Monitor Display 4 yearly
Battery 10 yearly
Power supply 10 yearly
Printed Circuit board 10 yearly
2 Logic controller(ATP/ATO/IL) --
Filter Yearly
Battery 4 yearly
Signal Relay 10 yearly
SW-HUB 10 yearly
3 Other(PSD) --
Devices on Field
4 Wireless controller(AP) --
Antenna 10 yearly
Maintenance Plan
Page 135 of 226
 ATP/ATO On-Board Device

1 The relay of flat Type (for DC110V) 4 yearly
2 The relay of No.236 Type (for DC110V) 4 yearly
The relay of No.236 Type (for DC24V) 4 yearly
3 Cooling FAN(For AC type) 4 yearly
 Wayside equipment
(1) Point machine

1 Point machine 20 yearly
(2) Signal light

1 LED module 5 yearly
2 Power Supply Unit 5 yearly
 Radio system, DTS, Anemometer and Wayside phone

Replacement or swap unit for RADIO system Replacement 8 yearly
-Server for Communication , other Testing
Replacement or swap unit for DTS Replacement 5 yearly
-Monitor for NMS, other Testing
Replacement or swap unit for Anemometer Replacement 5 yearly
-Monitor, other Testing
Replacement or swap unit for Telephone Replacement 8 yearly
-PC server for NMS,DLT Testing
 F-SCADA system
Level 3 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of system overhauls which involves
refurbishment of the overall Facility SCADA system according to its design life.
In addition, in case of abnormality the maintenance team will need to be deployed to recover the
faults affecting train service in a minimum time and to ensure compliance with the performance
requirements, therefore, a signal maintenance detection subsystem monitors the state of each
machine in the ATP system.
Maintenance Plan
Page 136 of 226
The signal maintenance detection subsystem consists of the ATP maintenance terminal (for the
general maintenance centre) and the ATP maintenance terminal (for all machines at relevant
stations). The ATP maintenance terminal monitors the status of all on-site machines of the ATP
system, and may be used as a monitor system to display the abnormal status of the ATP system
when a machine abnormality occur. The ATP maintenance terminal displays detailed journal
information about ATP, interlocking devices, the ATO ground system, and levels of reception.
The ATP system has various diagnosis functions to independently diagnose all devices and all
points. If an abnormality occurs, the redundancy system automatically operates the automatic
system reshuffling function and outputs an alarm to the terminal. The alarm items are listed in
the following table.
No. Alarm item Content

1 ATP/ATO Logic controller failure Logic controller failure is detected.
2 Node failure Node failure is detected.
3 GW failure GW failure is detected.
4 AP Control Unit failure AP Control Unit failure is detected.
5 ATP-LAN failure ATP-LAN failure is detected.
6 IL Logic controller failure IL Logic controller failure is detected.
7 I/O controller failure I/O controller failure is detected.
8 IO-LAN failure IO-LAN failure is detected.
The ATP maintenance terminal reports the alarm to the maintenance staff through an alarm
function. Thus, operation personnel in OCC and maintenance personnel in maintenance base
can recognize an outbreak of device trouble, based on warning information indicated in real
time by the ATP maintenance terminal.
During inspecting activities, the integrity of the equipment will be confirmed as that indicated in
the O&M Manuals. When the malfunction is discovered, the repair will need to be executed.
All the foreseeable failures are identified within the Operation & Maintenance Manual trouble
shooting section. Technicians should well understand the trouble shooting procedure stated
inside the manual so that whenever the failure arises, no delay to resume for normal operation is
needed.

on.

Maintenance Plan
Page 137 of 226
6.4 Maintenance Working Process of Signalling, Telecommunication and F-SCADA System
follow, so as to facilitate learning and to increase the working efficiency and maintenance
quality.
As for Signalling, A part of Telecommunication and F-SCADA System, the maintenance

working process will be adopting a standard procedure. The condition of equipment will be
followed by the planned inspection, all the inspection result will be recorded in MMS
(Maintenance Management System) and with further investigation.
The result of the inspection analysis will be used as to determine if the detail of maintenance

Maintenance Plan
Page 138 of 226
Preparation
Performance of
Result analysis of

Decision of

Performance of
Maintenance
and Inspection
Analysis of
Maintenance Results
Computerization of
Maintenance records
Chart C6.4- Work Flow of E&M Equipment Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 139 of 226
6.5 Special tools and Test equipment
Regarding special tools and test equipment for Telecommunication and F-SCADA system, it is
necessary to use them shown Table 6.5.1 and 6.5.
Table T6.5.1 Special Tools and Test Equipment (Telecommunications)

No. Equipment Description Quantity Remarks
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)/
To analyse the signal of
1 Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) 2
SDH or PDH
analyser
To join two optical
2 Fusion Splicer 2
fibres using heat
Optical Time Domain Reflectmeter To measure the loss of
3 2
(OTDR) optical cable
To generate a light
4 Optical light Source 2
source
To measure the optical
5 Optical Power Meter 2
power
Tools to ne necessary
6 Tool kit 2
for maintenance
7 CCTV Test Equipment CCTV Tester 1
Hand-held radio
8 Hand-held Radio Programing Tool 1
programming tool
Test equipment to
Maintenance Test Equipment for Radio
9 necessary for 1
System
maintenance
To analyse the radio
10 Spectrum Analyser 1
frequency spectrum
To measure the radio
11 Digital Power Meter 1
frequency power
Table T6.5.2 Special Tools and Test Equipment (F-SCADA)

No. Equipment Description Quantity Remarks
For upload data and
1 Portable Lap-top Computer 1
diagnostics
Instantly measures
distance to open or any
2 Cable Fault Finder 1
fault from one end of
any cable pair
EtherScope Series Network Assistant
3 To test LAN 1
(Fluke)

Maintenance Plan
Page 140 of 226
All maintenance activities will be input into the Maintenance Management System (MMS)
according to their maintenance needs and schedule to form a yearly maintenance plan.
After the maintenance data through scheduling software is processed by MMS, the work orders
reference.
The process for preventive maintenance scheduling is referring as Chart-C6.6 and Table-T6.6.
Carry out
NON
maintenance based
Reschedule
on schedule?
YESY



Maintenance Plan
Page 141 of 226
Table-T6.6 Working schedule of Signalling, Telecom & Station Maintenance Division – (Signal, Telecommunication & Facility SCADA Dept.)
【Example Working Shedule】

Signal, Telecom & Station M aintenance Div. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Signal, Telecommunication and Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr
Facility SCADA Dept

Dept. Manager 1 D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D
Assist. Manager 1 D D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D D
2 D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D
Signal Senior Engineer D D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D
2 D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H ● ● ● ● H H D D D
3 D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D H H ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D D H H D D D
4 D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D ● ● ● ● H H D D H H D D D D D D D H H D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D D H H D D D
5 D D D D D D H H D D D D H H D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D H D D H D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D
6 D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D ● H H D D D H H D D D D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D D
Signal Engineer Team1 2 man D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H H H D D D H H D ● ● ● ● H H D D D
Team1 2 man D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H H H D D D H H D D D D H H D D ● ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H
Team2 2 man D ● ● ● ● H H D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D H H D ● ● ● ● H H D D D
Team2 2 man D D D D D H H H H D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D H H ● ● ● ● H H D D D D H H H H D D
Team3 2 man H H D D D D H H ● ● ● ● H H D D D D D D H H D D ● H H D D D D D H H H H D D D H H D D D D
Team3 2 man D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H H H D D D D H H ● ● ● ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D
Daytime total 19 11 11 9 9 5 4 8 15 17 17 17 8 4 11 11 15 13 13 4 4 11 15 19 18 18 4 4 14 14 19 17 12 8 4 11 9 11 8 9 6 4 8 15 17 18 18 8 4 10 9 14 12 12 6 4 8 15 19 19
Night duty 2 2 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Night-time total 0 8 8 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 8 8 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 0 5 5 0 0 0 0 0
Day work discription D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D4 D4 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D4 D4
Night work discription － N3 N3 － N3 N3 －－－ N1 N1 － N1 N1 －－－－ N6 － N3 N3 － N3 N3 －－－ N2 N2 － N2 N2 －－
[Working Condition] [Calculation of Manpower]

　8 hours/day, 40 hours/week (2 holidays/week) [Working category] General Manager 0
　D : Daytime shift 8:00~17:00 (1h break) Level 1 Maintenance (in operation time) Manager 0
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 21:00~4:00) Patrol with visual check for Signal system : 2weekly Dept. Manager 1
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 1:00~8:00) (include measurement of transmission levels : Monthly) Assist. Manager 2
　● : Night work 22:00~5:00 (45min.break) Patrol with visual check for Telecommunication system : Monthly Senior Staff 6
Patrol with visual check for Facility SCADA : Monthly Technical Staff 12
[Work Description] Total 21
Night-work Man Times/year Level 2 Maintenance (include double redundency systems)
N1 4 14 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and adjusting of Point machine Inspection and adjusting of Point machine with Trackwork : 6monthly Staff levels assume normal absence
N2 5 39 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection, measurement and test of Interlocking system Inspection and measurement of equipment : Yearly levels and available working time
N3 8 30 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and measurement of Train detection system ATO/ATP system, Interlocking system (include characteristic test of relays),
N4 4 9 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and measurement of ATO/ATP system Central Controller (ATS system, Data Transmission system, Power supply system, etc),
N5 5 3 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and measurement of Central Controller Train detection system (CBTC, Track circuit), Wayside signal, Power supply system, UPS, TDS, PID
N6 4 7 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and cleaning of Radio system, DTS Visual check and cleaning of Anemometer : 6monthly
N7 4 - Level 3 Maintenance: Inspection, back-up database and swap unit of equipment Inspection and cleaning of Radio system, Data Transmission system without operation time : Yearly
Day-work Man Times/year Visual check and cleaning of Facility SCADA : 6monthly
D1 2*2 144 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol for wayside with visual check (include wayside phone)
D2 4 120 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol for S&T equipment room with visual check Level 3 Maintenance (outside operating time)
(D2) 3 60 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol for Telecoms system & F-SCADA with visual check Witness for inspection and parts replacement of F-SCADA : Yearly
D3 3 14 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and cleaning of PID Inspection, replacement worn parts and swap unit of equipment : Mid-term
D4 4 14 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection and adjusting of Point machine at Depot Battery, Filter, Hard-Disk, Signal relay, SW-HUB, etc
Maintenance Plan
Page 142 of 226
and actual date.
6.8 Organization for Signalling and Telecommunication System Maintenance Division
The Signalling & Telecommunication Maintenance Division is responsible for, but not limited
to: Signalling system such as interlocking, ATP, ATO, ATS, wayside equipment and on-board
equipment, and all the equipment of the Operations Control Centre (OCC) & Station Equipment
Room (SER), and Telecommunication system equipment.
The Station & Depot Facility Maintenance Division is responsible for the maintenance of all
E&M equipment within either the depot compounds, mainline or stations. The Division consists
of Facility SCADA, PSD, AFC and Signage and Graphics (only for Type-B Maintenance).
Hitachi will deploy two Sectional Engineers for the Signalling System and one Sectional
Engineer for the Telecommunication System; they will assist the General Manager (O&M
Company) to supervise the performance of maintenance activities. The main responsibility is to
manage all the departments within this sub-division, and also guarantee that maintenance
performance levels are achieved.

Maintenance Plan
Page 143 of 226
The proposed organisation structure for Signal, Telecommunication, F-SCADA, AFC, PSD and
Signage and Graphics Maintenance Division is shown in the following chart. This is divided
into two departments:
 Signal, Telecommunication and F-SCADA System Department
Signal System maintenance is responsible for ground and on-board signalling equipment
such as ATP/ATO equipment, and wayside signalling equipment such as point machine,
LED wayside signal and Depot wayside equipment, etc.
Telecommunications System maintenance is responsible for the preventive and corrective

maintenance of all telecommunications equipment which is located at wayside, on-train and
including train radios, data transmission system and anemometer.
Facility SCADA maintenance is responsible for the electronics equipment which is located at
all the control rooms including OCC and SCR. A group of staff will be deployed and located
in the depots to perform preventive and corrective maintenance.
The total manpower requirement is 21 staff. In addition, Hitachi will also deploy
maintenance workers to assist in the implementation of maintenance work. The maintenance
staff performs maintenance work on non-operation time other than daytime. In addition,
maintenance staff is engaged during operation time by shift-work. .
It shall be noted that Type-B Maintenance work is including Type-A Maintenance work.
Indeed, if Type-B maintenance staff performs Type-B maintenance work, Type-A
maintenance staff will has the minor maintenance work during train operation. In addition,
the trainee staff requires 6 months to be fully fledged and able to carry out regular work and
 Station Equipment Department
Station Equipment Department is responsible for the AFC, PSD and PA, CCTV and Clock
System equipment maintenance work.
The AFC equipment maintenance is splitted into 2 categories. Type-B maintenance staff will
be deployed for routine works for operation such as revenue servicing, cash and card
handling, etc., and routine maintenance, i.e. daily cleaning and cheking. Type-B staff will
work also for management support. Meanwhile, regular maintenance work will be done by
Type-A maintenance staff for trouble shooting, repair work and periodical cleaning and
adjustment, etc. Software staff is responsible for the management of software related AFC
system. Maintenance staff will stay at Depot basically and patrol some major stations for
quick response.
PSD maintenance are for its daily maintenance, performance check, trouble shooting, and
arrangement and witness work by sub-contractor’s maintenance of PSD.
PA, CCTV and Clock system maintenance are for its preventive and corrective maintenance
of these equipments which are located at station.
Maintenance Plan
Page 144 of 226
The total required staff manpower for this department is 10 people. The maintenance staff
performs maintenance work on daytime. In addition, maintenance staff is engaged during
operation time by shift-work.
Type-B Maintenance staff for AFC system are also responsible for the Signage and Graphics
maintenance for the corrective maintenance.
In addition to above mentioned Type-A Maintenance work is to be performed by Hitachi, there

is also Type-B Maintenance work to be performed by O&M Company directly, in which
Hitachi will deploy a Supervisor to supervise this maintenance staff to ensure the quality of
work.
and qualification requirements for specific posts which will be used as the recruitment
references for the O&M Company.
 General Manager
 Min. 10 year experience of Signal system of railway as indicated in the post (*1).
 Manager
 Major in electronics engineering and experience of signal, telecommunication or F-
SCADA system as indicated in the post (*2).
 Major in electronics engineering and experience of similar system as indicated in the post
(*4).
 Senior Class/ Engineer Class
 Experience of signal, telecommunication or F-SCADA system as indicated in the post
(*3).
 Experience of similar AFC or PSD system as indicated in the post (*5).
 Experience of similar system as indicated in the post (*6).
 Software Staff
 Knowledge of computer engineering and experience of similar system as indicated in the
post (*7).
 Qualification for recruitment
 Basic technical knowledge of similar signal or similar telecommunication
 Qualification and skilles to be trained after recruitment
 Knowledge of working in high place, Safety work management, others

Maintenance Plan
Page 145 of 226
Figure-F6.8 Proposed Signalling, Telecommunication and F-SCADA Maintenance Organization

Structure
[SOW]
By Hitachi
O&M Company (Type-A)
[Legend]
Instruction Flow
Joint Management,
Cooperation
Signaling & Telecommunication Signal & Telecommunication

Signal Telecommunication & F-SCADA System Dept.
Maintenance Division Division
Senior Signal Engineer (*1)
Signal &Telecom System (*1) (*1) - Patrol and visual check : General Manager or Dept. Manager Class
Sectional Engineer - Regular inspection Min. 10 years experience of signal system of railway
Deputy Sectional (*2)
(*2) (*3) - Repair work and parts replacement : Manager Class
(*a) 1 Assist. Manager 2 Signal Engineer 12
Engineer (VTN) * Include Radio system, Data transmission system, Anemometer Experience of signal, telecommunication or F-SCACA system
(*a)
[3] [18] . and F-SCADA (*3)
: Senior Class/ Engineer Class
Signaling System Dept. Total; [21] 1) Experience of signal, telecommunication or F-SCACA system
3
Technicians - Basic training needed for 6 months. 2) Knowledge of electric engineering
Telecom. System - After training person is able to be assigned to Signal Engineer.
1
Technicians 7 Type-B maintenance staff are included in Type-A maintenance team.
Facility SCADA System Station Equipment Dept.
1
Technicians (*4)
Senior Station (*4)
: Manager Class
(*a) Dept. Manager 1 (*5) 3 - Patrol and visual check
Assistant Technicians Equipment Staff 1) Major in electronics engineering
1 - Regular inspection
(VTN) (*4)
Station Equipment 2) Min. 5 years experience of similar system management
Assist. Manager 1 (*6) 3 - Repair work and parts replacement (*5)
(*a)
Engineer : Senior Class
* Station equipment consist of AFC system, PSD system, CCTV
AFC System [2] (*7) system, PA system and Clock system. 1) Major in electric or electronics engineering
1 Software Staff 2
Technicians 2) Min. 3 years experience of similar AFC system
PSD System [8] 3) Min. 3 years experience of similar PSD system
1
Technicians Type-B (AFC Operation Support and Signage and grapfics) (*6)
: Engineer Class
Assistant Technicians - Support daily operation & checking of AFC by field patrol 1) Knowledge of electric engineering
(*b) 1 Station Maintenance
(VTN) 6 - Regular maintenance coordinate for AFC 2) Min. 1 years experience of similar system
(*b)
AFC cum PSD - Visual check and patrol Signage & Graphics. (*7)
: Software Staff
Supervisor for Type-B [6] Dept. Total; [16] 1) Knowledge of computer engineering
1
Maint. (*c) (VTN) 2) Min. 5 years experience of similar system
(*c)
AFC

Maintenance Plan
Page 146 of 226
7. Maintenance plan of Station Equipment
Maintenance of subsystems in the station will require attention to the movement of passengers
during revenue service. Therefore this maintenance will be permitted for each subsystem with
partial temporary shutdown by station staff cooperation.
The infrastructure work places will need to be managed by rigorous application of possession
rules to ensure that the staff employed on maintenance activities are fully accounted for and safe
at all times.
Every maintenance work will require a Designated Person in Charge of Possession (PICOP).
coordinates with station master and to get permission from OCC based on Operation Rule before
and after maintenance work.
Station Equipment comprises Telecommunication system at the station, Platform Screen Door,
Automatic Fare Collection system and Signage & Graphics.
This work is considered compatible with work on other station equipments such as elevators and
the air conditioner by other contractors.
The majority of the communication system consists of modules, which include electronic
components; therefore, the detailed inspection will be performed on a module basis. The detail
inspection of electronic modules will be performed during maintenance window since most
communication systems are used for daily MRT operation. However local equipment, which
does not affect the operation, can be inspected during operation time such as local telephones.
The above refers to the Telephone system, Closed circuit television (CCTV) system, Public
address (PA) system and Clock system of all Telecommunications Systems.
In addition, the equipment of PSD system includes structural frame, sliding screen door, fixed
screen, hinged screen, emergency and walkway door, sensors, control system, power supply for
PSD and other necessary facilities.
In order to enable safe operation of the PSD system, it should be maintained to:
 Minimize the service disruption due to PSD failures
 Avoid dangers to people and system
 Reduce failure down time
 Increase the reliability and service life of the PSD system
Then, the majority of the AFC system consists of modules, which include electronic
components; therefore, the detailed inspection will be performed on a module basis. The detail
inspection of electronic modules will be performed after the daily operation; however the local
equipment, which does not affect the operation, can be inspected during operation time.
The maintenance activities for AFC system will be generally based on the following principle:

Maintenance Plan
Page 147 of 226
 Periodical maintenance for Station Staff Terminal (SST), Automatic Gate (AG) and Ticket
Vending Machine (TVM)
 Regular Maintenance of Central Server (CS SVR) and Station Server (SS SVR)
In addition, regular safety and quality inspections will be periodically conducted to ensure
performance of the system according to the Employer’s Requirement.
Finally, the signage system mainly consists of illuminated signboards and non-illuminated sign
boards.
The maintenance activities for signage system will be as follows:
 Cleaning and visual check.

 Replacement of consumable
This maintenance does not require any special skill and experience. So this maintenance will be
done by station cleaning staff and/or general station staff.
The maintenance requirements of the Telephone system, CCTV system, PA system and Clock
system including for example routine preventive maintenance, corrective maintenance, and the
outline of the item to be inspected will be shown at each main equipment classification as
following.
The maintenance requirements of the PSD system include routine preventive maintenance and
corrective maintenance. Most of this scheduled maintenance must be carried out at Non Traffic
Hour (NTH) except for those visual checks on platform side which can be carried out during
Traffic Hour (TH) with no interference of train / passenger services.
The Preventive Maintenance is mainly related to cleaning, inspection, functional test and
alignment rectification, grease and lubrication on essential moving part, replacement of wear
and tear defective components, housekeeping, measuring of critical parameter to its nominal
dimension.
The outline of the item to be inspected will be shown at each main equipment classification as
following.
The maintenance requirements of the AFC System include routine preventive maintenance and
corrective maintenance. Most of this scheduled maintenance could be carried out during Traffic
Hours as module basis.
The Preventive Maintenance is mainly related to cleaning, lubricant, functional test, etc. The
outline of the item to be inspected and its inspection cycle will be shown as following. .
The maintenance requirements of the signage & graphics system include routine preventive
maintenance and corrective maintenance. Most of this scheduled maintenance could be carried
out during Traffic Hours as module basis.
Maintenance Plan
Page 148 of 226
7.2 Inspection Activity for Station Equipment
Level 1 Maintenance indicates the monthly visual check and inspection of Telephone system,
CCTV system, PA system and Clock system. The maintenance staff will perform inspection by
watching, listening, touching and smelling the equipment during operation time.
Level 1 Maintenance indicates the daily/2 weekly visual check and inspection of PSD system.
The station staff or maintenance staff will perform inspection by watching, listening, touching
the indicators during operation time. Inspection items are highlight in the following table.
Interval of
Inspection
Daily check for turning on power by External visual check
Daily
station staff Door Indicators check
Visual check and cleaning Visual inspection
2 weekly
Performance check
Level 1 Maintenance indicates the daily/ weekly/ monthly visual check and cleaning of AFC
system.
The station staff or maintenance staff will perform inspection by watching, listening, touching
the indicators during operation time. Inspection items are highlight in the following table.
Interval of
Sub-System Inspection Items
Inspection
Daily check for turning on power External visual check
and cleaning work by station staff Monitoring check Daily
(Type-B) External cleaning
Cleaning and adjustment work Cleaning of Ticket Handler Sensor,
(Type-A) Ticket Handler Roller, Coin inlet
- Ticket Vending Machine (TVM) sensor and coin path, Coin Validator, Weekly
Banknote inlet, Banknote Transfer
belt, Banknote sensor
Cleaning and adjustment work
(Type-A) Visual inspection
- Passenger Gate (PG) Performance check and adjustment Monthly
- Station Staff Terminal (SST) Cleaning for interior
- Ticket Vending Machine (TVM)
IC Card Initialization System
- Daily check for turning on power External visual check
Daily
by operation staff Monitoring check
- Cleaning by operation staff Cleaning of machine and equipment
The maintenance of signage & graphics system is mainly related to cleaning and visual check.
The outline of the item to be inspected and its inspection cycle will be shown as following.

Maintenance Plan
Page 149 of 226
Interval of
Sub-System Inspection Items
Inspection
Hardware  Cleaning (by neutral detergent)
 Visual Check
Signboard damage
Ad hoc basis
Painting condition
Fixing material condition
 Replacement of lamp (if required)
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 6 monthly or yearly inspections

depend on various sub-system and its devices. These maintenance activities will require visual
check, or test by using the measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc. The purpose of this
inspection is to identify any weak place and parts or any irregularity of any devices and could be
replaced prior to any failure occurred. The inspection items are highlighted in the following
table.
Interval of
Inspection
-Telephone Protection test 6 monthly
Network performance check
-CCTV En/Decoder test
Camera test
Remote control test 6 monthly
Power measurement
Performance check
Parameter test
-PA Testing (input by OCC, Digital voice, Fire detector) 6 monthly
Performance check
6 monthly
-Clock Performance check
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 3 months/Yearly or 2 Years

inspections depending on various sub-system and its devices. These maintenance activities will
require visual check, or test by using the measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc. The
purpose of this inspection is to search for any damaged parts or any defective devices and could
be replaced prior to any failure occurred. The inspection items are highlighted in the following
table.
Interval of
Inspection
Regular Inspection - Opening/closing test
-PSD - Obstacle detection test 3 monthly
- Manual release test
Maintenance Plan
Page 150 of 226
Interval of
Inspection
- Local Control Device test
- Inspection of PSD operator
- Inspection and adjustment of PSD Leaves Yearly
- Inspection of PSD electrical equipment
- PSD door set special cleaning
- Greasing of operating parts 2 yearly
Regular Inspection - EED Opening/closing test 3 monthly
-EED - EED Inspection
Yearly
- EED Cleaning
Regular Inspection - MSD Opening/closing test 3 monthly
-EWD - MSD Inspection Yearly
Regular Inspection - PSC functional test 3 monthly
-CIP - PSC inspection,
- Lamp test and
Yearly
- Relays performance test
- PSC cleaning
Regular Inspection -LCPD - PSL functional test 3 monthly
Regular Inspection -ECP - PEL functional test 3 monthly
Regular Inspection - Power supply inspection
Yearly
-Power supply - Power supply cleaning
Regular Inspection - Electrical insulation test
Yearly
-Facade - Inspection of fixed panels and posts
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 3 months and 6 months inspections
and lubrication for each device. These maintenance activities will require visual check or test by
using the measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc. The purpose of this inspection is to
search for any damaged parts or any defective devices and could be replaced prior to any failure
occurred. The inspection items are highlighted in the following table.
Interval of
Inspection
Regular Inspection - Cabinet Inspection
Passenger Gate (PG) Passenger Detect Sensor
Maintenance Door Detect SW
3 monthly
Lamp & Indicator
- Flap Door Unit
Flap Operation Test
- Lubrication
6 monthly
Flap driving mechanism
Regular Inspection - Inspection
Station Staff Terminal (SST) Touch panel test
3 monthly
Printer test
Display test

Maintenance Plan
Page 151 of 226
Interval of
Inspection
Regular Inspection - Cabinet Inspection
Ticket Vending Machine Rear Door Open/Close detect test
(TVM) Electromagnetic lock operation of
security door
Return cup lamp test
Touch panel
Passenger Detect sensor
- Ticket Handler Inspection
Sensor switch test
Motor test
Blemish or fray of rubber roller and
belt
Belt tension check 3 monthly
- Coin Handler Inspection
Sensor switch test
Drive unit test
Blemish or fray of belt
Belt tension check
- Banknote Handler Inspection
Sensor test
Motor test
Blemish of belt
Belt tension check
- Printer Inspection
Printer test
- Cabinet Lubrication
Card Holder
- Ticket Handler Lubrication
Dispense unit lock 6 monthly
- Coin Handler Lubrication
Inlet
Collect shutter unit
Regular Inspection for - 1st Issuer Machine (including indicater
Initializing System and card separator) Inspection and
Equipment Cleaning
Laser marker, Sensors
6 monthly
Exhaust fan and duct
- 2nd Issuer and card printer Inspection
and Cleaning
- Others
Interval of
Inspection
Replacement or swap unit for Telephone Replacement
8 yearly
-PC server for NMS,DLT Testing
Maintenance Plan
Page 152 of 226
Interval of
Inspection
Replacement or swap unit for CCTV Replacement
8 yearly
-Camera Testing
-Monitor, other Replacement
5 yearly
Testing
Replacement or swap unit for PA Replacement
5 yearly
-Monitor for monitoring PC, other Testing
Level 3 Maintenance indicates the maintenance and replacement of equipment hardware which
involves refurbishment of the overall PSD system according to its design life.
Level 3 Maintenance indicates the replacement of equipment hardware which involves

refurbishment of the overall AFC system according to its design life.
The replacement work of equipment hardware shall be carried out during night time after the
revenue service is closed. Namely, during the extremely limited time given for the replacement
work, all the works beginning from the preparation work to recovery of work area must be done.
Therefore, in order to achieve the replacement work successfully, without any delay, it will be
necessary to consider the procedure for replacement workflow well in advance, and also to do
trial work to verify the procedure or process for the replacement work. The replacement work of
equipment hardware shall consist of, not only installation and cabling, but also testing,
commissioning and verification during the limited time given for the replacement.
The work flow of replacement of equipment hardware for AFC system equipment is shown as
Chart-C7.2.3 below.

Maintenance Plan
Page 153 of 226
Shut down the system after the service is closed
AFC system is shut

down safely and Confirmation of
data is retained? NO shutdown process
YES
Detach the cable from the equipment and protect
Dismantle the equipment (TVM, PG etc.)
Cleaning the equipment base or frame and the checking the

level whether it is not damaged.
Mount and fix the equipment to the equipment base or frame
Cable connection, recovery to the equipment
Visual check and

physical inspection
whether it is not Fix work, touch-up paint
damaged during the NO
replacement work
YES
Temporary power
on and confirm the
function (Function NO
Test)
YES
Cleaning and recovery of the work area
Chart C7.2.3- Work Flow Chart of Repkacement Work of AFC Hardware Equipment
The proposed workflow (above) is considered with a pre-condition that the equipment which
will be replaced is an identical dimension and shape.

Maintenance Plan
Page 154 of 226
Therefore, the modification work of equipment base is not considered in the work flow.
The overhaul work shall be planned and scheduled so that the work volume can be completed
overnight to not affect revenue service.
7.2.4 Software Maintenance
Software maintenance refers to system software updating, which is specifically divided into SLE
software updating and server/workstation application software updating.
 SLE Software Updating
After receipt of the new version software program file for Automatic Gate, Ticket Vending
Machine or Station Staff Terminal, the confirmation of upgrade will be done with training
equipment at AFC training room in depot main workshop building before update in stations
to confirm the influence of updating, and after the confirmation work the AFC maintenance
department manager will transfer in the program file to Central Server through Central
Server Work Station, and update the corresponding SLE software version information, and
then issue to all SLEs within the various stations by means of parameter synchronization.
SLE will automatically start-up the new version software.
 Server / Workstation Application Software Updating
After the new version software program file of Central Server, Central Server Work Station,
Station Staff Server or Station Staff Work Station are issued, the AFC maintenance
department manager will upload the new version application program according to the
system installation manual, and install and deploy the new version application program.
During inspections, the integrity of the equipment will be confirmed as that indicated in the
Operation & Maintenance Manuals. When a malfunction is discovered, the repair will need to be
executed.
 Equipment Hardware
Repair of Passenger Gate, Ticket Vending Machine and Station Staff Terminal will be
carried out by the technical staff in maintenance department.
 System Software
When the software system breaks down, the AFC software maintenance staff will check and
collect the software system processing log file and database error record file according to
the system maintenance manual. Thereafter authorized staff of the maintenance department
will carry out software system failure corrective maintenance processing. If the correct
solution cannot be found, the software maintenance staff will contact with service and
technical support group in Japan, and carry out the repair according to their instruction.

Maintenance Plan
Page 155 of 226
The authorized AFC maintenance staff can restore data on the database.
During the maintenance period, the back-up system will continue the service by means of island
operation (operation with network disconnected), and for the time being, data transmission
between the back-up and the primary systems may still be carried out through function of data
transfer.
All the foreseeable failures are identified within the Operation & Maintenance Manual trouble
shooting section. Technicians should well understand the trouble shooting procedure stated
inside the manual so that whenever a failure arises, resumption of normal operation is not
delayed.

on.
7.4 Maintenance Working Process of Station Equipment
follow, so as to facilitate learning and increase the working efficiency and maintenance quality.
Maintenance Plan
Page 156 of 226
As for Station Equipment, the maintenance working process will adopt a standard procedure.
The equipment condition will be monitored by the planned inspections, [all the inspection
results will be recorded in MMS (Maintenance Management System)], and with further
investigation.
The result of the inspection analysis will be used as to determine if in-depth maintenance work
needs to be implemented, together with the required spare parts or tools availability. If the
condition is within the acceptable level, only the regular maintenance according to the Operation
& Maintenance Manual will be followed.
The work flow chart of E&M System Maintenance process is shown in Chart-C7.4.

Maintenance Plan
Page 157 of 226
Preparation
Performance of
Result analysis of

Decision of

Performance of
Maintenance
and Inspection
Analysis of
Maintenance Results
Computerization of
Maintenance records
Chart C7.4 - Work Flow of E&M Equipment Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 158 of 226
All maintenance activities will be manually imported into the Maintenance Management System
(MMS) according to their maintenance needs and schedule to form a yearly maintenance plan
After the maintenance data through scheduling software is processed by MMS, the work orders
reference.
Carry out
NO
maintenance based
Reschedule
on schedule?
YES



Maintenance Plan
Page 159 of 226
Table-T7.5 Working schedule of Signalling, Telecom & Station Maintenance Division – (Station Equipment Dept.)

Signal, Telecom & Station M aintenance Div. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Station equipment Dept Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr
Dept. Manager 1 D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D
Assist. Manager 1 D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D
Senior Station Equipment Engineer H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H
2 D D D D H H H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D
3 D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D H H D D D D
Station Equipment Engineer 1 man D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D
2 1 man D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D
3 1 man D D D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D
Software Staff 1 man D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D
2 1 man H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D H H
Daytime total 8 8 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8 5 2 2 4 7 8 8
Night duty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Night-time total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Day work discription D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D4 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D1 D1 D1 D4
D3 D3 D3 D5 D3 D3 D3 D5
[Working Condition] [Calculation of Manpower]

　8 hours/day, 40 hours/week (2 holidays/week) [Working category] General Manager 0
　D : Daytime shift 8:00~17:00 (1h break) Level 0 Activity (in charge station staff) Manager 0
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 21:00~4:00) Daily check for AFC when it is turned on every morning by Station Staff Dept. Manager 1
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 1:00~8:00) Daily check for PSD when it is turned on every morning by Station Staff Assist. Manager 1
　● : Night work 22:00~5:00 (45min.break) Senior Staff 3
Level 1 Maintenance Technical Staff 5
[Work Description] Patrol - Visual check of Telephone(not wayside), CCTV, PA and Clock: Monthly Total 10
Day-work Man Times/month Visual check and cleaning of AFC: Monthly
- 3 1 Regular meeting with person in charge of station staff in O&M company (call for the suspension of revenue service during maintenance) Staff levels assume normal absence
D1 3 7 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol with visual check for Station equipment Visual check and cleaning of PSD (on operation time): 2weekly levels and available working time
(Telephone(excluding wayside), CCTV, PA, Clock, Signage&Graphics) Patrol for Signage and graphics: Monthly
D2 3 14 Level 1 Maintenance: Visual check and cleaning of AFC and PSD Ticket Vending Machine, Station Staff Terminal, Passenger Gate, Central server, Station server
D3 3 3 Level 2 Maint.: Performance check and cleaning of CCTV, PA and Clock
D4 1 3 Level 2 Maintenance: Witness for inspection and cleaning of AFC Level 2 Maintenance
D5 1 3 Level 2 Maintenance: Performance check and cleaning of PSD Performance check and cleaning of CCTV, PA and Clock in operation time : 6monthly
- - - Managed and modified for AFC's Software Witness for inspection and cleaning of AFC by sub-contractor : 3monthly
Performance check and cleaning of PSD : 3monthly
Witness for inspection and cleaning of PSD by sub-contractor : Yearly
Level 3 Maintenance
Updating software (if necessary), repair parts or swap unit for AFC : Mid-term
Repair parts for PSD : Mid-term
Inspection, back-up database and swap unit of CCTV, PA and Clock : Mid-term
Maintenance Plan
Page 160 of 226
pumping / environment control / fire detection and suppression / lifts /escalators, etc. provided
and actual date.
7.7 Organization for Station Equipment Maintenance
Please refer to 6.8 Organization of Signalling, Telecom & Station maintenance division. In this
organization, the Station Equipment department belongs to same division as the Signal,
Telecommunication and Facility SCADA department. However it could be organized in the
same division as the maintenance organization of other station facilities such as elevator.

Maintenance Plan
Page 161 of 226
8. Maintenance plan of Power Supply and Overhead Contact System
Maintenance of subsystems on the mainline from Ben Thanh to Suoi Tien Terminal will be
necessarily constrained by the movements of trains in revenue service. However the infrastructure
will become progressively available from 23:59 once the last train leaves Ben Thanh and will be
wholly available thereafter from 00:19 until 04:49 when the first train enters service from Suoi Tien
Terminal.
Level 1 maintenance on mainline and parts of Level 2 maintenance on Depot access line and in
Depot are able to perform the maintenance work under permission of the OCC depending on
maintenance description even though during train operation.
When Level 2 and Level 3 maintenance work will be required with shutdown the subsystem, non-
operation hours is from 0:22 to 4:46. In case of Temporary or Emergency Corrective Maintenance, it
will be done under permission of the OCC even though train operation limitation.
The infrastructure work places will need to be managed by rigorous application of possession rules
to ensure that the staff employed on maintenance activities are fully accounted for and safe at all
times.
Work packages will need to be developed taking into account the available 4 hour 24 minute window
and will include time for setting up and clearing equipment away to ensure that the system is ready
and safe to use for revenue service.
This system is composed of Incoming Sub-station, Traction Sub-station, Station Sub-station,

Power SCADA, Distribution system and Overhead contact system.
Main equipment of power supply is composed of a duplicated system in order to be able to

operate without any disturbance. The life span of some equipment incorporating contactors such
as a changeover switch, are logically dependent upon the numbers of operations of the contactor
and therefore the period of replacement is decided based on this measure. Generally, the major
maintenance activities affecting permanent way facilities will be performed during maintenance
window; however, the visual inspection for equipment installed outside the trackside, such as
transformers in substations and stations can be performed during operation time.
In order to ensure the smooth power supply for the operation of train services and stations as
intended, the power supply system would be maintained to:
 Provide sufficient power supply to the whole system

 Minimize the service disruptions when power supply failures
 Avoid danger to people and systems
 Reduce down time when failures occur
 Increase the reliability and service life of the equipment

Maintenance Plan
Page 162 of 226
Normally the OCS maintenance should be performed during maintenance window except at
Depot or trackside where the revenue operation would not be affected.
To ensure the revenue operation schedule and to protect maintenance staff from electrical
potential hazards, the maintenance activities near live line or on live line will be performed
under the condition of power cut within the maintenance timeframe from approximately 0:30 to
4:30. As Well as the permission of OCC before implementation of maintenance work is
required essential procedure to ensure the safety of work.
Every maintenance work will require the Designated Person in Charge of Possession (PICOP).
performs the procedure with partial power cut or possession track, etc. from OCC based on
In addition, much of the infrastructure equipment is of a type that does not reveal its condition;
failure or deterioration can only be revealed by the planned regular inspections and functional
tests. As such, the maintenance of OCS will be planned regularly with a combination of
preventative and corrective maintenance implemented, so as to have no or minimal impact on
the system availability.
Most of the power supply system equipment is located in wayside buildings such as substations,
which are outside of the track area. And, visual inspection can be performed even during
electric transmission, a part of maintenance work can do as well as maintenance windows. The
interval of visual inspection is dependent on specific equipment characteristics, and the general
inspection items are as follows,
 Checking the working condition of equipment under normal operation

 Checking the condition of the indicator lamps or the alarms
 Recording the value of meters and counters
 Checking the vibration and noise
 Checking SF6 Gas leakage from transformer and 110kV GIS
 Checking smell and colour change of transformer tank
 Checking the fixing condition of cable heads
 Checking corrosion and damage of fixing material, supports, etc.
 Checking System Monitoring display of Power SCADA.
The maintenance requirements of the power supply system, including routine preventive
maintenance and corrective maintenance of the major item to be inspected will be shown at each
main equipment classification below (such as GIS, Transformer, and Switchgear), and other
equipment such as generators, of which details of the content will be described in Operation &
Maintenance manuals.
For GIS, circuit breaker, transformer, and other 110kV equipment, the maintenance of these
equipment will be required coordination with Power Company. In case of maintenance
Maintenance Plan
Page 163 of 226
responsibility shift to Power Company, as the result of coordination, separate new maintenance
procedure shall be established.
The maintenance requirements of the Power SCADA Systems which are mainly computerized
equipment include software maintenance, upgrading and the preventive maintenance and
corrective maintenance for the hardware equipment.
The target MTTR (Mean Time To Rectify) of the SCADA system will be limited to 30 minutes
in general, excluding the time taken for the technical staff to arrive at the initial reported failure
site.
Next, if maintenance works of OCS is needed to be carried out closer than 2m to live equipment,
the OCS must be de-energized. Therefore other than visual check work, power of OCS must be
cut by the isolating switch and the maintenance work can only be performed during non-
operation time (from 0:30 to 4:30). Before any maintenance activities are undertaken, permits to
work must be obtained from OCC and all the necessary safety precautions, instructions, and the
associated requests must be adhered to.
As the maintenance activities of permanent way facilities may be carried out far from the
maintenance depots, maintenance team dispatched to the site should consist of no less than 2
staff to ensure work safety and cross checking. To minimize maintenance manpower and for
getting high efficiency, it is recommended that personnel have multi technical skill, who may be
combined as a one joint team to perform the integrated inspection once the training and
technical skill for the inspection are achieved to the required level.
Maintenance activities are carried out in order to ensure the OCS system can fulfil the
operational requirements.
The maintenance activities will be based on:
 The preparation of inspection schedules & Back-up of emergency work during operation
time;
 Visual check by patrolling during operation time;
 Check and inspection by riding on the Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car during non-
operation time;
 Measurement and recording of the OCS condition with the catenary inspection unit;
This MRT line will use 3 different OCS systems at different locations (i.e. Rigid Suspension
System, RSS, is to be installed in tunnel section; Feeder Messenger System, FMS, is to be
installed in elevated section and Simple Catenary System, SCS, will be installed in the depot
section), the maintenance items for each system will be slightly different, the following is
summary of the maintenance activities for each periodic inspection activities.
8.2 Inspection Activity for Power Supply and Overhead Contact System

Maintenance Plan
Page 164 of 226
Level 1 Maintenance indicates the monthly visual check of the Power Supply System. The
maintenance staff will perform inspection by watching, listening, touching and smelling the
equipment during operation time. Major components inspection items are highlighted in the
following table.
Interval of
Inspection
Patrol and visual check in sub-station. Visual check
- 22kV Switchgear Recording various meters
- 6.6kV Switchgear, Capacitor (Voltage, Current, Pressure gauge,
- Transformer Frequency meter, etc.)
- Rectifier, Inverter
Monthly
- DC circuit (include HSCB)
- Emergency generator
- Battery unit
- Earthing, lightning arrester,
- RTU, others
Patrol and visual check in receiving sub- Visual check
station under permission of Power Recording various meters
Company and local operation staff. (Voltage, Current, Pressure gauge, Monthly
- 110kV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS), Frequency meter, etc.)
110/22kV transformer
Visual check System Monitoring display Check by OCC dispatcher
Daily
and log of Power SCADA (Type-B)
Patrol and visual check in OCC and BCC. Visual check
Monthly
- Power-SCADA equipment
Patrol along the tracks and checking Visual check by walking
facilities.
Monthly
- Distribution power cable, Lightning
system, Outlet box
Checking items for Level-1 Maintenance of power supply system (except P-SCADA) are
highlighted in the following table T8.2.2
Level 1 Maintenance indicates the scheduled visual check and patrol for OCS. The maintenance
staff will either walk-around or take train to check any defects of OCS facilities, and inspection
items are highlighted in the following table.
Interval of
Inspection
(1) Visual check OCS facilities and Visual check OCS by taking
performance of current collection with train.
pantograph of main line tracks Check point from train
1. Pantograph condition of
another train such as
Daily
occurring abnormal sparks or
the deformation of
pantograph, etc.
2. Obstacle around contact wire

Maintenance Plan
Page 165 of 226
(2) Visual check OCS facilities and Visual check by walking.

performance of current collection with
pantograph Check point from train
- Air-section, Air joint, Termination and 1. Pantograph condition of
Crossing area another train such as
occurring abnormal sparks or Weekly
abnormal noise from passing
of transition point of contact
wire.
2. Obstacle around contact wire
(3) Patrol along the tracks and visual check Patrol along the tracks by walk
OCS facilities and performance of current and visual check using
collection with pantograph Monthly
binoculars as needed.
Checking items for Level-1 Maintenance of OCS are highlighted in the following table T8.2.2
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of yearly to 3 yearly inspections. These
maintenance activities will require detail checking of major components of power supply system
(except Power SCADA) either by using the measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc.,
during non-operation period. The purpose of this inspection is to identify any substandard place
and parts or any irregularity of major equipment which could be replaced prior to any failure
occurring. The inspection items are highlighted in the following table.
Interval of
Inspection
Inspection and cleaning after Inspection of pipe, cable, wire, bolt,
shutdown and earthing conductor, insulator, contactor, relay,
- 22kV Switchgear others
- 6.6kV Switchgear, Capacitor Replenish oil, gas or others
- DC circuit (include HSCB) Insulation test Yearly
Protection test
Inspection for mechanics of manipulation
of circuit breaker
Performance test for circuit breaker
shutdown and earthing under conductor, insulator, contactor, relay, and
permission of Power Company others
and local operation staff Replenish oil, gas or others
- 110kV Gas Insulated Switchgear Insulation test
(GIS) Protection test
Yearly
Inspection for mechanics of manipulation
of circuit breaker
Performance test for circuit breaker
After inspection checking by person in

charge testing

Maintenance Plan
Page 166 of 226
Interval of
Inspection
shutdown and earthing conductor, insulator, radiator, others
- Transformer Replenish oil, gas or others Yearly
Insulation test
Protection test
shutdown and earthing under conductor, insulator, radiator, others
permission of Power Company Replenish oil, gas or others
and local operation staff Insulation test
Yearly
Protection test
- 110/22kV Transformer
After inspection checking by person in
charge testing
shutdown and earthing conductor, insulator, surge absorber, relay,
- Rectifier, Inverter radiator, others
Yearly
Replenish oil, gas or others
Insulation test
Protection test
shutdown and earthing conductor, insulator, contactor, surge
- Emergency generator absorber, relay, pump, filter, tank, others
Yearly
Insulation test
Protection test
Performance test with operating
Inspection and cleaning after Measuring Instrument(s)
shutdown and earthing Measure earth resistance
- Battery unit Battery check Yearly
- Earthing, lightning arrester Testing
- P-SCADA, others
Inspection and cleaning Insulation test
- Distribution power cable, Yearly
Lightning system, Outlet box
Inspection and cleaning Measuring Instrument(s)
- Characteristic test of protection Testing 3 yearly
relays, rectifier and inverter
Inspection items for Level-2 Maintenance of power supply system (except P-SCADA) are
highlighted in the following table T8.2.2.
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 6 monthly and yearly inspections for
each device. These maintenance activities will require visual check or test by using the
measuring instruments or by inspection tools etc. The purpose of this inspection is to search for
any damaged parts or any irregularity of any devices which could be replaced prior to any
failure occurring. The inspection items are highlighted in the following table.

Maintenance Plan
Page 167 of 226
Interval of
Inspection contents Inspection items
Inspection
Regular Inspection - Verify system shutdown operation
Client Unit and - Clean exterior surfaces
Graphic PC - Clean front intake filters
- Clean interior of chassis for excessive dirt build up
- Re-apply power and listen for unusual fan
motor/bearing noises
6 monthly
- Verify successful system restart
- Check system time and hardware status
- Update PC anti-virus list, if any
- Perform hard disk de-fragmentation
- Copy/save system database to thumb drive/ external
hard disk
Regular Inspection - Check display quality for shape, size and colour
Display Monitor - Clean monitor screen, and exterior surfaces
- Check unit functions and indicating lamps 6 monthly
- Check adjustment at front of unit
Regular Inspection - Visual check for irregularities
Printer - Clean exterior surfaces
- Ensure all power and signal cables are securely fastened 6 monthly
- Make a test print and check print quality
- Inspect, lubricate and clean as per recommended
procedures by respective manufacturer
Regular Inspection
- Visual check for irregularities 6 monthly
Keyboard/Mouse
Regular Inspection - Visual check for irregularities
SCADA Servers - Clean exterior surfaces
- Clean front intake filters
6 monthly
Listen for unusual
- Listen to unusual hard disk noises
- Check diagnosis errors
- Check battery voltage and change if necessary
- Back-up Data files to PC
Regular Inspection - Clean exterior surfaces
PLC Unit - Check interior of panel cabinet for dirt and loose
components/connections
6 monthly
- Verify external 110V battery charger power supply
voltage, if any
- Inspect surge suppressor devices, if any

Maintenance Plan
Page 168 of 226
Interval of
Inspection contents Inspection items
Inspection
- Disconnect communication line, verify ‘offline’ report
and reconnect
- Verify critical points, and the operation of critical
control loops/processes
- Check for appropriate sensor values (using PLC
Yearly
simulator)
- Check for appropriate binary input data (using PLC
simulator)
- Check for appropriate mode(s) of operation (using PLC
simulator)
Regular Inspection - System functionally check with operating software
Fiber Optic - Transmission check with simulation load redundancy
6 monthly
Backbone System switch over check
(Exclude the Fiber Optic Cable)
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of 6 monthly or yearly inspections.

These maintenance activities will require detail checking of OCS condition either by using the
measuring instrument or by maintenance staff. The purpose of this inspection is to identify any
sub-standard place and parts or any irregularity of OCS device which could be replaced prior to
any failure occurring. The inspection items are highlighted in the following table.
Interval of
Inspection
(1) Measurement of wear condition of Measurement using Multi-
contact wire Function Vehicle on Main line
and Depot access line.
6 monthly
For the area not accessible by
vehicle, it will be used
measurement scale.
(2) Inspection of OCS facilities Overhead Catenary Maintenance
- Air-section, Air joint, Termination Car and tool
devices, Automatic tensioning devices,
Crossing equipment, Supporting fittings
Yearly
(Termination, Crossing, Pull-off arm,
Steady arm, Dropper, other), Disconnecting
switch, Rail leakage current suppressing
device, Feeding cable/wire, Feeding branch,
Rail conductor, Return cables
(3) Inspection of OCS facilities Overhead Catenary Maintenance
- Pole, Beam, Suspension insulator, Car and tool 2 yearly
Protection wire, Grounding, guy wire, other
Inspection items for Level-2 Maintenance of OCS are highlighted in the following table T8.2.2.

Maintenance Plan
Page 169 of 226
Table-T8.2.2 Regular inspection items of Level 1 and 2 Maintenance
Maintenance
Classification Maintenance description Interval
Level1 Level2
1.Protection facility
a)Earthing (1)Damage and installing condition of Earth wire, Earth terminal box, 2Y
Joint and Terminal of earth wire and Conduit, etc.
(2)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt and Nut, etc. 2Y
(3)Condition around burial point 2Y
(4)Earthing resistance test 2Y
b)Arrester (1)Stain, damage, crack, tarnish, overheat, mounting condition of 1M 2Y
Arrester, Earth wire, Earth terminal box and Terminal of earth wire
(2)Damage, loss and loosening of Pole band, Bolt and Nut, etc. 2Y
(3)See item No.4-c for Insulator 2Y
(4)See item No.1-a for Earthing 2Y
(5)Insulation resistance test 2Y
c)Protection (1)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, melting, installing condition of 1M 2Y
wire Protection wire, Earth wire, Earth terminal box and Terminal of
wire
(2)Loosening of Protection wire 1M 2Y
(3)Breaking of strand 2Y
(4)Damage, loss and loosening of Metal fitting, Bolt and Nut, etc. 2Y
(6)See item No.1-a for Earthing 2Y
2.Overhead contact wire facility
a)Overhead (1)Flexure, damage, discharge mark and installing condition 1M 1Y
contact wire (2)Height, gradient and deviation of Contact wire from Rail 6M
(3)Residual thickness and uneven wear or partial wear of Contact 6M
wire
(4)Tensioning condition of contact wire 1M 1Y
(5)Obstruction of passing pantograph 1M 1Y
(6)Damage, uneven wear or partial wear of Contact wire in joint or 1Y
additional wire part
(7)Loosening of Metal fitting, Bolt and Nut, etc. in joint part or 1Y
additional wire part
b)Messenger (1)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, melting, installing condition of 1M 1Y
wire Wire and Metal fitting
(2)Tensioning condition of wire 1M 1Y
(4)Installing condition of Compression joint part and Terminal part 1Y
(6)See item No.4-c for Divided insulator 1Y
(7)See item No.2-f for Connector 1Y
(8)See item No.3-a in case of Feeder Messenger System 1Y
c)Pull-off (1)Position, mounting angle and mounting condition 1M 1Y
fitting, Steady (2)Damage, crack, deformation, stain, rust, electric corrosion of Pull- 1M 1Y
arm, off fitting, Steady arm, Steady pipe, Movable pipe, Strap, Clevis
timble, Connection fitting and Pole band
(3)Engagement conditions of ear 1Y
(4)Damage, loss and loosening of Wire clip, Ring, Bolt and Nut, etc. 1Y
(6)See item No.4-c for Suspension insulator and Stem insulator 1Y
d)Dropper (1)Position and mounting condition 1M 1Y
(2)Damage, crack, deformation, stain, rust, electric corrosion 1M 1Y
Maintenance Plan
Page 170 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
e)Crossover (1)Height between each other’s crossing contact wire 1Y
equipment (2)Checking item No. 2-a-(2) for contact wire 1Y
(3)Obstruction of passing pantograph 1W 1Y
(4)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, deformation and mounting 1W 1Y
condition of Cross clamp, Branch clamp, Wire clip, Connection
fitting and Dead end fitting
(5)Damage, stain and mounting condition of Protective cover and 1Y
Clip for tape
(6)Engagement conditions of Feeder ear 1Y
(7)Damage, flexure, electric corrosion, discharge mark, uneven wear 1W 1Y
and partial wear of Contact wire and Messenger wire
(8)See item No.4-c for Suspension insulator 1Y
f)Connector, (1)Position and mounting condition 1M 1Y
Equalizer (2)Damage, tarnish, overheat, electric corrosion, discharge mark, 1M 1Y
melting of Lead wire and clamp
g) Air-joint, (1)Separation between each other’s parallel Contact wire 1Y
Air-section (2)Distance between the bottom of divided insulator and Contact wire 1Y
(3)Checking item No. 2-a-(2) for contact wire 1Y
(4)Transition condition of pantograph in parallel section 1W 1Y
(5)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, deformation and mounting 1W 1Y
condition of Separator, Metal fitting
(8)Damage, flexure, electric corrosion, discharge mark, uneven wear 1W 1Y
and partial wear of Contact wire and Messenger wire
(9)See item No.2-c for Pull-off fitting, Steady arm 1Y
h)Automatic (1)Damage, rust, deformation, electric corrosion, mounting condition 1M 1Y
tensioning and lubrication condition of Tension device
device (Pulley (2)Breaking of strand, damage, wear, rust, corrosion of Wire 1Y
type) (3)Damage, rust, deformation, electric corrosion, stain and mounting 1Y
condition of Turnbuckle, Dead end rod, Connection fitting, Clamp,
Yoke and Pole band
(4)Tension adjustment of Tension device (height of weight) and 1M 1Y
Turnbuckle if necessary
(5)Installing condition of Wire terminal and Wire compression fitting 1M 1Y
(6)Moving condition of pulley and Stopper 1M 1Y
i)Automatic (1)Damage, rust, deformation, electric corrosion and mounting 1M 1Y
tensioning condition of Auto tension balancer, Turnbuckle and Connection rod
device (Spring (2)Tension adjustment of Automatic tensioning device (spring) and 1M 1Y
type) Turnbuckle if necessary
(3)Installing condition of Wire terminal and Wire compression fitting 1M 1Y
(4)Tensioning condition of Contact wire and Messenger wire 1M 1Y
(5)Damage, rust, electric corrosion and mounting condition of 1Y
Maintenance Plan
Page 171 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
Connection fitting, Clamp, Yoke and Pole band
j)Manual (1)Damage, rust, deformation, electric corrosion and mounting 1M 1Y
adjustment condition of Turnbuckle, Connection rod and Dead end rod
device/ (2) Tension adjustment of Turnbuckle if necessary 1M 1Y
Turnbuckle (3)Installing condition of Wire terminal and Wire compression fitting 1M 1Y
type (4)Tensioning condition of Contact wire and Messenger wire 1M 1Y
(5)Damage, rust, electric corrosion and mounting condition of 1Y
Connection fitting, Clamp, Yoke and Pole band
k)Section (1)Damage, stain, wear, tarnish, overheat, mounting condition of 1M 1Y
insulator Slider, Section insulator, Suspension insulator and Dead end rod
(2)Damage, deformation, loss and loosening of Dropper, Connection 1Y
fitting, Clamp, Cover protector, Bolt and Nut, etc.
(3)Installing condition of Compression fitting and Wire terminal 1Y
(5)Electric corrosion, discharge mark, melting, loosening, uneven 1Y
wear and partial wear of Contact wire and Messenger wire
(6)See item No.2-f for Connector and Equalizer 1Y
3.Feeder facility
a)Feeder line (1)Damage, tarnish, electric corrosion, melting and installing 1M 1Y
condition
(2)Tensioning condition and electrical clearance from structure, tree 1M 1Y
and another electrical wire, etc.
(3)Damage, tarnish and overheat, melting of Connection fitting and 1Y
Terminal fitting on Joint part and Terminal part
b)Feeder cable, (1)Damage, deterioration of coating, tarnish and installing condition 1M 1Y
Return cable (2)Cable minimum bending radius 1Y
(4)Tensioning condition and electrical clearance from structure, tree 1M 1Y
and another electrical wire, etc. (in case of aerial cable)
(5)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, melting, installing condition of 1Y
Messenger wire for cable (in case of aerial cable)
(6)Position and installing condition of Cable hanger (in case of aerial 1M 1Y
cable)
(7)Damage, crack and installing condition of Cable cleat and Trough 1M 1Y
(8)Water drainage condition of Trough and Conduit 1Y
c)Feed branch (1)Position 1M 1Y
(2)Damage, tarnish, overheat and mounting condition of Feeder ear 1M 1Y
(4)Breaking of strand, damage and deterioration of coating for branch 1Y
cable or Feeder wire
(6)Damage, rust and electric corrosion of Supporting fitting and 1Y
Separator
Maintenance Plan
Page 172 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
d)Disconne- (1)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, tarnish, overheat, melting, 1M 1Y
cting switch abnormal noise and mounting condition of Conductor, Connection
part with cable and Switch part
(2)Engagement conditions of Blade 1Y
(4)Installing condition of Earthing 1Y
(5)See item No.4-c for Supporting insulator 1Y
(6)Damage, stain and installing condition of Supporting frame 1M 1Y
(7)Operating mechanism condition, lubrication condition and moving 1Y
condition of turn off/turn on operation
e)Traction (1)Damage, rust, abnormal noise and mounting condition of 1M 1Y
power Conductor and Switch part
switchboard (2)Damage, rust, stain, electric corrosion and installing condition of 1M 1Y
Switchboard, Frame and Foundation
(3)Operating mechanism condition and lubrication condition 1Y
(4)Moving condition of turn off/turn on operation 1Y
(7)Waterproof condition 1Y
f)RLCSD* (1)Damage, tarnish, overheat, abnormal noise and melting of RLCSD 1M 1Y
and Terminal fitting
(3)Detection in case of abnormal condition 1Y
(4)Damage and mounting condition of fuse 1Y
(5)Drainage condition 1M 1Y
g)Impe-dance (1)Damage, tarnish, overheat, melting, rust, abnormal noise and oil 1M 1Y
bond leakage of Impedance bond and Terminal fitting
(2)Breaking of strand, damage, deterioration of coating, tarnish and 1Y
installing condition of Wire or Cable
(3)Drainage condition 1M 1Y
4.Supporting structure
a)Steel Tube (1)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, flexure, deformation, leaning and 1M 2Y
Mast and settlement of Mast (Pole), Beam, Drop arm, Cross arm, Pole frame,
Beam, Steel Support fitting, One side beam, Steel pipe and Free bracket
pole and Beam (2)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt and Nut, etc. 2Y
(3)Paint condition 1M 2Y
(4)Damage, crack of Foundation 1M 2Y
(6)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, stain and deformation of 2Y
Messenger pulley, Strap, Installation fitting, Pole band, Registration
arm and Thimble
(7)See item No.4-c for Support insulator and Stem insulator 2Y
b)Guy wire (1)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, breaking of strand, tensioning 1M 2Y
condition of Guy wire
Maintenance Plan
Page 173 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
(2)Damage, crack, rust and installing condition of Dead end rod, 1M 2Y
Dead end clamp, Shackle and Connection fitting
(3)Damage, loss and loosening of Clip, Pin, Bolt and Nut, etc 2Y
(4)Damage, rust, position and mounting condition of Pole band and 2Y
foundation
c)Insulator (1)Damage, crack, stain and mounting condition of Insulator 1M 2Y
(2)Damage, rust, electric corrosion of Metal part 2Y
(3)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt and Nut, etc 2Y
5.Rigid suspended system
a)Contact wire (1)See item No.2-a for contact wire 1M 1Y
b)Feeder and (1)Damage, tarnish, deformation, installing condition and joint 1M 1Y
Support condition of Rigid T-bar
(2)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, deformation of Support fitting 1Y
(3)Engagement conditions of Long ear 1Y
(5)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt, Nut, etc. 1Y
(6)See item No.4-c for Support insulator 1Y
c)Joint, (1)Damage and deformation of End approach 1Y
Section, Cross (2)Transition condition of pantograph in parallel section 1M 1Y
over (3)Damage, tarnish, overheat and mounting condition of Terminal 1Y
and Jumper wire
(4)Engagement conditions of Long ear 1Y
(5)Separation between each other’s parallel Conductor or Contact 1M 1Y
wire
(6)Electric corrosion, discharge mark, melting, loosening, uneven 1Y
wear and partial wear of Contact wire
(7)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt, Nut, etc. 1Y
d)Anchoring (1)Damage, rust, deformation, electric corrosion and mounting 1M 1Y
condition of Turnbuckle and Steel plate
11.Power Transmission System and Power Distribution System on wayside
a)Power Cable (1)Damage, deterioration of coating, tarnish and installing condition 1Y
for high voltage (2)Cable minimum bending radius 1Y
12.Low voltage facility
a)Power Cable (1)Damage, deterioration of coating, tarnish and installing condition 1Y
for low voltage (2)Cable minimum bending radius 1Y
(4)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, melting, installing condition of 1M 1Y
Messenger wire for cable (in case of aerial cable)
(5)Position and installing condition of Cable hanger (in case of aerial 1Y
cable)
Maintenance Plan
Page 174 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
b)Outlet box (1)Damage, rust and mounting condition of Conductor, Line breaker 1M 1Y
and Outlet
(2)Damage, rust, stain, electric corrosion and installing condition of 1M 1Y
Outlet box, Frame and mounting fitting
(3)Installing condition of Terminal of cable 1Y
(6)Waterproof condition 1Y
c)Lighting (1)Damage, rust, stain and mounting condition for Lightning device 1Y
(2)lighted lamp condition 1M 1Y
(3)abnormal noise 1M 1Y
21.Recieving system, 22kV system and 6kVsystem for Sub-station
a) Circuit (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor, leakage oil, leakage gas and 1M 1Y
Breaker marked rust
(110kV Gas (2)Overheat, tarnish, damage of terminal, conductor and cable 1Y
Insulated (3)Damage of insulator and bushing 1Y
Switchgear, (4)Contact condition of contactor 1Y
22kV (5)Charging condition of spring energy for throwing in 3Y
Switchgear and (6)Operating mechanism condition, lubrication condition and moving 3Y
7.2kV condition of turn off/turn on operation
Switchgear) (7)Confirmation of indicator 1M 1Y
(8)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt, Nut, Pin and Washer, etc. 1M 1Y
(10)Protection sequence test, Protection relay test 3Y
b)Disconne- (1)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, tarnish, overheat, melting, 1M 1Y
cting switch abnormal noise and mounting condition of Conductor, Connection
(5)Damage, crack, stain and mounting condition of Insulator 1Y
(6)Damage, stain and installing condition of Supporting frame 1Y
(9)Confirmation of indicator 1Y
c)Main circuit (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor and marked rust 1M 1Y
(2)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1Y
(3)Damage of insulator and bushing 1Y
(4)Damage and mounting condition of fuse 1Y
(6)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt, Nut, Pin and Washer, etc. 1Y
(8)Protection sequence test 1Y
(9)Protection relay test, Protection relay test 3Y
d)Transformer (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor, leakage oil and marked rust 1M 1Y
(110/22kV (2)Damage and mounting condition of radiator 1Y
Main (3)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1Y
Transformer, (4)Damage of insulator and bushing 1Y
22/6.6kV (5)Installing condition of Earthing 1Y
Distribution (6)Damage and mounting condition of tap changer 1Y
Maintenance Plan
Page 175 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
Transformer (7)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt, Nut, Pin and Washer, etc. 1M 1Y
and 6.6kV (8)Insulation resistance test 1Y
Distribution (9)Oil level, stain and tarnish of oil, if oil type 1Y
Transformer) (10)Dielectric strength test of oil, if oil type 3Y
(11)Damage, crack and stain of mold, if molded type 1Y
(12)Waterproof condition if molded type 1M 1Y
(13)Cooling fan condition of molded type 1Y
(14)Ventilation or air-conditioning condition, if indoor installation 1Y
22.Rectifier, Inverter and DC system
a)Rectifier (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor and marked rust 1M 1Y
(2)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1M 1Y
(3)Damage of insulator 1Y
(5)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor and silicon device 1Y
(6)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor and wire for Surge 1Y
absorber circuit
(9)Damage and mounting condition of radiator 1Y
b)Inverter (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor and marked rust 1M 1Y
(5)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor and silicon device 1Y
(6)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor and wire for Surge 1Y
absorber circuit
(9)Damage and mounting condition of radiator 1Y
(12)Gate pulse wave form test 1Y
c)Transformer (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor, leakage oil and marked rust 1M 1Y
(Inverter (2)Damage and mounting condition of radiator 1Y
transformer and (3)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1Y
Rectifier (4)Damage of insulator and bushing 1Y
Transformer) (5)Installing condition of Earthing 1Y
(6)Damage and mounting condition of tap changer 1Y
(9)Oil level, stain and tarnish of oil, if oil type 1M 1Y
(10)Dielectric strength test of oil, if oil type 1Y
d)High speed (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor and marked rust 1M 1Y
circuit breaker (2)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1Y
(5)Contact condition of contactor 1Y
Maintenance Plan
Page 176 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
(6)Wipe length of arc contactor 1Y
(8)Proofreading test for setting scale 1Y
(10)Damage and mounting condition of resistor and molded-case 1Y
circuit breaker
d)Main DC (1)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1M 1Y
circuit (2)Damage, rust, electric corrosion, tarnish, overheat, melting, 1Y
abnormal noise and mounting condition of Conductor, Connection
(4)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt and Nut, etc. 1M 1Y
(6)Damage, crack, stain and mounting condition of Insulator 1Y
23.Other equipment for Sub-station
a)Generator (1)Damage,crack, abnormal odor, and marked rust 1M 1Y
(6)Clogging of filtration filter 2Y
(7)Operating condition of pomp and governor 1M 1Y
(8)Condition of lubrication oil and grease 1Y
(9)Damage and deformation of Pipe and Bulb 1Y
(10)Wear, stain and damage of brush 1Y
(11)Overheat, tarnish, damage of Control wire and Surge absorber 6M 1Y
circuit
(14)When generator operates by automatic mode and manual mode, 1M 1Y
abnormal noise, overheat, abnormal vibration, leakage oil, leakage
water and leakage air.
(15)Operating current, voltage, frequency, generating power, 1M 1Y
rotational frequency, coolant temperature, coolant pressure, lubricant
temperature, lubricant pressure, boost pressure, exhaust temperature
(16)Operating condition of Sub-equipment of generator 1M 1Y
(17)Damage, marked rust, oil level and leakage oil of oil tank 1M 1Y
(18)Clogging of filtration filter of oil tank 2Y
(19Oil level indicator and float switch 1M 1Y
(20) Damage, marked rust, water level and leakage water of cooling 1M 1Y
water tank
(21)Water level indicator and float switch of cooling water tank 1M 1Y
(22) Damage, damper and heater 1Y
(23) Damage, turbocharger, thermostat and air compressor 2Y
b)Phase (1)Abnormal noise, abnormal odor and marked rust Not
Advance (2)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part appli-
Capacitor (3)Damage of insulator cable
(4)Damage of condenser, resister and serial reactor
Maintenance Plan
Page 177 of 226
Maintenance
Level1 Level2
(5)Leakage oil and swollen body
(6)Wipe length of arc contactor
(7)Damage, loss and loosening of Bolt, Nut, Pin and Washer, etc.
(8)Mounting condition of Fuse
(9)Insulation resistance test
c) in-plant DC (1)Measurement of float-charging voltage and standard voltage 1M 1Y
control power (2)Overheat, tarnish, damage of conductor, cable and connecting part 1M 1Y
supply and of charger
battery (3)Mounting condition of batteries 1Y
(4)leakage of battery electrolyte, level of electrolyte and measure the 1M 1Y
specific gravity
(5)Overheat, tarnish, damage of cable and connecting part of battery 1M 1Y
*: Rail Leakage Current Suppressing Device
Level 3 Maintenance of power supply equipment indicates the detail inspection and replacement
which involves complete and precise inspection. The maintenance activities will need to be
carried out by using measuring instrument and the equipment will be often taken apart. The
inspection items are highlighted in the following table.

Detail inspection Measuring Instrument(s)
3 yearly
- Battery unit and swap parts if necessary
Detail inspection Measuring Instrument(s)
6 yearly
- Mechanical parts of circuit breaker and swap parts if necessary
Replacement parts Repair work Mid-term
Level 3 Maintenance is the system overhauls which involves refurbishment the overall Power
SCADA system according to design life. For 110kV equipments, the system overhaul or
replacement will require coordination with Power Company.
In addition, Level 3 Maintenance of OCS indicates the maintenance interval of medium-term

maintenance which repair and replacement, such as Replacement of contact wire, supporting
fittings, etc.
Following are the maintenance items, maintenance method and interval of inspection.
Maintenance
Maintenance items Interval of maintenance
method
(1) Replacement of contact wire Repair work (1) Prior to the wear limit.
(2) Replacement of supporting fittings (2) 20yearly
During inspection activities, the integrity of the equipment will be confirmed as indicated in the
O&M Manuals. When a malfunction is discovered, the repair will need to be executed. The
Maintenance Plan
Page 178 of 226
repair method is different according to the equipment; it will be described in Operation &
Maintenance Manuals.

on.
8.4 Maintenance Working Process of OCS
OCS shall be maintained to supply traction power safety. Basically, the maintenance of OCS is
classified as preventive maintenance. The preventive maintenance based on the fixed cycle
inspects the status of OCS and checks of the conditions will serve to determine and assess the
actual status of various OCS components with visual or measuring devices. The corrective
maintenance will be performed if necessary based on the result of checking.
The OCS of this line has the following characteristics on consideration of the maintenance work.
 Rigid Suspension System in the underground section

 Feeder Messenger System in the elevated section
 Simple Catenary System in the Depot Access Line and the Depot
The following maintenance vehicle and device to be supplied under this Contract will be utilized.
Maintenance Plan
Page 179 of 226
 Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car

 Measuring and Recording Device of the Stagger and Height of Contact Wire
The working process of OCS maintenance is shown in Chart C8.4.
In addition, regarding the Multi-Function Vehicle, Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car and
OCS Maintenance Workshop to use in the maintenance activity of Section 8.2, following are
outline of the vehicle.
8.4.1 Multi-Function Vehicle [Code 20.107]
8.4.1.1 Overview
Quantity: 1 nr
Performance
The Multi-Function Vehicle is a combination of Rail Inspection Equipment, Ultrasonic Type
(code 20.107), Caternary Inspection Unit (code 20.103) and Track Inspection Equipment (code
20.104).The Multi –Function Vehicle is a modern self -propelled two axles and two directions,
diesel powered, emission-optimized and fitted with exhaust scrubber equipped with sufficient
probe for the inspection,:
 Maximum gradient--------------------------------------------------- 45‰

 Minimum curve radius----------------------------------------------- 100m at low speed
 Maximum speed on straight and level track---------------------- 60 km/h
 Maximum speed when towed -------------------------------------- 60 km/h
 Useful load (carrying capacity)------------------------------------- approx. 2t
 Able to carry-out Catenary inspection for wire stagger and height measurement.
 Able to carry-out Track Geometry Measurement- gauge, super-elevation and cross level,
longitudinal profile, alignment, curve radius and twist or warp.
 Able to carry-out Rail Profile Measurement- rail cant, rail wear and gauge.
 Able to carry-out Rail Corrugation Measurement-measure rail surface corrugation.
 Able to carry-out Rail defects by Ultrasonic detection system
 Able to record and indicate track (northbound, southbound) and stationing along the line
Operation;
a. Catenary inspection –The vehicle is equipped with an insulated pantograph located on the
roof of the cab and actuated by means of electro-pneumatic device. The controls of pantograph
are fitted on the control panel in the cab. The vehicle travel along main line and measure wire
stagger and height. The measure values are recorded via the note book.
All measurements are recorded and the Operator can review the results at the Operator Control
Console. At the end of the shift, the Operator can print out the reports for record via USB or
LAN.
Maintenance Plan
Page 180 of 226
b. Track Geometry Measurement – The vehicle will travel along the main line to conduct
measurement. All measurements are recorded and the Operator can review the results at the
Operator Control Console. At the end of the shift, the Operator can print out the reports for
record via USB or LAN..
c. Rail Profile Measurement –The vehicle will travel along the main line to conduct
measurement .The measured parameters associated with the rail cant, rail wear and gauge are
achieved through non-contact sensors using lasers and video cameras. The data and images are
processed and display through the Rail Profile Measuring System (RPMS) Data viewer.
d. Rail Corrugation Measurement- The vehicle will travel along the main line to conduct
measurements. Two accelerometers, one mounted at the left and the other at right side of wheel
axle are used to measure the vertical vibration experienced by each wheel. Rail Corrugation
Measuring System (RCMS) will analyse the results and a report on the rail condition will be
printed for record via USB or LAN.
e. Ultrasonic system- The Ultrasonic system is mounted on a small trolley and fixed to the
underframe of the vehicle which is raised and lowered depending if ultrasonic inspection is to be
performed. The vehicle will travel along the main line with the trolley lower in contact with
surface of rail to conduct ultrasonic inspection. When a defect is indicated by the ultrasonic
system the operator can look on screen at ultrasonic data to provide additional information about
the source of the defect indication.
The data analysis result can be printed out via USB or LAN.
Specifications
 Vehicle- Frame is made of reinforced steel sections ensuring a great rigidity.--- length 10230
mm x width 2938 mm x height 3870mm
 Engine type diesel turbocharged 74.9 kW.
 Wheel type –R7T steel-solid wheel diameter 730 mm.
 Running gear comprise bogies and single axle.
 Standard gauge 1435mm
 Fit within construction gauges
 Hydrostatic Transmission
 Fuel tank capacity – 300 litres with locking cap is fitted.
 Braking system including mechanical lock, of vehicle is ensured on each axle by means of
link-work acting on the brake shoes (two brake shoes per wheel).
 Cab is designed to carry 3 persons including the driver. Operating equipment
8.4.1.2 Operating equipment
 The rail inspection equipment is designed for ease of maintenance and convenience of
component access for servicing and repair.
 Couplers are identical to couplers on infrastructure maintenance vehicle;
 On-board power generation and compressed air supply;
 Pneumatic brakes are spring on/air off type.
Maintenance Plan
Page 181 of 226
 Equipped with effective illumination for night work;

 Head and tail lights, work lights at both ends
 Fitted with jacking pads to lift vehicle;
 Fuel capacity for min. 4 hours (max. 6 hours) operation
 Air horn
 Tool kit, first aid kit
 Wheel chocks (2); one attached to each side of vehicle
 Wheels monobloc type, with same profile (as passenger car wheels).
8.4.1.3 Cab
 The cab is equipped for bi-directional operation in seated position, including space for
3-person crew, large window panes for visibility, windshield wipers and washer, sun
visors/blinds, access to cab via steps on each side from ground level, and air-conditioning
 Cab is mounted on resilient supports
8.4.1.4 Catenary Inspection System Specifications
Type: Contact, Video and electromechanical

Direction: Forward and Reverse
Measurement  Height
Parameters:  Stagger (from video display)
Measurement
Speed: 0 - 60 kph
Minimum
6 hours
operating time:
Operating
Temperature 0 to 50°C
Range:
8.4.1.5 Track Geometry Measurement System “TGMS” Specification and Accuracy
Type: Non-contact, Optical Laser and Inertial

Sampling
250 mm
Interval:
 Gauge
 Superelevation/Cross-level
 Horizontal Alignment (left and right rails)-up to 4 channels per rail
Measurement (1 to 40 m space curves and Mid-Chord Offsets)
Parameters:  Longitudinal Profile (left and right rails)-up to 4 channels per rail
(1 to 40 m space curves and Mid-Chord Offsets)
 Curvature- degrees or meters
 Twist and Warp–up to 3 channels (1 to 20 m)

Maintenance Plan
Page 182 of 226
Gauge: ± 1 mm (0 to 60 kph)
Accuracy
Cross-level/Superelevation: ± 2.5 mm (0 to 60 kph)
(reproducibility)
Warp/Twist: ± 3 mm (1 to 60 kph)
Standard
Longitudinal Profile ± 1.5 mm (12 to 60 kph)
Deviation of
Alignment ± 1.5 mm (16 to 60 kph)
Difference Values:
Curvature ± 0.15 Degrees
Measurement 0-60 kph for gauge, cross-level/superelevation, twist and curvature
Speed: 12-60 kph for Horizontal Alignment and Longitudinal Profile
Laser Class: Class 3R
Operating
Temperature -40 to 50°C
Range:
8.4.1.6 Rail Profile Measurement System “RPMS” Specification and Accuracy
Type: Non-contact, Optical Laser

Sampling
0.25-12 m (settable)
Interval:
 Rail head width
 Rail height
 Gauge side and field side lip
 Rail face angle
 Rail Cant (inclination)
Measurement  Vertical head wear
Parameters:  Gauge side wear
 Field side wear
 Total head loss
 Rail type (from stored library)
 Guard Check Gauge
 Guard Face Gauge
Accuracy
(repeatability of
0.20 mm
rail head) RMS
value:
Measurement
0-60 kph
Speed:
Laser Class: Class 3a
Operating
-25 to +55°C
Temperatures:
8.4.1.7 Rail Corrugation Measurement System “RCMS” Specifications and Accuracy
Type: Axle mounted accelerometer


Maintenance Plan
Page 183 of 226
Sampling
10 mm (after processing)
Interval:
 0.02 to 0.1 m
Measurement  0.1 to 0.3 m
Parameters:  0.3 to 1.0 m
 1.0 to 3.0 m
 0.02 to 0.1 m - 0.02 mm (RMS)
Accuracy  0.1 to 0.3 m - 0.10 mm (RMS)
(reproducibility)
 0.3 to 1.0 m - 0.20 mm (RMS)
2σ Values:
 1.0 to 3.0 m - 0.30 mm (RMS)
Measurement
Speed: 20-60 kph
Operating
Temperature 0 to 40°C
Range:
8.4.1.8 Ultrasonic System Specifications
Type: Sliding probe

Ultrasonic 0°, 42°, 70°, 58/34°
Transducers:
Measurement
Speed: 0-40 kph
Operating
Temperature -20 to 50°C
Range:
8.4.1.9 Braking System
The vehicle braking is ensured on each axle by means of a link-work acting on the brake shoes
(two brake shoes per wheel). The equipment includes:
 Compressed air brake system;
 Mechanical parking brake.
The compressed air brake designed includes:

 Direct-acting brake;
 Emergency brake.

Maintenance Plan
Page 184 of 226
8.4.1.10 Illustration of Multi-Function Vehicle
8.4.2 Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car [Code 20.102]
8.4.2.1 Overview
Quantity: 1 nr
Performance
The overhead catenary maintenance car is equipped for inspection and maintenance of catenary
on the mainline and depot.
 Minimum curve radius -------------------------------------------------- 60m at 10km/h

 Maximum speed ( when towed with automatic couplers)---------- approx. 80km/h
 Useful load ( carrying capacity )--------------------------------------- approx. 7t
 Drum trestles maximum unrolling speed is 5km/h.
 Fully laden vehicle maximum 18.0 t gross weight
 Wheel chocks (2), one attached to each side of vehicle
Configuration and Features
 One Slip-resistant elevating platform

Maintenance Plan
Page 185 of 226
 One generating set

 Two Drum trestles.
Operation
A Consist will be formed for the maintenance of the Railway Infrastructure comprising the IMV
+ Flat Wagon + Flat car equipped with Cable Reel Handling Equipment + Overhead Catenary
Maintenance Car.
The Consist will carry equipment and material for the maintenance of Overhead Catenary
System.
For Safety the operator will follow work procedures for coupling of the Flat Wagon, Flat car
equipped with Cable Reel Handling Equipment and Overhead Catenary maintenance car.
Before moving Consist to main line for infrastructure maintenance, the operator has to seek
permission from the Depot Controller for approval.
Once permission is granted, the operator can proceed to move consist to main line for
maintenance works.
Specifications
 Frame is made of reinforced steel sections ensuring a great rigidity.—length 9090mm x width
2500mm x height (approx..) 1200mm.
 Wheel type –R7T steel -solid wheel diameter 850mm.
 Standard gauge 1435mm
 Fit within construction gauge
 Braking system is ensured on the four wheels by means of link acting on the two axles (two
brake shoes per wheel.)
 Elevated platform capacity -450 daN. And rotation ±120º
Controls
 All the movements of the elevating platform can be controlled from the fixed control panel
located at the platform.
 The creep speed transmission and the indirect brake of the Infrastructure Maintenance
Vehicle can be controlled from a radio remote control.
8.4.2.2 Operating equipment
 For inspection and maintenance of overhead catenary, a platform is provided, permanently

installed, with space and carrying capacity for 4 (four) maintainers with tools. The inspection
platform is either be designed fixed with several levels, or equipped with mechanized
adjustment of working height. The inspection and maintenance platform are have safety
Maintenance Plan
Page 186 of 226
railings for personnel. The platform is fit within the Construction Gauge in travelling
position. The platform is positioned to permit a trestle and reel with catenary wire to be
positioned on the loading platform as well.
 All sides of the car have hinged boards (approximately 400 mm high, fold down type) around
periphery of vehicle
 2 Axles
 Wheels monobloc type, with same profile as passenger car wheels.
 Couplers are identical to couplers on infrastructure maintenance vehicle;
 Pneumatic brakes are provided, spring on/air off type.
 Mechanical parking brakes are provided, applied via hand wheel from either side of vehicle
 Fitted with 4 jacking pads to lift vehicle.
8.4.2.3 Illustration of Overhead Catenary Maintenance Car
8.5 Maintenance Working Process of Power Supply System
As for Power Supply System, the maintenance working process will be adopting a standard
procedure. The condition of equipment will be monitored by the planned inspection, all the
inspection results will be recorded in MMS (Maintenance Management System) along with
further investigation findings.
The result of the inspection analysis will be used as to determine if the detail of maintenance

Maintenance Plan
Page 187 of 226
Maintenance Flow
Non operation-hours Operation-Hours
Preparation
1. OCC
approval 1. Inspection Scheduling
2. Maintenance 2. Input of Inspection results
3. Preparation of Daily Report
Inspection of OCS
4. Analysis of defects
Analysis of
Inspection Results Patrol the OCS
Abnormality found
Train operation stopped or speed reduced
Temporary measures and Monitoring
Decision of
Maintenance Method
Repair of Defects
Analysis of Maintenance
Results
Computerization of
Maintenance Record
Chart C8.4 - Work Flow of OCS Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 188 of 226
Preparation
Performance of
Result analysis of

Decision of

Performance of
Maintenance
and Inspection
Analysis of
Maintenance Results
Computerization of
Maintenance records
Chart C8.5 - Work Flow of E&M Equipment Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 189 of 226
After the maintenance, data through scheduling software is processed by MMS, the work orders
The Maintenance and Planning Division will then generate statistics on the relevant maintenance
The process for preventive maintenance scheduling is referring as Chart-C8.6, Table 8.6.1 and
Table-T8.6.2.
Carry out
NO
maintenance based Reschedule
on schedule?
YES


Output report and submitting to maintenance staffs

Maintenance Plan
Page 190 of 226
Table-T8.6.1 Working schedule of Power Supply maintenance Division – (Traction & Station Substation Dept.)

Power System Maintenance Division 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Traction and Station Sub-station Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr
Dept
Senior Power Engineer D D D D D D H D H D H H D D D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D D
2 D D D ● H D H D D D D H D H D D D D D D H D H D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D ● H H D D D D D
3 D D D ● H H D D D D D H H D D D D ● H D H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D D
Power Engineer 1 1 man ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D H H H H D D ● H D H D D D D H H ● H D H D D D D
2 1 man ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D H H H H D D ● H D H D D D D H H ● H D H D D D D
3 1 man D D D ● H H H H D D ● H H H H D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D H H D D D
4 1 man D D D ● H H H H D D ● H H H H D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D H H D D D
5 1 man D D D H H D D D H H ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D D H H ● H H H H D D ● H H
6 1 man D D D H H D D D H H ● H H D D D D H H D D D D D D H H ● H H H H D D ● H H
Daytime total 8 8 8 2 2 2 3 6 7 8 7 3 2 2 6 8 8 2 2 2 3 6 7 8 6 4 2 2 6 8 8 6 4 2 2 6 8 8 2 2 2 2 6 8 8 6 4 2 2 6 8 8 2 2 2 2 6 8 8 8
Night duty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Night-time total 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Day work discription D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2 D2
Night work discription N1 N2 N1 N2
[Calculation of Manpower]
[Working Condition] [Working category] General Manager 0
　8 hours/day, 40 hours/week (2 holidays/week) Level 1 Maintenance: Monthly Manager 0
　D : Daytime shift 8:00~17:00 (1h break) Patrol with visual check in sub-station operation Dept. Manager 1
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 21:00~4:00) (Include recording various meters(voltage,current,etc)) Assist. Manager 0
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 1:00~8:00) Senior Staff 3
　● : Night work 22:00~5:00 (45min.break) Level 2 Maintenance Technical Staff 6
[Work Description] Inspection and cleaning of equipment when shutdown and earthed: Yearly Total 10
Night-work Man Times/year Transformer, Rectifier, Circuit breaker, Inverter
N1 6 16 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of equipment when shutdown and earthed 110kV-switchgear, 22kV-switchgear, 6kV-switchgear Staff levels assume normal absence
(Inspection & cleaning of 110kV-switchgear, 110kV-transformer, 22kV-switchgear) Emergency generator, Battery unit, P-SCADA levels and available working time
N2 6 11 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of equipment when shutdown and earthed (Include measurement of insulation resistance and earthing resistance)
(Inspection and cleaning of HSCB, DS, direct circuit,other) Oil and Gas analysis for oil immersed equipment: Yearly
N3 6 2 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of equipment when shutdown and earthed Inspection and cleaning of equipment when shutdown and earthed: 3yearly
(Inspection and cleaning of Emergency generator) Characteristic test of protection relays
N4 6 N1 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of equipment when shutdown and earthed Characteristic test of rectifier and inverter
(Include characteristic test of protection relays of receiving part for RSS)
Day-work Man Times/year Level 3 Maintenance
D1 4 72 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol with visual check in sub-station operation Detail inspection for battery unit: 3yearly
D2 6 89 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of equipment when shutdown and earthed Detail inspection for mechanical parts of circuit breaker : 6yearly
(Inspection and cleaning of Transformer, Rectifier, Circuit breaker, Inverter, other) Inspection, replacement worn parts and swap unit of equipment: Mid-term
D3 6 D2 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of equipment when shutdown and earthed
(Include characteristic test of protection relays, other)

Maintenance Plan
Page 191 of 226
Table-T8.6.2 Working schedule of Power Supply maintenance Division – (Overhead Contact & Power Distribution System Dept.)

Power System Maintenance Div. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Overhead Contact System & Power Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr
Distribution System Dept
Assist. Manager 1 D D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D
2 D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D H H D H H D D D ● H H D D D D D
3 D D D ● H H D D D D D D D H H D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D ● H H D D D ● ● H H D D D D D D D H H D D D
Senior OCS Engineer D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D
2 ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D H H D D D D D H H ● ● H D
3 D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D ● ● H D H D D D ● H H D D D D D
4 D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D ● ● H H D ● ● H D D D H D D D D
5 ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D ● ● H H D ● ● H D D D H D D D D
6 D D D ● H D H D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D ● ● H H D D D D ● H H D D D D D
7 D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D ● ● H H D D D D D D H H ● ● H D
OCS Engineer Team1 2 man ● ● H D H H H D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D ● H H H H D ● ● H H D ● ● H D D D H D D D D
Team1 2 man ● ● H D D D H D D D D D H H D D D ● H H H H D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D ● ● H H D ● ● H D D D H D D D D
Team2 2 man D D D ● H H D D D D ● H H H H D D D D D H H D D D D H H ● ● H D D H ● ● H H D D D ● H H D ● ● H D
Team2 2 man D D D ● H H D D D D ● H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H D D ● ● H H D D D D ● H H
Team3 2 man D D D D D H H ● ● H D D D H ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H H H D D ● H H D D D ● ● H H D D D D D D H H ● ● H D
Team3 2 man H H ● ● H D D D H ● ● H D D D H D D D ● H H D D D D D D D H H D D ● H H D D D ● ● H H H H D D D
Daytime total 15 15 15 14 12 6 6 14 15 15 14 14 7 5 12 15 15 14 14 7 5 18 21 21 15 15 3 5 16 20 21 14 14 3 5 11 15 15 14 14 5 7 18 21 3 3 3 3 15 13 13 15 14 14 7 5 12 15 15 21
Night duty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Night-time total 6 6 0 7 0 0 0 6 6 0 7 0 0 0 6 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 6 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 18 18 0 0 0 6 6 0 7 0 0 0 6 6 0 0
Day work discription everyday D1,D2 andD3, And D4(if necessary)
Night work discription N4 N5 N2 N4 N5 N2 N4 N5 N2 N4 N4 N4 N5 N2 N1 N4 N5 N2 N4 N5
[Working Condition] [Working category]
　8 hours/day, 40 hours/week (2 holidays/week) Level 1 Maintenance [Calculation of Manpower]
　D : Daytime shift 8:00~17:00 (1h break) Patrol by taking train: Daily General Manager 0
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 21:00~4:00) Visual check for OCS facilities : Weekly Manager 0
　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 1:00~8:00) Air-section, Air-joint Dept. Manager 1
　● : Night work 22:00~5:00 (45min.break) Termination, Crossing equipment Assist. Manager 3
Pull-off equipment, steady equipment, other Senior Staff 7
[Work Description] Patrol and visual check for OCS facilities : Monthly Technical Staff 12
Night-work Man Times/year Visual check for Wayside facilities : Monthly Total 23
N1 18 8 Level 3 Maintenance: Replacement work of long wire (e.g. Contact wire 1500m) Distribution Cable, Tunnel lighting, Outlet Box, Exterior Depot lighting, etc
N2 6 16 Level 3 Maintenance: Replacement work of short wire or supporting fittings Level 2 Maintenance Staff levels assume normal absence
N3 6 52 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection work for supporting fittings, DS, other Measure of wearing contact wire: 6 monthly levels and available working time
N4 6 32 Level 2 Maintenance: Measure of wearing contact wire Inspection of Disconnecting Switch, RLCSD: Yearly
N5 6 31 Level 2 Maintenance: Insulation test of Distribution cables Inspection of supporting fittings (Termination, Crossing, Pull-off arm, Steady arm, M-T, other): Yearly
Day-work Man Times/month Insulation test of Distribution cables: Yearly
D1 1 30 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol by taking train Inspection of Pole, Beam, Suspension insulator, PW, Grounding, other: 2yearly
D2 2*2 12 Level 1 Maintenance: Visual check for OCS facilities by walking Performance check for Maintenance vehicle and Catenary inspection unit : Monthly
D3 2 11 Level 1 Maintenance: Visual check for OCS & Distribution facilities by walking Witness for inspection and parts replacement of maintenance vehicle by sub-contractor: Yearly
D4 4 - Level 1 Maintenance: Replacement work of consumables such as electric lamp Level 3 Maintenance: Mid-term
D5 4 - Level 1 Maintenance: Insulation test of Outlet box Replacement work of long wire (e.g. Contact wire 1500m)
D6 1 - Level 2 Maintenance: Witness for inspection of maintenance vehicle and equipment Replacement work of short wire or supporting fittings
Maintenance Plan
Page 192 of 226
and actual date.
8.8 Organization for Power Supply Maintenance Division
The Power System Maintenance Division is responsible for all aspects of power supply system
maintenance including the maintenance of the traction & station substation and OCS.
Both the Sectional Engineer (Hitachi) from the Power Supply Maintenance Division and the
OCS Maintenance Division will supervise the General Manager (O&M Company) of the Power
Supply Maintenance Division and report directly to the Chief Manager. The Sectional Engineer
is responsible for all the departments within the Division, including budgetary control and also
guarantees that maintenance performance levels are achieved.
The proposed organisation structure for Power System Maintenance Division is shown in the
following chart. It is divided into two departments:
 Traction & Station Substation Department

Maintenance Plan
Page 193 of 226
Traction & Station Substation Department is responsible for the power supply system. The
staff are responsible for the preventive and corrective maintenance of all power equipment
and are mainly located at the depot. The total manpower requirement is 10 staff. In addition,
Hitachi will also deploy maintenance workers to assist on the implementation of maintenance
work.
 OCS & Power Distribution System Department
The OCS & Power Distribution Department is responsible for all aspects of OCS
maintenance including OCS inspection, re-wiring and possessions. It is suggested that there
are a number of teams providing staff coverage throughout the day, and additional teams
during the night time maintenance hours to provide both preventative and corrective
maintenance manpower. The total manpower requirement is 23 staff. In addition, Hitachi will
also deploy maintenance workers to assist on the implementation of maintenance work. The
maintenance staff perform maintenance work during non-operation time other than daytime.
In addition, maintenance staff are engaged during operation time by shift-work.
Type-B Maintenance staff are only trainees. The trainee staff need 1 year to be fully fledged
and able to carry out regular work and get basic knowledge.
In order to ensure the knowledge/skill transfer of Power system maintenance activities, the
employees of the O&M Company will need to have at least a basic skill level. Following are the
skill levels and qualification requirements for specific posts which will be used as the
recruitment references for the O&M Company.
 General Manager
 Qualification of electric engineer or equivalent experience as indicated in the post (*1).
 Manager
 Major in electric engineering and experience of power supply system or electric power
plant as indicated in the post (*2).
 Senior Class & Engineer Class
 Knowledge of electric engineering as indicated in the post (*3)
 Basic technical knowledge of Electrical (Especially high voltage system)
 Licence for electrical for operation of Sub-station ( if necessary)

 Knowledge of working in high place, Safety work management, others

Maintenance Plan
Page 194 of 226
Figure-F8.8 Power Supply System and OCS Maintenance Organization

Structure
[SOW]
By Hitachi
[Legend]
Instruction Flow
Joint Management,
Cooperation
Power Supply Maintenance Power Supply Maintenance

Traction ＆ Station Substation Department
Division Division
Power System Senior Power Engineer (*1)
1 General Manager
(*1)
1 Dept. Manager
(*2)
1 (*3) 3 - Patrol and visual check
Sectional Engineer - Regular inspection Qualification of electric engineer or equivalent experience
Deputy Sectional [1] [1] (*3) - Repair work and parts replacement (*2)
: Manager Class
(*a) 1 Power Engineer 6
Engineer (VTN) * Excludes Distribution system outside substation and lighting 1) Major in electric engineering
(*a): Power Supply System cum OCS
[9] system 2) Experience of power supply system or electric power plant
(*3)
Substation System Dept. Total; [10] : Knowledge of electric engineering
1
Technicians - Basic training needed for 6 months.
OCS System - After training person is able to be assigned to Power Engineer.
1
Technicians
Assistant Technicians Overhead Contact ＆Power Distribution System Dept.
1
(VTN) The following specialist engineers shall be provided
Dept. Manager
(*2)
1 Senior OCS Engineer
(*3)
7 - Patrol and visual check
- Regular inspection ・High Voltage equipment engineer
(*2) (*3) - Repair work and parts replacement ・Converter/Inverter engineer
Assist. Manager 3 OCS Engineer 12
* Include Distribution system, lighting system, Maintenance ・System engineer for Control
[4] [19] vehicle and Inspection equipment for OCS
Dept. Total; [23] Type-B maintenance staff are included in Type-A maintenance team.
- Basic training needed for 6 months.
- After training person is able to be assigned to OCS Engineer.

Maintenance Plan
Page 195 of 226
9. Maintenance plan of Track
Maintenance of subsystems on the mainline from Ben Thanh to Suoi Tien Terminal will be
necessarily constrained by the movements of trains in revenue service. However the infrastructure
will become progressively available from 23:59 once the last train leaves Ben Thanh and will be
wholly available thereafter from 00:19 until 04:49 when the first train enters service from Suoi Tien
Terminal.
Level 1 maintenance on mainline and parts of Level 2 maintenance on Depot access line and in
Depot are able to perform the maintenance work under permission of the OCC depending on
maintenance description even though during train operation.
When Level 2 and Level 3 maintenance work will be required with track possessions, non-operation
hours is from 0:22 to 4:46. In case of Temporary or Emergency Corrective Maintenance, it will be
done under permission of the OCC even though train operation limitation.
The infrastructure work places will need to be managed by rigorous application of possession rules
to ensure that the staff employed on maintenance activities are fully accounted for and safe at all
times.
Work packages will need to be developed that recognise the available 4 hour 24 minute window and
will include time for setting up and clearing equipment away to ensure that the system is ready and
safe to use for revenue service.
Normally the maintenance of permanent way and wayside infrastructures such as Track should be
performed during maintenance windows except at trackside where the revenue operation would not
be affected.
To ensure the revenue operation schedule and to protect maintenance staff from electrical potential
hazards, the maintenance activities near live line or on live line will be performed under the
condition of power cut within the maintenance timeframe from approximately 0:30 to 4:30. As Well
as the permission of OCC before implementation of maintenance work is required essential
procedure to ensure the safety of work.
In addition, much of the infrastructure equipment is of a type that does not reveal its condition,
deterioration can only be revealed by the planned regular inspections and functional tests. As such,
the maintenance of track, and turnout etc. will be planned regularly with preventative maintenance
implemented, so as to have no or minimal impact on the system availability.
As the maintenance activities of track facilities may be carried out far from the maintenance
depots, maintenance team dispatched to the site should consist of no less than 2 staff to ensure
work safety and cross checking.

Maintenance Plan
Page 196 of 226
Every maintenance work will require the Designated Person in Charge of Possession (PICOP).
performs the procedure with partial power cut or possession track, etc. from OCC based on
Maintenance activities are carried out in order to ensure the trackwork system can fulfil the
operational requirements. The maintenance activities for main line will be based on:
 Track patrolling & Back-up of emergency work during traffic hours;

 Visual inspection by riding a passenger train in cab during traffic hours,
 Inspection by riding on maintenance vehicles during non-traffic hours,

 Measurement and recording of the track condition with the measuring instrument,
 Track adjustment and repair during non-traffic hours

Periodic inspection activities are addressed as follows:
9.2 Inspection Activity for Trackwork
Level 1 Maintenance indicates the daily, weekly and/or monthly visual check. The maintenance
staff will either walk-around or take a train to check any defects of track facilities, inspection
items and methods are highlighted in the following table.
Table T 9.2.1 Level 1 Maintenance
Inspection contents Interval of

Inspection method
Inspection
(1)Visual check track condition of main Visual check from driver’s
Every day
line tracks cabin by taking train
(2) Patrol along the tracks and visual
check every track condition
Also, the following shows an important
items
-Track irregularity
-Construction Gauge Visual check by walking Weekly
-Lineside surrounding
-Turnout (Switches, crossings, fastner)
-Expansion joint
-Defects of materials (Break, Crack,
deformation, etc.)
(3)Patrol along the tracks and visual
check track condition of every location
Also, the following shows special parts
- Sharp curved tracks (R≦300)
- Anti derailment guards Visual check by walking Monthly
- Loosen parts in fastening system
- Concrete bed and sleeper
- Ballast and sleeper
- Inappropriate wear in rail

Maintenance Plan
Page 197 of 226
Level 2 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of quarterly, half-yearly and yearly
inspections. These maintenance activities will require detail checking of track condition by
using the measuring instruments such as Track Inspection Equipment or Rail Inspection
Equipment. The purpose of this inspection is to identify any sub-standard place and parts or any
irregularity of track which could be replaced prior to any failure occurring.
The inspection items and its relative inspection intervals with the inspection method are listed in
the following table.

Inspection method
Inspection
Light touch or
(1) Check the mounting of switches 3 monthly
Measuring Instrument(s)
(2)Inspection and measurement for
turnout Light touch or
6 monthly
- Tong rail, Switches (include switch Measuring Instrument(s)
rollers) and Crossing, Fouling point
(3)Inspection and measurement
- Expansion joints Light touch or
6 monthly
- Insulated rail joint Measuring Instrument(s)
- Rail joint
(4)Inspection of Rail facilities
-PC sleeper, FFU sleeper, Aiti Vibration
Light touch Yearly
Facility, Fastening, Anti derailment
guard, Fishplate joints, other
(5)Checking of Supporting structure,
Cable duct in the trackbed, track Visual check Yearly
drainage system and track survey marks
(6)Measurement rail condition Multi-Function Vehicle 6 monthly
- Gauge, Cross level, Longitudinal level,
Alignment, Twist Track Inspection Scale Yearly
(7)Inspection of rail surface and rail Visual check or
Yearly
profile, rail failure, rail corrosion Track Inspection Equipment
(8)Inspection for rail flaw detection Multi-Function Vehicle Yearly
Liquid Penetrate Test
(9)Inspection of the rail welds
Visual Inspection
- Almni Thermit weld(ATW) Yearly
Ultrasonic Testing(ATW)
- Flash Butt weld(FBW)
Magnetic Particle Test(FBW)
(10)Inspection for Buffer stop and
Light touch Yearly
Wheel stop
-Friction buffer stop Performance test using real
4 yearly
-Friction wheel stop train
(11)Inspection of special track
-Train Washing Plant
-Wheel Re-profiling Plant
Visual check or light touch Yearly
-Main workshop
-Transition section
-Level Crossing
(12)Inspection of supporting structure Visual check or light touch Yearly
Maintenance Plan
Page 198 of 226

Inspection method
Inspection
-Concrete bed condition for non-
ballasted track
-Ballast condition for Ballasted track
(13)Vegetation Work (Type B) Mowing As needed
In case a dangerous situation that can prevent the safe operation of trains is found, such as
failure of rails or fish plates, a problem of contact/fixing of turnouts or a subsidence of the
roadbed, depending on the severity of the problem, it is necessary to take adequate measures to
prevent serious accidents from happening, such as stopping the train operation, reducing the
speed of the trains preparing replacement materials, or regularly monitoring locations where a
dangerous situation was found / which require attention.
Investigation items before cancellation of the alert are following.
- Construction gauge check
- Track irregularity check
- Condition of concrete bed, ballast and roadbed
- Condition of track components
Level 3 Maintenance indicates the maintenance interval of medium-term maintenance with

repair and replacement, such as Rail re-profiling, Tamping ballast, Replacement of rail, etc.
Following are the maintenance items and timing of maintenance, others.
Maintenance items Timing of maintenance, others

(1)Rail re-profiling 50 million gross tonnes
(2)Tamping ballast After 1 year operation and every 2 year
afterwards
(3)Replacement of Rail 800 million gross tonnes
Tangent on mainline : 25years,
Calculation based on operation diagram of GS
Depot : more than 40years,
Curved : 5years
(4)Replacement of Tongue rail/ Switch/ Tongue rail and switch blade : 7years,
Crossing rail Resilient support pads : 10years,
Nose crossing : 25 yearly,
Anchor bolts : 15years
(5)Replacement of sleeper FFU Sleeper : 50years
PC Sleeper : 40years
(6)Replacement of track facilities 40 yearly
(7)Adjustment rail If necessary

Maintenance Plan
Page 199 of 226
A computerized maintenance management system will be used to structure maintenance

processes and to organize workloads. The maintenance management system will have an up-to-
date database with detailed information to readily support day-to-day decision making as well as
strategic and long-term considerations. It will be used for work planning, tracking work progress,
on.
9.4 Maintenance Working Process of Track
follow, so as to facilitate learning, increase the working efficiency and maintenance quality.
Track System shall be maintained for the punctuality, safety and comfort of the urban railway.
Apart from the static and dynamic requirements of operational loads, the track geometry is
subject to atmospheric influences and other external stresses. The life length cycle of the
structural elements of the track is limited, depending on stress and length of use; the preventive
maintenance shall be executed according to the predetermined period.
The track of this line has the following characteristics in consideration of the maintenance work.
 Anti-vibration sleeper concrete bed track in the main line

 Ballasted track in Suoi Tien Terminal Station, Depot Access Line and Depot

Maintenance Plan
Page 200 of 226
Line Characteristics
Line
Railway Structure Track Structure
Tunnel CWR Non-Ballasted Track
Non-Ballasted Track (Except

CWR
Mainline Suoi Tien Terminal Station)
Viaduct
Ballasted Track
Jointed Rail
(Suoi Tien Terminal Station)
Depot Access Line Viaduct Jointed Rail Ballasted Track
Depot Sub-ballast Jointed Rail Ballasted Track
The following maintenance vehicle, equipment and tool to be supplied under this Contract will
be utilized.
 Infrastructure Maintenance Vehicle

 Flat Car
 Multi-Function Vehicle (include Track Inspection Equipment, Rail Inspection Equipment
(Ultrasonic Type))
 Rail Reprofiling Equipment
 Trackwork Tools, Manual
 Trackwork Inspection Equipment, Portable
 Electric Tamping Set
 Works Lights, Portable
 Rail Fastener Impact Wrench, Powered
 Rail Heater
 Field Weld Hardware Sets and Welding Kits
 Weld Shear
 Rail Tensor
 Rail Drilling Machine
 Rail Cut-off Saw, Abrasive Disc Type
 Rail Head Grinding Machine
 Emergency Rail Clamps
 Rail Trolley
 Air Compressor, Portable
 Rail Band saw
 Trackwork Maintenance Workshop
 Forklift Truck, 3.0T Capacity
 Pallet Racks, Infrastructure Workshop
 Portable Generator, Maintenance tool, Test equipment, other
The working process for Track System is shown in the Chart-C9.4.

Maintenance Plan
Page 201 of 226
Maintenance Flow
Non operation-hours Operation-Hours
Preparation
1. OCC
approval 1. Inspection Scheduling
2. Maintenance 2. Input of Inspection results
3. Preparation of Daily Report
Inspection of Track
4. Analysis of defects
Analysis of
Inspection Results Patrol the Track
Abnormality found
Train operation stopped or speed reduced
Temporary measures and Monitoring
Decision of
Maintenance Method
Repair of Defects
Analysis of Maintenance
Results
Computerization of
Maintenance Record
Chart C9.4 - Work Flow of Track Inspection

Maintenance Plan
Page 202 of 226
After the maintenance, data through scheduling software is processed by MMS, the work orders
The Maintenance and Planning Division will then generate statistics on the relevant maintenance
Carry out
NO
maintenance based
Reschedule
on schedule?
YES


Output report and submitting to maintenance staffs

Maintenance Plan
Page 203 of 226
Table-T9.5 Working schedule of Track System Maintenance Division

Track System Maintenance Div. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Track system Dept Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr
Dept. Manager 1 D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D
Assist. Manager 1 D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D
2 D D D D D H H D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D ● ● ● H H D D D H H D D D ● ● ● H H D D D D
3 D D D H H D D D ● ● ● H H D D D H H D D D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D
Senior Track Engineer D D D D D H H D D D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D D D D D H H D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D
2 D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D D ● H H D D D
3 D ● ● H ● ● H H H D D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D
4 D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D D D D D H H D D D H ● H H H ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D
5 D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D D ● H H D ● ● H ● H D D D D D D H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
6 D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D D D H H D D D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
7 D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D D H H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
8 D D D D D D H H ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D D H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D D H H D ● ●
9 D D D D H H D D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D H H H H ● ● H ● ● H D D D H H D D D ● ●
10 D D D D D H H H H ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D D H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D D H H D ● ●
Track Engineer Team1 2 man D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D D H H H H D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D
Team1 2 man D ● ● H ● ● H ● ● H ● H H H D D D D D D H H D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
Team1 2 man D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● D D H H D D D D D H H D D D H H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
Team2 2 man D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● H H H ● ● ● H H D D D D H D D H ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
Team2 2 man D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D H H D D D ● ● H ● H D D D D D D H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D
Team2 2 man D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● ● H H D D D D D H H D ● ● H ● H H H ● ● H ● ● H D ● ●
Team3 2 man D D D D H H D D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D H H
Team3 2 man D D D D D D H H ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H H H ● ●
Team3 2 man H H ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D D ● H H D ● ● ● H H D ● ● H ● ● H D D D H H D D D ● ●
Daytime total 30 12 12 11 8 4 4 23 3 3 3 3 4 4 24 8 12 11 9 4 4 25 9 12 12 12 4 4 24 26 30 25 7 4 4 28 3 3 3 3 3 4 25 11 12 10 8 4 4 24 12 12 9 7 4 4 26 11 12 12
Night duty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 27 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 24 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 20
Night-time total 0 18 18 0 18 18 0 0 27 27 0 27 0 0 0 18 18 0 18 18 0 0 18 18 0 18 9 0 0 0 0 0 18 0 0 0 27 27 0 27 0 0 0 18 18 0 18 18 0 0 18 18 0 18 18 0 0 18 18 0
Day work discription D5 D5 every day D1,D2 and D3 D4 D5 D4 D5 D4 D5 D4 D5 D4
Night work discription － N 3 /4 N 3 /4
－ N 3 /4 N 3 /4
－ N1 N1 － N1 － N 3 /5 N 3 /5
－ N 3 /5 N 3 /5
－ N2 N2 － N2 N3 －－ N 3 /5
－ N1 N1 － N1 － N 3 /4 N 3 /4
－ N 3 /4 N 3 /4
－ N2 N2 － N2 N 3 /5
－ N 3 /5 N 3 /5
－
[Working Condition]　8 hours/day, 40 hours/week (2 holidays/week) [Calculation of Manpower]
[Work Description] 　D : Daytime shift 8:00~17:00 (1h break) General Manager 0
Night-work Man Times/year 　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 21:00~4:00) Manager 0
N1 27 36 Level 3 Maintenance: Replacements of Longer Rail 　△ : Night time shift 17:00~8:00 (1 out of 2 staff is standby 1:00~8:00) Dept. Manager 1
(200m, include CWR) 　● : Night work 22:00~5:00 (45min.break) Assist. Manager 3
N2 18 36 Level 3 Maintenance: Replacements of Fastening, [Working category] Senior Staff 10
Tongue/Switching/ Crossing Rail, other Level 1 Maintenance Technical Staff 18
N3 9 106 Level 3 Maintenance: Rail re-profiling/tamping ballast Patrol by taking train: Daily Total 32
N4 9 40 Level 2 Maintenance: Measure of rail condition, Adjustment rail Visual check for turnout: Weekly
N5 9 36 Level 2 Maintenance: Inspection of Turnout, Expansion joint Visual check for Track systems : Monthly Staff levels assume normal absence
Level 2 Maintenance levels and available working time
Check for fixing of switch of turnout: 3monthly
Day-work Man Times/month Inspection and measurement for Turnout with Signal: 6monthly
D1 1 30 Level 1 Maintenance: Patrol by taking train Inspection and measurement for EXP.joint: 6monthly
D2 8 - Level 1 Maintenance: Visual check for Turnout Measurement of rail condition: 6monthly
D3 2*2 - Level 1,2 Maintenance: Visual check for Track system by walking Check for Sleeper,fastening,Rail joint,Anti derailment guard, other: Yearly
D4 9 3 Level 2 Check for fixing of switch of turnout Performance check for Maintenance vehicle, Flat car, Track inspection equipment, Rail re-profiling equipment : Mon
D5 9 3 Level 3 Maintenance: Tamping ballast Witness for inspection and parts replacement of maintenance vehicle by sub-contractor: Yearly
D6 1 1 Level 2 Maintenance: Witness for inspection of maint. vehicle and equipment Level 3 Maintenance: Mid-term
Rail re-profiling
Tamping ballast
Maintenance Plan
Page 204 of 226
pumping / environment control / fire detection and suppression / lifts /escalators, etc. provided
and actual date.
9.7 Organization of Track System Maintenance Division
The Track System Maintenance Division is responsible for the maintenance of the track system
equipment. They are also responsible for rail grinding and ultrasonic inspections.
The Sectional Engineer (Hitachi) together with the Track System General Manager (O&M
Company) report directly to the Chief Manager of Management & Planning Division and work
in normal office hours. The Sectional Engineer is responsible for all the maintenance work
within the division and also guarantees that maintenance performance levels are achieved.
The proposed organisation structure for Track System Maintenance Division is shown in the
following chart. There is only one department under the division:
 Track Maintenance Department

Maintenance Plan
Page 205 of 226
The Track Maintenance Department is responsible for all aspects of track maintenance
including permanent way, rail re-profiling, ultrasonic inspections and possessions. It is
suggested that there are a number of teams providing staff coverage throughout the day, and
additional teams during the daytime and night time maintenance hours to provide both
preventative and corrective maintenance manpower. The total manpower requirement for
Track Maintenance Department is 32 staff. In addition, Hitachi will also deploy maintenance
workers to assist in the implementation of maintenance work. The maintenance staff perform
maintenance work during daytime and non-operation time other than daytime. In addition,
maintenance staff are engaged during operation time by shift-work.
And, the trainee staff need 1 year to be fully fledged and able to carry out regular work and
In addition to the above mentioned Type-A Maintenance work to be performed by Hitachi, there
is also Type-B Maintenance work to be performed by O&M Company directly, in which Hitachi
will deploy a Supervisor to supervise these track cleaning staff to ensure the quality of work.
We think daily track cleaning work is un-necessary. Because there are platform screen doors at
stations, and windows of trains usually will be closed. The Type-B maintenance staff will be
organized into 1 groups consisting of 9 staff if necessary.
and qualifications required for specific posts which will be used as the recruitment references for
the O&M Company.
 General Manager
 Qualification of track engineer or equivalent experience as indicated in the post (*1).
 Manager
 Major in civil engineering or experience of track work system or major in civil
engineering as indicated in the post (*2).
 Senior Class & Engineer Class
 Knowledge of track engineering as indicated in the post (*3).
 Basic technical knowledge of Civil
 Experience of Crane operation, Forklift operation, Flaw detector operation and Welding
work (Recommended few persons for each work)

Maintenance Plan
Page 206 of 226
 Crane operation, Forklift operation, Flaw detector operation, Welding work, High
voltage basic knowledge, Knowledge of working in high place, Safety work
management, others

Maintenance Plan
Page 207 of 226
Figure-F9.7 Trackwork Maintenance Organization
Contractor's Maintenance
Organization Structure
[SOW]
By Hitachi
[Legend]
Instruction Flow
Joint Management,
Cooperation
Track System Maintenance Track System

Track System Dept.
Division Maintenance Division
Track System (*1) (*2)
Senior Track Engineer - Patrol and visual check (*1)
Sectional Engineer - Check for fixing of switch of turnout Qualification of track engineer or equivalent experience
[1] - Regular inspection (*2)
Deputy Sectional (*2) (*3) : Manager Class
1 Assist. Manager 3 Track Engineer 18 - Tamping of ballasted tracks
Engineer (VTN) 1) Experience of track work system
- Rail re-profiling
[4] [28] - Adjustment of rail, Repair work and parts replacement 2) Major in civil engineering
(*3)
Track System * Include Maintenance vehicle and Inspection equipment for : Knowledge of track engineering
1
Technicians Trackwork
Supervisor for Type-B Dept. Total; [32]
1
Maintenance (VTN) - Basic training needed for 6 months.
- After training person is able to be assigned to Track Engineer.
(Type-B)
Track Cleaning Staff
(9) - Cleaning of track structure in Depot, if necessary in future
(Type-B)

Maintenance Plan
Page 208 of 226
10. SPARE PARTS AND CONSUMABLES
10.1 Spare Parts and Consumables
It is inevitable that maintenance consumes time and reduces equipment availability. Such impact
should be minimized by adopting modern and efficient maintenance practices like reliability
centred maintenance and routine condition monitoring to extend the maintenance intervals, in
addition to the manpower and problem solving technique. Spare parts and consumables
availability are always the critical chain for the maintenance process.
Hitachi will provide Spare Parts and Consumables for the maintenance of the railway system in
accordance with the Contract Package 3 requirements for the initial operating period of 5 years.
The list of supplied Spare Parts and Consumables will consist of following 3 categories:
 Contract Spares and Consumables

 Commissioning Spares and Consumables
 Defect Liability Spares and Consumables
Based on the projected MTBF and the maintenance processes which are to be developed for
the Maintenance Manuals, the consumption of spare parts and consumables will be estimated
and appropriate quantities provided.
The MMS will record all items stored within the depot and the storage rooms. A General
Manager of Administrative Division will be responsible for the all data input into the MMS
when any item has been removed, replaced, or repaired and returned to storage. This will insure
that there will be neither shortfalls, nor overstocking, of spare parts or consumables.
10.2 Continuing Support for Spare Parts and Consumables
Along with the on-going technical innovations and improvements, there is always a risk of
obsolescence or discontinuity in the manufacture of the spare parts and consumables necessary
for the operation and maintenance of the MRT system.
During the design life as specified in the Employer’s Requirement, Hitachi, as original
manufacturer of the core system, is able to manage this risk and guarantee the stable supply of
spare parts or provision of alternative solutions in case the manufacture of the required spare
parts is discontinued. The continued commitment from the original manufacturer, Hitachi, shall
help the Employer reduce the risks for the shortage of necessary spare parts in the future.
In case Hitachi foresees any discontinuity of spare parts and consumables, which would
adversely affect the operation of MRT system, Hitachi will take immediate action to provide
prior notice to the Employer at least one (1) year in advance. Hence, the Employer would have
sufficient time to plan the budget to order the necessary quantities of the spare parts and
consumables.

Maintenance Plan
Page 209 of 226
Even after the discontinuity, Hitachi will support the Employer to provide technical
consultations and alternative solutions or introduce the new models in a timely manner. Hence,
the equipment or sub-systems supplied by Hitachi will be functioning properly for as long as
possible during the entire period of the design life.
Detail of the continuing support from Hitachi will be further addressed in Chapter 13 “After
Service Support”.

Maintenance Plan
Page 210 of 226
11. SAFETY GUIDELINE
11.1 Safety Policy
To address the safety of service operation and maintenance, a clear safety policy and safe system
together with the respective safety procedures should be in place.
The proposed Safety Policy is listed as follows:
 To operate the HCMC Line 1, safety is the highest instructive principle.
 Safety of passengers, public, employees and the system are the primary target. Protection of
the environment and property are to be safe guarded.
 To use the risk analysis, safety management method, and As Low As Reasonably (ALARP)
principle to reduce potential risks and the impacts.
 To check and review the actual safety performance and this operation safety policy to verify
whether the safety targets have been achieved, and engage in continuous improvement.
11.2 Safety System
In addition, the following safety issues listed need to be addressed while developing the safety
system.
 Prevention of Accidents
 Risk Assessment
 List of Safe Working Procedures
 Toolbox Meeting
 Personal Safety
 Personal Protective Equipment
 Working on or Near Track
 Confined Space Working
 Electrical Safety
 Fire Prevention
 Working at Height
 Ladders and Scaffoldings
 Working Adjacent to Energized Lines
 Adverse Weather Working
 Safe Use of Tools, Equipment & Materials
 Reporting Defects
 Emergency Equipment for Maintenance
 Safety Inspection & Audits
And some of the issues will also have the local regulations to be followed and carefully
addressed such as Fire Prevention or Confined Space Working.
11.3 Concept of Maintenance Work on or Near Track

Maintenance Plan
Page 211 of 226
Following is the proposed safety concept of working procedure for maintenance work on or near
track. When maintenance staff require access to the mainline track or trackside, there shall be a
minimum of two persons, and they will work together to ensure their safety and the safety of the
track is maintained.
Normally, permission for all scheduled maintenance works on or near track should be applied
for at least one week in advance and published on the weekly Traffic Notice. When maintenance
work is required on or near track for safety critical equipment, the authorization of engineering
possession and the “Permit-to-Work (PTW)” should be applied for and given by Dispatcher of
OCC. Only after the PTW was obtained, and after receiving the authorization for track access
from the Dispatcher in OCC, will staff be allowed to access to track to carry out the protections
for the Engineering Possession.
If required, the Engineering Person-in-Charge (EPIC) will appoint hand signalman to protect the
site when train movement is carried out at the nearby area.
When the maintenance work has been completed, the EPIC should ensure all protections has
been removed, all person and materials were cleared of track, he should then report to Dispatch
(Facility) at OCC to cancel the PTW.

Maintenance Plan
Page 212 of 226
12. TRAINING & KNOWLEDGE/SKILL TRANSFER
12.1 Knowledge/Skill Transfer Process
As mentioned previously, the maintenance organisation structure is a joint management

organisation. Hitachi will deploy a sectional engineer, technician and skilled site maintainers
based on each discipline to supervise the work performed by O&M Company. By this approach,
the knowledge/skill transfer will be based on specific disciplines and ensure that the O&M
Company’s staff are sufficiently competent to be able to implement the maintenance work on
their own and ensure safe operations.
Especially for Major Equipment Inspection and General Inspection of trains, Hitachi will be
committed to provide full training support during initial 5 year maintenance period for the O&M
Company’s staff to acquire the deep and sufficient knowledge and skill for this overhaul work.
Hitachi will submit the Training and Knowledge/Skill Transfer Plan in due course.

Maintenance Plan
Page 213 of 226
13. AFTER SERVICE SUPPORT
13.1 Introduction
On completion of the first 5 years of maintenance, the incumbent maintenance personnel of the
O&M Company should have achieved a level of competence to continue ongoing maintenance
and renewal activities of the railway system.
However, some of the detailed technical “know-how” may not be easy to acquire or technical
failures may not have occurred during the first 5 year period. Therefore, “After-sales support”
shall be one of the key factors to determine the quality of the operation service and maintenance
work of the Employer after the initial 5 year maintenance period.
In order to secure the continuity of the maintenance support from the main contractor, it is
preferable that the main contractor, who will provide after-sales support, is the original
manufacturer of the System and Equipment supplies. In the case where the original
manufacturer is just a subcontractor of the main contractor, there remains certain risks for the
Employer that the communication between the main contractor and original manufacturer takes
time and subsequently causes delays in providing timely services and support. Moreover, it also
sometimes happens that the original manufacturer is reluctant to provide continued support for
which the main contractor is unable to control.
Hitachi is the main contractor as well as the original manufacturer and is familiar with in-depth
knowledge on the core system such as the rolling stock, signalling system and power supply
system. Hence, Hitachi is able to commit long term after-sales support from the stance of the
original core system manufacturer, and Hitachi believes it will contribute to stable commercial
operations of the first MRT system in Vietnam.
This After Service Support is an additional service to the Contract, and terms and conditions
including price shall be discussed at a later stage between the Employer and Hitachi.
13.2 Proposed Scope of Service
This After-Service Proposal includes maintenance support and consultancy services as well as
the knowledge / skills transfer to the O&M Company, which will not be covered during the
initial 5 year maintenance period. This enables O&M Company to keep the safe and efficient
operation and service or improve and update the maintenance technique periodically.
Hitachi After-Service Proposal consists of the following services and activities;
 Twenty-four (24) hours technical support and assistance

 Stable provision of spare parts and consumables
 Periodical dispatch of engineers and/or supervisors
 Technical and engineering support as the design authority for specifying and rectifying
defects

Maintenance Plan
Page 214 of 226
 Technical service for overhaul maintenance and failure diagnosis of major components
 Introduction of the up-dated technology and consultancy services
13.3 After-Sales Support
13.3.1 Twenty-four (24) hour Technical Support and Assistance
There is always a risk that unexpected failure will occur in the operational critical equipment
and sub-systems, and the management of this risk is the most important factor to avoid stoppage
of the train operation and secure the stable operation service.
In case the O&M Company staff cannot identify the cause of failures and rectify the failures by
themselves or it might take time to do so, the O&M Company staff immediately need to contact
and consult with the original manufacturer.
To respond quickly to the O&M Company’s inquiry or request for assistance, Hitachi’s solution
is to provide twenty-four (24) hours technical support available in Ho Chi Minh City. Hitachi
would deploy the well-trained staff at site to be a contact window to the O&M Company.
The O&M Company can access our staff anytime, on stand-by for 24 hours, and the staff will
arrive at the place designated by the O&M Company within one (1) hour after receiving a call-
out request.
Through twenty-four (24) hours technical support and assistance, the O&M Company is able to
contact our staff as the first consultation. In case our staff cannot cope with the situation, they
will immediately communicate with Hitachi engineers outside Vietnam, and Hitachi, together
with our staff, will specify the defects and take initial countermeasures for the earliest recovery
of the failed equipment.
Deployment of our staff nearby the O&M Company would be one of the most efficient ways to
provide the quickest and face-to-face support whenever any difficulties arise.
13.3.2 Stable Provision of Spare Parts and Consumable
Along with the on-going technical innovations and improvements, there is always a risk of
discontinuity in the manufacture of the spare parts and consumables necessary for the operation
and maintenance of the MRT system.
During the design life as specified in the Employer’s Requirement, Hitachi, as original
manufacturer of the core system, is able to manage this risk and guarantee the stable supply of
spare parts or provision of alternative solutions in case the manufacture of the required spare
parts is discontinued. The direct commitment from the original manufacturer Hitachi shall help
the Employer reduce the risks for the shortage of necessary spare parts in the future.
In case Hitachi foresees any discontinuity of spare parts and consumables, which would
adversely affect the operation of MRT system, Hitachi will take immediate action to provide

Maintenance Plan
Page 215 of 226
prior notice to the Employer at least one (1) year in advance. Hence, the Employer would have
sufficient time to plan the budget to order the necessary quantities of the spare parts and
consumables.
Even after the discontinuity, Hitachi is always with the Employer to provide technical
consultations and alternative solutions or introduce the new models in a timely manner. Hence,
the equipment or sub-systems supplied by Hitachi will be functioning properly for as long as
possible during the entire period of the design life.
13.3.3 Periodical Dispatch of Engineers and/or Supervisors
The equipment and sub-systems working at the site are always affected by the environmental
conditions, quality of operation and maintenance, vandalism by third parties, etc., and the latent
defects that sometimes occur, which cannot be specified by the periodical preventive
maintenance work. Once the latent defects, especially in the core equipment, are apparent, these
have the possibility to cause damage to operations.
In order to predict the latent defects in advance and ensure that the equipment and sub-system
are working in good conditions, Hitachi proposes the periodical dispatch of our engineers and/or
supervisors, which will supplement the daily maintenance work by the O&M Company.
Through joint checking by the O&M Company staff and the Hitachi engineer/supervisor, the
railway system, especially core equipment, is diagnosed, and the O&M Company staffs are also
trained by our engineer/supervisor and are able to acquire the fresh and new skills and
knowledge to enhance their diagnostic levels and techniques.
The table below shows the frequency of dispatch recommended by Hitachi; however, the
Employer or the O&M Company is able to call our engineers/supervisors whenever it is judged
necessary.
Equipment Recommended Period

Rolling Stock Every One (1) Year
Signalling System Every One (1) Year
Power Supply System Every Three (3) Year
Power SCADA Every One (1) Year
Telecommunication System Every One (1) Year
Facility SCADA Every One (1) Year
Depot and Workshop Equipment Every One (1) Year
Overhead Contact System Every One (1) Year
Track Works Every One (1) Year
Platform Screen Door Every One (1) Year
Automatic Fare Collection Every One (1) Year
13.3.4 Technical and Engineering Support for Specifying and Rectifying the Defect

Maintenance Plan
Page 216 of 226
Hitachi, as the manufacturing company of the railway systems, has sufficient in-house engineers
and engineering resources at Hitachi premises, which can be allocated to the clients not only in
Japan but also in overseas markets.
The technical and engineering support, backed-up by significant amount of engineering

capability ensures that the Employer can always expect and rely on Hitachi’s assistance and
support. This presents the most efficient and cost-effective method, whenever the Employer is
confronting difficulties.
For example, in the case that the failures still exist after the initial consultation and the first
countermeasure is taken as specified in Clause 13.3.1 above, or the severe defect is detected and
cannot be rectified during the periodical dispatch of engineers and/or supervisors as specified in
Clause 13.3.3 above, Hitachi will be able to provide the detailed technical engineering, plan for
the replacement parts and/or materials, and the dispatch of the specialized engineers and/or
supervisors, in order to solve the problems as soon as possible.
It would be advantageous that the Employer can communicate and negotiate directly with the
original core equipment manufacturer of Hitachi, for which, we believe, the required time is
shorter and the cost is less in comparison with indirect communication and negotiation with
subcontractors through the main contractor.
13.3.5 Technical Service for Overhaul Maintenance and Failure Diagnosis of Major Components
In principle, Hitachi will complete the transfer of knowledge and skills during the initial five (5)
year maintenance period with a Plan, Organization and Methodology to approach
Knowledge/Skill Transfer.
However, there is still technical know-how which cannot be acquired and transferred easily, and
Hitachi, as the original manufacturer, is always beside the Employer to assist in the overhaul
maintenance and/or failure diagnosis. This sophisticated technique would contribute to
prolonging the service lifetime beyond the designated life span and would also achieve high
levels of reliability and availability in the train operation.
The Employer and the O&M Company would be able to utilize Hitachi’s technical service for
overhaul maintenance and failure diagnosis to be performed in Vietnam or in Japan whenever it
is judged necessary.
Below are the subsystems for which Hitachi is able to provide special assistance or support to
the Employer and the O&M Company during preventive and overhaul maintenance.
1. Rolling Stock

Maintenance Plan
Page 217 of 226
 Analysis in Japan of fault data for unexpected failures, caused by environmental or

operational conditions, which have not happened during the five (5) year maintenance
period, and provision of full assistance and support to rectify such failures.
 Advice to promote efficiency of maintenance regime, reflecting on the technical
innovation.
2. Signalling System
 Fine adjustment of track circuits after the conditions of track circuits is affected by
various external factors.
 Analysis in Japan of fault data for unexpected failures, caused by environmental or
operational conditions, which have not happened during the five (5) year maintenance
period, and provision of full assistance and support to rectify such failures.
 Check of intensity of radio transmission and fine tuning.
 Analysis and repair of failed PCB (Printed Circuit Board)
3. Power Supply System
 Periodical inspection for leakage or condition of gas of GIS
 Periodical inspection for leakage current of element of Rectifier and Inverter
 Fine adjustment of inverter
13.3.6 Technical Investigation Support for Failed Parts and Components
The Printed Circuit Board, for example, employed by the signalling system, is one of the
sophisticated components, where many semiconductors and chips are mounted. There is the
possibility that abnormal phenomena will occur in PCBs, which may have adverse impacts on
the quality of operation services.
The Employer can send back the failed PCB to the original manufacturer for the following
purposes.
 It is essential to perform the root cause analysis, and it helps improvement in the stability of
the system when the result is fed back to the design department of the original manufacturer.
 After the root cause analysis, the original manufacturer provides advice on whether the failed
PCB can be repaired or is instead replaced with a new one.
Hitachi, as the original manufacturer, will be committed to provide long-term technical

investigation support for the stable and maintenance cost-saving operation of the railway
system.

Maintenance Plan
Page 218 of 226
13.3.7 Introduction of the updated Technology and Consultancy Service
Since technology is rapidly developing and innovated year by year, the railway operators in the
world are always looking forward to the latest information related to the technological trend in
the coming decades. This valuable information is essential and fundamental for the railway
operators to plan the modernization of their railway systems and enhance their operations and
energy efficiencies in consideration of being environmentally friendly, as well as improving the
comfort and convenience for passengers.
In fact, one of the most remarkable innovations has been achieved in the signalling system in the
past ten years: the transition from analogue Automatic Train Protection (ATP) to digital ATP,
for which the track circuit is employed for train detection as well as train control. The recent
trend is moving to CBTC technology, which is also applied to the HCMC MRT project.
Hitachi, as the manufacturer of the railway systems, has a long history dating back to 1924 for
locomotive manufacture and 1938 when direct current electric cars were first delivered. Since
then, Hitachi has been continuously developing our own technology in the field of rolling stock,
signalling systems, telecommunication systems, power supply systems, etc., which are core and
vital sub-systems forming the overall railway system. Hitachi is also publishing our
technological development in our company brochure called “Hitachi Review” to introduce our
latest innovations to our esteemed clients.
Hitachi is committed to provide the consultation services to the Employer and the O&M
Company by acting as the design authority as part of our after-sales activities, whenever the
Employer and the O&M Company have plans for modernization or rehabilitation of the railway
system or equipment by adopting the newest technology.
13.4 Conclusion
Based on our own experiences accumulated in the past 90 years, Hitachi is confident in its
ability to provide any type of after-sales support and services required by the Employer in the
timely and most appropriate manner.
The Hitachi approach to after sales support is utilizing our in-house knowledge and experiences
of core equipment, which helps the Employer;
 to eliminate any risks of non-response or late response by the sub-contractor through the
main contractor,
 to detect and rectify the defects by the core equipment manufacturer directly, and
 To support stable operation through direct commitments of the core equipment manufacturer
for the provision of spare parts and consumable (or alternative) parts in the future.
It is not an overstatement to say that the quality of after-sales services and support of the
contractor will determine the quality of operation service of the Employer.
Maintenance Plan
Page 219 of 226
We believe that Hitachi will deserve the provision of after-sales services and support as a long-
term partner with the Employer and the O&M Company.

Maintenance Plan
Page 220 of 226
Appendix-1: List of Equipment and Specifications of Depot and Workshop
CODE
Description Unit Q’ty Location Brief Specification
No.
Automatic washing of 3-car (initially)

Train Washing Line
10.101 Train Washing Plant nr 1 Depot and 6-car train sets (ultimately), as well
#W1
as mixed fleets of 3-car and 6-car trains.
It is under floor lathe for machining of

Wheel Re-profiling
10.102 Wheel Re-profiling Plant nr 1 Depot railway wheels and axle-mounted brake
Line #R1
discs.
Lifting plant for 6-car train sets consist of

10.104 Train set Lifting Plant set 1 Main Workshop Line #M3
screw jacks at fixed locations.
Set of mobile jacks for lifting of single

10.105 Rail Vehicle Lifting Jacks, 4x10t set 1 Main Workshop Line #M5
passenger cars.
Wheel load measuring system consist of
a series of standard weighing components
arranged so that all 8 (eight) wheels of a
10.114 Wheel Load Measuring System lot 1 Main Workshop Line #M5
railcar will be weighed simultaneously
for the purpose of recording wheel load
distribution
Turn table for turning bogie in the
10.201 Bogie Turn Table nr 11 Main Workshop Line #M3, 4, 5, 6
workshop
For replacement of wheels from axles on
10.202 Wheel Press nr 1 Main Workshop Machine Shop passenger rolling stock and service
vehicles.
It is used for finish machining of wheel

bores, facing of wheel hubs, machining
10.203 Wheel Boring Machine nr 1 Main Workshop Machine Shop oil relief groove in wheel bore, as well as
drilling oil injection hole and tapping
port for high pressure fitting in wheel hub
It is used for machining of rolling stock

10.204 Axle Lathe nr 1 Main Workshop Machine Shop
axles for pressing of wheels.
It is used to test the condition of vertical

Damper & Spring and lateral dampers for passenger rolling
10.205 Damper Test Stand nr 1 Main Workshop
Test Area stock and infrastructure maintenance
vehicles.
It is used to test the condition of
Damper & Spring suspension springs for passenger rolling
10.206 Spring Test Stand nr 1 Main Workshop
Test Area stock and infrastructure maintenance
vehicles
Portable device used for measurement

Wheel Measuring and Recoding
10.207 nr 1 Main Workshop Machine Shop and recording of wheel diameter and
Device
profile.
Set of wheel inspection gauges used to

10.208 Wheel Inspection Gauges set 1 Main Workshop Machine Shop
check wheel back-to-back dimensions.
Equipment to examine wheel/axle seats

10.209 Wheelset Examination Equipment set 1 Main Workshop Machine Shop and wheel treads for sub-surface material
defects.
Set of devices for removal and pressing

10.210 Bearing Removal and Pressing Set sets 2 Main Workshop Machine Shop
of axle and motor bearings.

Maintenance Plan
Page 221 of 226
CODE
No.
Testing facility for testing of assembled

10.212 Bogie Preload Stand nr 1 Main Workshop Line #M4 bogies for proper set-up, wheel load
distribution and adjustment
10.214 Traction Motor Test Facility nr 1 Main Workshop Traction Motor Area Test facility for AC traction motors
Drying oven is to be used for drying of

10.215 Drying Oven nr 1 Main Workshop Traction Motor Area
traction motors and other components.
Access Platform and Stairs,

Mobile
Inspection platforms (scaffold type
10.216 structures) used to facilitate access to
1) Low Floor Type sets 2 Main Workshop Line #M4, 5 train ends and to train interiors
2) High Floor Type sets 4 Main Workshop Line #M3
Car body stands to support car bodies of

a 6-car train in lifted position for long-
10.218 Carbody Stands sets 6 Main Workshop Line #M3
term maintenance and refurbishment
maintenance.
Maintenance and test equipment for

Brake Maintenance Equipment lot 1 Main Workshop Brakes Room brake systems for passenger rolling stock
and infrastructure maintenance vehicles.
This test rack is used to manually test the

function and performance of the
1) ABN Test Rack set 1
pneumatic brake valves used in the air
braking system.
This tester is used to run electrical

2) Electrical Testing Unit sets 1 function tests for valves and devices used
10.301 in air brake system.
3) Tester for Brake Control This tester is used to perform the unit test
sets 1
Unit on the brake control unit.
This tester is used to test the function and

4) Tester for Tread Brake Unit sets 1
performance of the tread brake unit.
This system monitors electric

5) Data Monitoring System sets 1 components used for rolling stock brake
system.

Electrical and
Electrical and Electronic electrical and electronic components for
10.302 lot 1 Main Workshop Electronic
Component Maintenance rolling passenger trains and maintenance
Component Room
vehicles.
Maintenance equipment for train and

Train Air-conditioner infrastructure service vehicle air
lot 1 Main Workshop Brakes Room
Maintenance Equipment conditioners in component workshops
10.303
and in-situ.
1) Maintenance tools set 1
2) A/C performance testing

set 1
equipment

Maintenance Plan
Page 222 of 226
CODE
No.
Pantograph Maintenance Maintenance equipment for pantographs

10.304 lot 1 Main Workshop Pantograph Area
Equipment maintenance.
Maintenance equipment for passenger

10.305 Door Maintenance Equipment lot 1 Main Workshop Air Compressor Area
doors on trains.
Maintenance equipment for couplers for
Light Mechanical
10.306 Coupler Maintenance Equipment lot 1 Main Workshop passenger trains and infrastructure
Room
maintenance vehicles, as defined below.
Battery Maintenance Maintenance equipment for various types

10.307 Battery Maintenance Equipment lot 1 Main Workshop
Room of batteries for passenger trains

Compressor Maintenance
10.308 lot 1 Main Workshop Compressor Area compressors for trains and infrastructure
Equipment
maintenance vehicles.
Lift table, scissor type, to facilitate lifting

10.309 Lift Table nr 1 Main Workshop －
of installation throughout workshops.
Automatic parts washer with wash water

Parts Washer
recycling in bogie overhaul workshop.
10.310
Automatic washer by hot water with
1) for Pneumatic component nr 1 Main Workshop Brakes Room
detergent to clean hydraulic components.
Hand wash sink by kerosene to clean

2) for Brake component nr 2 Main Workshop Brakes Room
hydraulic components.
Lubrication Equipment Main Workshop Machine Shop
1) Oil Dispenser sets 6 Equipment for filling, topping-up and

replacement of lubricating fluid and
10.312
grease on passenger trains and
2) Oil Drain Container sets 6 infrastructure maintenance vehicles.
3) Grease Gun sets 20
Work stand, Bogies

Stands for assembly and disassembly of
10.313 1) Static Work stand sets 2 Main Workshop Machine Shop bogies shall be supplied of the static and
powered type
2) Powered Work stand sets 2 Main Workshop Line #M3
Work stand, Train Air-

conditioners
Work stands for repair, overhaul and
10.314 testing of passenger saloon and driver’s
1) Passenger Saloon A/C sets 2 Main Workshop Air Conditioner Area cab air-conditioners
2) Driver's Cab A/C sets 2 Main Workshop Air Conditioner Area
Electrical Repair
Soldering Equipment Main Workshop
Area
1) Solder Pot sets 3

10.316 Set of equipment for soldering works
2) Fume Extraction Unit sets 3
3) Solder Iron sets 6
Booths for cleaning of components with

10.317 Cleaning Booth
compressed air for motor and compressed

Maintenance Plan
Page 223 of 226
CODE
No.
air and pressured water for air-air-

1) for Motor nr 1 Main Workshop Traction Motor Area condition.
2) for Air Conditioner nr 1 Main Workshop Cleaning Booth
First Aid Room Equipment &

Main Workshop First Aid Room
Furnishings
a) Desk sets 2
b) Desk Lamp sets 2
c) Bookshelf sets 2
10.406 First aid room equipment and furnishings
d) Steel Cabinet sets 2
e) Basic First Aid Medical Supply sets 2
f) Gurney sets 2
g) Examination Table, Potable Step sets 2

Train shunter for shunting of trains and
20.109 Train Shunter, Workshop nr 1 Main Workshop －
bogies inside workshops
Vehicles for general transport of goods

20.110 Pick-up Truck nr 2 Depot Car Parking
related to operation and maintenance.
Vehicles for maintenance along line

20.111 Van nr 2 Depot Car Parking
equipped as mobile workshop.
Vehicles for operation and maintenance

20.112 Sedan nr 3 Depot Car Parking
business.
Main &
Computers and Network Infrastructure －
Workshop
Computer & Processor with lot 1
30.101 Computers for maintenance management
a) Flat Screen Monitor sets 60
b) Keyboard and Mouse sets 60

Main &
Office Work Stations Infrastructure －
Workshop
a) Desk sets 100
30.102 b) 3-Drawer Unit sets 100 Office furniture for general usage
c) Book Shelf sets 100
d) Office Chair sets 100
e) Side Chair sets 100

Main &
Office Furniture, General Infrastructure －
Workshop
a) Reception set set 1
30.103 Office furniture for general usage
b) Meeting Room Furniture Set set 3
c) White Board set 3

Maintenance Plan
Page 224 of 226
CODE
No.
d) White Board set 6
e) Classroom Table set 2
Comprehensive, system-wide,
computerized Maintenance Management
Main &
Maintenance System (MMS) consisting of software,
30.104 Maintenance Management System lot 1 Infrastructure
Management Room hardware and installation for the planning
Workshop
and management of all maintenance work
and associated functions.
Forklift truck for indoor service,

30.302 Forklift Truck nr 1 Main Workshop －
allocated to the main workshop
Main & Reach trucks for indoor service in

30.303 Reach Truck nr 2 Infrastructure － material warehouses to handle and stack
Workshop goods on pallets
Racks for infrastructure workshop

Pallet Racks, Infrastructure Infrastructure
30.402 lot 1 Material Storage material warehouse for storage of
Workshop Workshop
palletized goods.
Main &
Modular racks for local storage in
30.406 Storage Racks, Various Locations lot 1 Infrastructure －
workshops
Workshop
Main &
Storage bins of various sizes for spare
Bins, Small Parts Storage lot 1 Infrastructure －
parts and materials
Workshop
Approx. 8 cm wide x 15 cm deep x 6 cm
a) Storage Box pcs 2000
high
Approx. 12 cm wide x 20 cm deep x 12

b) Storage Box pcs 1000 cm high to 20 cm wide x 30 cm deep x
30.408 20 cm high;

c) Storage Box pcs 800 cm high to 40 cm wide x 50 cm deep x
30 cm high.

d) Storage Box pcs 50
cm high.
Main & Storage cabinets for items such as

30.409 Storage Cabinets nr 15 Infrastructure － consumables, tools, spare parts, etc. at
Workshop locations in offices and workshops
Main &
Storage shelves cabinets for local storage
30.410 Storage Shelves nr 20 Infrastructure －
in workshops and offices.
Workshop
Main &
Work benches for general use in
Work Bench lot 1 Infrastructure －
maintenance workshops.
30.601 Workshop
a) Work Bench units 10 Work surface plywood Benches
b) Work Bench units 20 Work surface plywood, with vice 15cm.
Work surface plywood, with tool drawer

c) Work Bench units 20
cabinet attached, with 3 drawers.
Work surface plywood, covered with

d) Work Bench units 10
stainless steel sheet, vice 15cm

Maintenance Plan
Page 225 of 226
CODE
No.
Main &
Work tables for general use in
30.602 Work Tables nr 10 Infrastructure －
maintenance workshops.
Workshop
Main &
Work benches and chairs for use in
30.604 Work Bench, Lab Type sets 10 Infrastructure －
component repair workshops
Workshop

Maintenance Plan
Page 226 of 226

HTC Submission of Maintenance Plan

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

HTC Submission of Maintenance Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE PEOPLE’S COMMITTEE OF HO CHI MINH CITY

MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY FOR URBAN RAILWAYS

The List of Reply to NJPT’s Comment

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

5 No.53 of List of Reply; B Noted, HTC revised description of “overhaul” to

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

56 Section 4.2.8 Unscheduled Maintenance. C HTC had amended unscheduled maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Compliance Matrix for Maintenance Plan

Required Contents in Employer’s Requirements Chapter/Clause/Section

(2) Step by step procedure to carry out the task 3,4,5,6,7,8& 9

(6) Precautions the maintenance personnel shall

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

SECTION TITLE PAGE

4.2.9 Waste Management ···························································································· 73

5.4 Preventive Maintenance Scheduling ······································································ 126

8.3 Maintenance Management System········································································ 179

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

1.1 Purpose of Maintenance Work

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

The overall maintenance philosophy is based on a number of defined maintenance activities as

 Preventative Maintenance (PM)

 Corrective Maintenance (CM)

In principle, three lines of maintenance will be adopted:

 Safety of rolling stock operation will be underpinned by regular preventive maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

 Initiate investigation and analysis of circumstances behind any losses/damage of company

 Implement General House Rules and Regulations. Conduct inspections of security

 Supervise good housekeeping inside RS Maintenance Company premises.

2.2 Consideration of higher system reliability

2.3 Consideration of higher system availability

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

2.4 Consideration of cost effectiveness

 A comprehensive computerised maintenance management system will record

2.5 Categorization of Maintenance work by responsible bodies

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.1 Scope of Rolling Stock Maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.2 Scope of Trackwork Maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.3 Scope of Overhead Catenary System Maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.4 Scope of Power Supply System Maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.5 Scope of Signalling System Maintenance

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.6 Scope of Telecommunication System Maintenance

1 Platform Screen/Station Door 2W 3M - ✔

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.8 Scope of Automatic Fare Collection System Maintenance

1 SCADA server 1M 6M 6M A/N (*) ✔

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

Table T2.5.10 Scope of Depot equipment Maintenance (Major equipment)

Rolling Stock Team

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

2.6 Maintenance Interval and Expiration date for using Sub-system

Sub-System Condition of maintenance period Tolerable Deviation Period

3. MAINTENANCE PLAN OF E&M SUBSYSTEMS

Document No. UMRT L1-CP3-GL-O&M-PLN-00001-C-R0

3.1 Inspection Activity for Summary

Table T3.1.1 Maintenance Works (Type-A) to be performed by Hitachi and O&M